10-K

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

þ Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009

o Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Transition Period from     to                     

Commission File Number 0-21923

Wintrust Financial Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Illinois	36-3873352
(State of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

727 North Bank Lane
Lake Forest, Illinois 60045
(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (847) 615-4096

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, no par value	The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. þ Yes o No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. o Yes þ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. þ Yes o No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o Yes o No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer þ Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). o Yes þ No

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2009 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter), determined using the closing price of the common stock on that day of $16.08, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market, was $375,793,668.

As of February 25, 2010, the registrant had 24,342,040 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 27, 2010 are incorporated by reference into Part III.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
ITEM 1	Business		3
ITEM 1A.	Risk Factors		19
ITEM 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		26
ITEM 2.	Properties		26
ITEM 3.	Legal Proceedings		26
ITEM 4.	[Reserved]		26
PART II
ITEM 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		26
ITEM 6.	Selected Financial Data		29
ITEM 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation		30
ITEM 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		71
ITEM 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		73
ITEM 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		125
ITEM 9A.	Controls and Procedures		125
ITEM 9B.	Other Information		128
PART III
ITEM 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		128
ITEM 11.	Executive Compensation		128
ITEM 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		129
ITEM 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		129
ITEM 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services		129
PART IV
ITEM 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		130
	Signatures		135
EX-10.09
EX-12.1
EX-12.2
EX-13.1
EX-21.1
EX-23.1
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-32.1
EX-99.1
EX-99.2

PART I

ITEM I. BUSINESS

Overview

Wintrust Financial Corporation, an Illinois corporation (“we,” “Wintrust” or “the Company”), which was incorporated in 1992, is a financial holding company based in Lake Forest, Illinois, with total assets of approximately $12.2 billion as of December 31, 2009. We conduct our businesses through three segments: community banking, specialty finance and wealth management.

We provide community-oriented, personal and commercial banking services to customers located in the greater Chicago, Illinois metropolitan area and in southeastern Wisconsin through our fifteen wholly owned banking subsidiaries (collectively, the “banks”), as well as the origination and purchase of residential mortgages for sale into the secondary market through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Wintrust Mortgage Corporation. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the community banking segment had net revenues of $393 million, $309 million and $295 million, respectively, and net income (loss) of $(26 million), $38 million and $62 million, respectively. The community banking segment had total assets of $12.0 billion, $10.4 billion and $9.3 billion as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The community banking segment accounted for 62% of our net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009. All of these measurements are based on our reportable segments and do not reflect intersegment eliminations.

We provide financing for the payment of commercial insurance premiums and life insurance premiums (“premium finance receivables”) on a national basis through our wholly owned subsidiary, First Insurance Funding Corporation (“FIFC”), and short-term accounts receivable financing (“Tricom finance receivables”) and out-sourced administrative services through our wholly owned subsidiary, Tricom, Inc. of Milwaukee (“Tricom”). For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the specialty finance segment had net revenues of $249 million, $80 million and $70 million, respectively, and net income of $121 million, $35 million and $31 million, respectively. The specialty finance segment had total assets of $2.2 billion, $1.4 billion and $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. It accounted for 40% of our net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009. All of these measurements are based on our reportable segments and do not reflect intersegment eliminations.

We provide a full range of wealth management services primarily to customers in the Chicago, Illinois metropolitan area and in southeastern Wisconsin through three separate subsidiaries, including Wayne Hummer Trust Company, N.A. (“WHTC”), Wayne Hummer Investments, LLC (“WHI”) and Wayne Hummer Asset Management Company (“WHAMC”). WHTC, WHI and WHAMC are referred to collectively as “the Wayne Hummer Companies.” For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the wealth management segment had net revenues of $50.6 million, $46.7 million and $44.8 million, respectively, and net income of $6 million, $5 million and $3 million, respectively. The wealth management segment had total assets of $62 million, $56 million and $63 million as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. It accounted for 8% of our net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009. All of these measurements are based on our reportable segments and do not reflect intersegment eliminations.

Our Business

Community Banking

Through our banks, we provide community-oriented, personal and commercial banking services to customers located in the greater Chicago, Illinois metropolitan area and in southeastern Wisconsin. Our customers include individuals, small to mid-sized businesses, local governmental units and institutional clients residing primarily in the banks’ local service areas. The banks have a community banking and marketing strategy. In keeping with this strategy, the banks provide highly personalized and responsive service, a characteristic of locally-owned and managed institutions. As such, the banks compete for deposits principally by offering depositors a variety of deposit programs, convenient office locations, hours and other services, and for loan originations primarily through the interest rates and loan fees they charge, the efficiency and quality of services they provide to borrowers and the variety of their loan and cash management products. Using our decentralized corporate structure to our advantage, in 2008, we announced the creation of our MaxSafe^® deposit accounts, which provide customers with expanded FDIC insurance coverage by spreading a customer’s deposit across our fifteen banks. This product differentiates our banks from many of our competitors that have consolidated their bank charters into branches. The banks also offer home equity, home mortgage, consumer, real estate and commercial loans, safe deposit facilities, ATMs, internet banking and other innovative and traditional services specially tailored to meet the needs of customers in their market areas.

We developed our banking franchise through the de novo organization of nine banks and the purchase of seven banks, one of which was merged into an existing Wintrust bank. The organizational efforts began in 1991, when a group of experienced bankers and local business people identified an unfilled niche in the Chicago metropolitan area retail banking market. As large banks acquired smaller ones and personal service was subjected to consolidation strategies, the opportunity increased for locally owned and operated, highly personal service-oriented banks. As a result, Lake Forest Bank was founded in December 1991 to service the Lake Forest and Lake Bluff

3

communities. Following the same business plan, we have formed several additional banks in the Chicago metropolitan market, and completed several acquisitions. As of December 31, 2009, we had 78 banking locations.

We now own fifteen banks, including nine Illinois-chartered banks, Lake Forest Bank and Trust Company (“Lake Forest Bank”), Hinsdale Bank and Trust Company (“Hinsdale Bank”), North Shore Community Bank and Trust Company (“North Shore Bank”), Libertyville Bank and Trust Company (“Libertyville Bank”), Northbrook Bank & Trust Company (“Northbrook Bank”), Village Bank & Trust (“Village Bank”), Wheaton Bank & Trust Company (“Wheaton Bank”), State Bank of The Lakes and St. Charles Bank & Trust Company (“St. Charles Bank”). In addition, we have one Wisconsin-chartered bank, Town Bank, and five nationally chartered banks, Barrington Bank and Trust Company, N.A. (“Barrington Bank”), Crystal Lake Bank & Trust Company, N.A. (“Crystal Lake Bank”), Advantage National Bank (“Advantage Bank”), Beverly Bank & Trust Company, N.A. (“Beverly Bank”) and Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A. (“Old Plank Trail Bank”).

Each Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by: (1) the Secretary of the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation (“Illinois Secretary”) and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) for Illinois-chartered banks; (2) the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) for nationally-chartered banks or (3) the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions (“Wisconsin Department”) and the Federal Reserve for Town Bank.

We also engage in the origination and purchase of residential mortgages for sale into the secondary market through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Wintrust Mortgage Corporation, and provide the document preparation and other loan closing services to a network of mortgage brokers. Wintrust Mortgage Corporation sells its loans with servicing released and does not currently engage in mortgage loan servicing. Mortgage banking operations are also performed within each of the banks. The banks engage in loan servicing, as a portion of the loans sold by the banks into the secondary market are sold to the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) with the servicing of those loans retained. Wintrust Mortgage Corporation maintains principal origination offices in eleven states, including Illinois, and originates loans in other states through wholesale and correspondent channels. Wintrust Mortgage Corporation also established offices at several of the banks and provides the banks with the ability to use an enhanced loan origination and documentation system. This allows Wintrust Mortgage Corporation and the banks to better utilize existing operational capacity and improve the product offering for the banks’ customers.

In December 2008, Wintrust Mortgage Corporation acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the mortgage banking business of Professional Mortgage Partners (“PMP”) for an initial cash purchase price of $1.4 million, plus potential contingent consideration of up to $1.5 million per year in each of the following three years dependent upon reaching certain earnings thresholds.

We also offer several niche lending products through the banks. These include Barrington Bank’s Community Advantage program which provides lending, deposit and cash management services to condominium, homeowner and community associations, Hinsdale Bank’s mortgage warehouse lending program which provides loan and deposit services to mortgage brokerage companies located predominantly in the Chicago metropolitan area, Crystal Lake Bank’s North American Aviation Financing division which provides small aircraft lending and Lake Forest Bank’s franchise lending program which provides lending primarily to restaurant franchisees. Hinsdale Bank operated an indirect auto lending program which originated new and used automobile loans that were purchased by the banks. In the third quarter of 2008, we exited this business due to competitive pricing pressures, the current economic environment and the retirement of the founder of this niche business. Hinsdale Bank will continue to service its existing portfolio generated by this business for the duration of the credits. The loans were generated through a network of automobile dealers located in the Chicago area, secured by new and used vehicles and diversified among many individual borrowers. At December 31, 2009, indirect auto loans totaled $90.9 million and comprised approximately 1% of our loan portfolio. These other specialty loans (including the indirect auto loans) generated through divisions of the banks comprised approximately 5.6% of our loan and lease portfolio at December 31, 2009.

Specialty Finance

We conduct our specialty finance businesses through indirect non-bank subsidiaries. Our wholly owned subsidiary, FIFC engages in the premium finance receivables business, our most significant specialized lending niche, including commercial insurance premium finance and life insurance premium finance.

FIFC makes loans to businesses to finance the insurance premiums they pay on their commercial insurance policies. Approved medium and large insurance agents and brokers located throughout the United States assist FIFC in arranging each commercial premium finance loan between the borrower and FIFC. FIFC evaluates each loan request according to its underwriting criteria including the down payment amount, the term of the loan, the credit quality of the insurance company providing the financed insurance policy, the interest rate, the borrower’s previous payment history, if any, and other factors deemed necessary. Upon approval of the loan by FIFC, the

4

borrower makes a down payment on the financed insurance policy, which is generally done by providing payment to the agent or broker, who then forwards it to the insurance company. FIFC may either forward the financed amount of the remaining policy premiums directly to the insurance carrier or to the agent or broker for remittance to the insurance carrier on FIFC’s behalf. In some cases, the agent or broker may hold our collateral, in the form of the proceeds of the unearned insurance premium from the insurance company, and forward it to FIFC in the event of a default by the borrower. Because the agent or broker is the primary contact to the ultimate borrowers who are located nationwide and because proceeds and our collateral may be handled by the agent or brokers during the term of the loan, FIFC may be more susceptible to third party (i.e., agent or broker) fraud. While FIFC has not experienced any material fraud in recent years, it performs ongoing credit and other reviews of the agents and brokers, and performs various internal audit steps to mitigate against the risk of any fraud.

In 2007, FIFC expanded and began financing life insurance policy premiums for high net-worth individuals. These loans are originated directly with the borrowers with assistance from life insurance carriers, independent insurance agents, financial advisors and legal counsel. The life insurance policy is the primary form of collateral. In addition, these loans often are secured with a letter of credit, marketable securities or certificates of deposit. In some cases, FIFC may make a loan that has a partially unsecured position. In 2009, FIFC significantly expanded its life insurance premium finance business by purchasing a portfolio of domestic life insurance premium finance loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $1.0 billion and certain related assets from two affiliates of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”), for an aggregate purchase price of $745.9 million.

Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Tricom, we provide high-yielding, short-term accounts receivable financing and value-added, outsourced administrative services, such as data processing of payrolls, billing and cash management services to the temporary staffing industry. Tricom’s clients, located throughout the United States, provide staffing services to businesses in diversified industries. During 2009, Tricom processed payrolls with associated client billings of approximately $200 million and contributed approximately $4.5 million to our revenue, net of interest expense.

Wealth Management Activities

We currently offer a full range of wealth management services through three separate subsidiaries, including trust and investment services, asset management and securities brokerage services, marketed primarily under the Wayne Hummer name. We acquired WHI and WHAMC, which are headquartered in Chicago, in February 2002. To further expand our wealth management business, in February 2003, we acquired Lake Forest Capital Management Company, a registered investment adviser with approximately $300 million of assets under management at the time of acquisition. Lake Forest Capital Management Company was merged into WHAMC. In April 2009, WHAMC purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Advanced Investment Partners, LLC (“AIP”). AIP specializes in the active management of domestic equity investment strategies and expands WHAMC’s institutional investment business. At December 31, 2009, the Company’s wealth management subsidiaries had approximately $9.1 billion of assets under management, which includes $1.2 billion of assets owned by the Company and its subsidiary banks.

WHTC, our trust subsidiary, offers trust and investment management services to clients through offices located in downtown Chicago and at various banking offices of our fifteen banks. WHTC is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the OCC.

WHI, our registered broker/dealer subsidiary, has been in operations since 1931. Through WHI, we provide a full range of private client and securities brokerage services to clients located primarily in the Midwest. WHI is headquartered in downtown Chicago, operates an office in Appleton, Wisconsin, and as of December 31, 2009, established branch locations in offices at a majority of our banks. WHI also provides a full range of investment services to clients through a network of relationships with community-based financial institutions primarily located in Illinois.

WHAMC, a registered investment adviser, provides money management services and advisory services to individuals, mutual funds and institutional municipal and tax-exempt organizations. WHAMC also provides portfolio management and financial supervision for a wide range of pension and profit-sharing plans as well as money management and advisory services to WHTC.

Strategy and Competition

Historically, we have executed a growth strategy through branch openings and de novo bank formations, expansion of our wealth management and premium finance business, development of specialized earning asset niches and acquisitions of other community-oriented banks or specialty finance companies. However, beginning in 2006, we made a decision to slow our growth due to unfavorable credit spreads, loosened underwriting standards by many of our competitors, and intense price competition. In August 2008, we raised $50 million of private equity. This investment was followed shortly by an investment by the U.S. Treasury of $250 million through the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). The CPP investment was not necessary for our short- or long-term health. However, the CPP investment presented an opportunity for the Company. By providing us with a significant source of relatively

5

inexpensive capital, the Treasury’s CPP investment allowed us to accelerate our growth cycle, expand lending and meet former Treasury Secretary Paulson’s stated purpose for the program, which was “designed to attract broad participation by healthy institutions” that “have plenty of capital to get through this period, but are not positioned to lend as widely as is necessary to support our economy.”

With this additional $300 million of additional capital, we began to increase our lending and deposits in late 2008 and into 2009. This additional capital allowed us to be in a position to take advantage of opportunities in a disrupted marketplace during 2009 by increasing our lending as other financial institutions pulled back and to hire quality lenders and other staff away from larger and smaller institutions that may have substantially deviated from a customer-focused approach or who may have substantially limited the ability of their staff to provide credit or other services to their customers.

Our strategy and competitive position for each of our business segments is summarized in further detail, below.

Community Banking

We compete in the commercial banking industry through our banks in the communities they serve. The commercial banking industry is highly competitive and the banks face strong direct competition for deposits, loans, and other financial-related services. The banks compete with other commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions and stockbrokers. Some of these competitors are local, while others are statewide or nationwide.

As a mid-size financial services company, we expect to benefit from greater access to financial and managerial resources than our smaller local competitors while maintaining our commitment to local decision-making and to our community banking philosophy. In particular, we are able to provide a wider product selection and larger credit facilities than many of our smaller competitors, and we believe our service offerings help us in recruiting talented staff. Additionally, we have access to public capital markets whereas many of our local competitors are privately held and may have limited capital raising capabilities.

We also believe we are positioned to compete more effectively with other larger and more diversified banks, bank holding companies and other financial services companies due to the multi-chartered approach that pushes accountability for building a franchise and a high level of customer service down to each of our banking franchises. Additionally, we believe that we provide a relatively complete portfolio of products that is responsive to the majority of our customers’ needs through the retail and commercial operations supplied by our banks, and through our mortgage and wealth management operations.

The breadth of our product mix allows us to compete effectively with our larger competitors while our multi-chartered approach with local and accountable management provides for what we believe is superior customer service relative to our larger and more centralized competitors.

However, some of the financial institutions and financial services organizations with which the banks compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as imposed on financial holding companies, Illinois or Wisconsin state banks and national banking associations. In addition, the larger banking organizations have significantly greater resources than those available to the banks. As a result, such competitors have advantages over the banks in providing certain non-deposit services. Management views technology as a great equalizer to offset some of the inherent advantages of its significantly larger competitors.

Wintrust Mortgage Corporation, as well as the mortgage banking functions within the banks, competes with large mortgage brokers as well as other banking organizations. The mortgage banking business is very competitive and significantly impacted by changes in mortgage interest rates. We believe that mortgage banking revenue will be a continuous source of revenue, but the level of revenue will be impacted by changes in and the general level of mortgage interest rates.

Specialty Finance

FIFC encounters intense competition from numerous other firms, including a number of national commercial premium finance companies, companies affiliated with insurance carriers, independent insurance brokers who offer premium finance services, and other lending institutions. Some of its competitors are larger and have greater financial and other resources. FIFC competes with these entities by emphasizing a high level of knowledge of the insurance industry, flexibility in structuring financing transactions, and the timely funding of qualifying contracts. We believe that our commitment to service also distinguishes us from our competitors. Additionally, we believe that FIFC’s acquisition of a large life insurance premium finance portfolio and related assets in 2009 will enhance our ability to market and sell life insurance premium finance products.

Tricom competes with numerous other firms, including a small number of similar niche finance companies and payroll processing firms, as well as various finance companies, banks and other lending institutions. Tricom’s management believes that its commitment to service distinguishes it from competitors. To the extent that other finance companies, financial institutions and payroll processing firms add greater programs and services to their existing businesses, Tricom’s operations could be negatively affected.

6

Wealth Management Activities

Our wealth management companies (WHTC, WHI and WHAMC) compete with larger wealth management subsidiaries of other larger bank holding companies as well as with other trust companies, brokerage and other financial service companies, stockbrokers and financial advisors. We believe we can successfully compete for trust, asset management and brokerage business by offering personalized attention and customer service to small to midsize businesses and affluent individuals. We continue to recruit and hire experienced professionals from the larger Chicago area wealth management companies, which is expected to help in attracting new customer relationships.

Employees

At December 31, 2009, the Company and its subsidiaries employed a total of 2,381 full-time-equivalent employees. The Company provides its employees with comprehensive medical and dental benefit plans, life insurance plans, 401(k) plans and an employee stock purchase plan. The Company considers its relationship with its employees to be good.

Available Information

The Company’s internet address is www.wintrust.com. The Company makes available at this address, free of charge, its annual report on Form 10-K, its annual reports to shareholders, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

Supervision and Regulation

Bank holding companies, banks and investment firms are extensively regulated under federal and state law. References under this heading to applicable statutes or regulations are brief summaries or portions thereof which do not purport to be complete and which are qualified in their entirety by reference to those statutes and regulations and regulatory interpretations thereof. Any change in applicable laws or regulations may have a material effect on the business of commercial banks and bank holding companies, including the Company, the Banks, FIFC, WHTC, WHI, WHAMC, Tricom and Wintrust Mortgage Corporation. The supervision, regulation and examination of banks and bank holding companies by bank regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors rather than stockholders of banks and bank holding companies. This section discusses recent regulatory developments impacting the Company and its subsidiaries, including the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act and the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Following that presentation, the discussion turns to the regulation and supervision of the Company and its subsidiaries under various federal and state rules and regulations applicable to bank holding companies, broker-dealer and investment advisors.

Extraordinary Government Programs

Since October of 2008, the federal government, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “New York Fed”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) have made a number of programs available to banks and other financial institutions in an effort to ensure a well-functioning U.S. financial system. The Company participates in three of such programs: the Capital Purchase Program, administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”), the Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility (“TALF”), created by the New York Fed, and the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”), created by the FDIC.

Participation in Capital Purchase Program. In October 2008, the Treasury announced that it intended to use a portion of the initial funds allocated to it pursuant to the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”), created by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), to invest directly in financial institutions through the newly-created Capital Purchase Program. At that time, U.S. Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson stated that the program was “designed to attract broad participation by healthy institutions” which “have plenty of capital to get through this period, but are not positioned to lend as widely as is necessary to support our economy.”

The Company’s management believed at the time of the CPP investment, as it does now, that Treasury’s CPP investment was not necessary for the Company’s short or long-term health. However, the CPP investment presented an opportunity for the Company. By providing the Company with a significant source of relatively inexpensive capital, the Treasury’s CPP investment allows the Company to accelerate its growth cycle and expand lending.

Consequently, the Company applied for CPP funds and its application was accepted by Treasury. The amount of the CPP investment represented substantially all of the funds for which we were eligible under Treasury’s CPP application procedures. As a result, on December 19, 2008, the Company entered into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury to participate in Treasury’s CPP, pursuant to which the Company issued and sold 250,000 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and a warrant (the “warrant”) to purchase 1,643,295 shares of its common stock to Treasury in exchange for aggregate consideration of $250 million (the “CPP investment”).

7

The preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and pays a cumulative dividend rate of 5%, or $12.5 million, per annum for the first five years and a rate of 9%, or $22.5 million, per annum beginning on February 15, 2014. The preferred stock is non-voting, other than class voting rights on certain matters that could amend the rights of, or adversely affect, the stock, or as otherwise required by law. The preferred stock has a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and ranks pari passu with the Company’s 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A with respect to dividends, distributions, liquidation, dissolution and winding-up. While the preferred stock is outstanding, the Company is prohibited from issuing securities senior to the preferred stock without approval of holders of 66 2/3% of the shares of preferred stock. The Company presently does not have any securities which rank senior to its preferred stock.

Pursuant to the terms of the warrant, the holder of the warrant is entitled to purchase 1,643,295 shares of the Company’s common stock for $22.82 per share, or an aggregate exercise price of $37.5 million. The warrant is immediately exercisable and has a ten year term.

The warrant provides for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise pursuant to customary anti-dilution provisions, such as upon stock splits or distributions of securities or other assets by the Company to holders of its common stock, and upon certain issuances of common stock at or below a specified price relative to the initial exercise price. Pursuant to the purchase agreement, Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the warrant.

While EESA imposed some limitations and conditions on the Company’s ability to redeem the preferred stock, those limitations and conditions were eliminated with the enactment of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”). Now the Company is permitted, subject to consultation with the appropriate Federal banking agency, to repay the preferred stock at any time. If the Company repurchases the preferred stock, it may also repurchase the warrant at fair market value. In the event the Company does not repurchase the warrant, the Secretary of the Treasury is required to liquidate the warrant.

The Treasury may transfer the preferred stock to a third party at any time. The Company has filed, and has agreed to maintain the effectiveness of, a registration statement covering the preferred stock, the warrant, and the shares of common stock underlying the warrant. Neither the preferred stock nor the warrant is subject to any contractual restrictions on transfer.

Participation in the CPP impacts the rights of the Company’s existing common shareholders in a number of ways. These include limitations on the Company’s ability to pay dividends, the potential election of new directors by holders of the preferred stock and limitations upon the Company’s ability to attract and retain senior executives caused by restrictions upon such executives’ compensation. In addition, participation in the CPP creates restrictions upon the Company’s ability to increase dividends on its common stock or to repurchase its common stock until three years have elapsed, unless (i) all of the preferred stock issued to the Treasury is redeemed, (ii) all of the preferred stock issued to the Treasury has been transferred to third parties, or (iii) the Company receives the consent of the Treasury. In addition, the Treasury has the right to appoint two additional directors to the Wintrust board if the Company misses dividend payments for six dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, on the preferred stock. Pursuant to the terms of the certificate of designations creating the CPP preferred stock, the Company’s board will be automatically expanded to include such directors, upon the occurrence of the foregoing conditions.

In conjunction with the Company’s participation in the CPP, the Company was required to adopt the Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury holds equity issued under the CPP. These standards initially applied to the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, plus the three most highly compensated executive officers. However, many such restrictions now apply to the next 20 most highly compensated employees in addition to our senior executive officers. In addition, the Company is required to not deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive.

Participation in the CPP subjects the Company to increased oversight by the Treasury, banking regulators and Congress. Under the terms of the CPP, the Treasury has the power to unilaterally amend the terms of the purchase agreement to the extent required to comply with changes in applicable federal law and to inspect corporate books and records through Wintrust’s federal banking regulator.

On June 10, 2009, the U.S. Treasury issued interim final rules implementing the compensation and corporate governance requirements under the ARRA, which amended the requirements of the EESA, as described in our quarterly report for the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The rules apply to us as a recipient of funds under the CPP as of the date of publication in the Federal Register on June 15, 2009. The rules clarify prohibitions on bonus payments, provide guidance on the use of restricted stock units, expand restrictions on golden parachute payments, mandate enforcement of clawback provisions unless unreasonable to do so, outline the steps compensation committees must take when evaluating risks posed by compensation arrangements, and require the adoption and disclosure of a luxury expenditure policy, among other things. New requirements under the rules include enhanced disclosure of perquisites and the use of compensation consultants, and a prohibition on tax gross-up payments.

8

TALF-Eligible Issuance. In September 2009, the Company’s indirect subsidiary, FIFC Premium Funding I, LLC, sold $600 million in aggregate principal amount of its Series 2009-A Premium Finance Asset Backed Notes, Class A (the “Notes”), which were issued in a securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. FIFC Premium Funding I, LLC’s obligations under the Notes are secured by premium finance receivables made to buyers of property and casualty insurance policies to finance the related premiums payable by the buyers to the insurance companies for the policies.

At the time of issuance, the Notes were eligible collateral under TALF and certain investors therefore received non-recourse funding from the New York Fed in order to purchase the Notes. As a result, FIFC believes it received greater proceeds at lower interest rates from the securitization than it otherwise would have received in non-TALF-eligible transactions. However, as is true in the case of the CPP investment, the Company’s management views the TALF-eligible securitization as a funding mechanism offering the Company the ability to accelerate its growth plan, rather than one essential to the maintenance of the Company’s “well capitalized” status.

TLGP Guarantee. In November 2008, the FDIC adopted a final rule establishing the TLGP. The TLGP provided two limited guarantee programs: One, the Debt Guarantee Program, guaranteed newly-issued senior unsecured debt, and another, the Transaction Account Guarantee program (“TAG”) guaranteed certain non-interest-bearing transaction accounts at insured depository institutions. All insured depository institutions that offer non-interest-bearing transaction accounts had the option to participate in either program. The Company did not participate in the Debt Guarantee Program.

In December 2008, each of the Company’s subsidiary banks elected to participate in the TAG, which provides unlimited FDIC insurance coverage for the entire account balance in exchange for an additional insurance premium to be paid by the depository institution for accounts with balances in excess of the current FDIC insurance limit of $250,000. This additional insurance coverage would continue through December 31, 2009. In October 2009, the FDIC notified depository institutions that it was extending the TAG program for an additional six months until June 30, 2010 at the option of participating banks. The Company’s subsidiary banks have determined that it is in their best interest to continue participation in the TAG program and have opted to participate for the additional six-month period. The Company’s subsidiary banks will pay an annualized premium for that additional deposit insurance protection of between 15 and 25 basis points on the aggregate amount of their non-interest bearing transaction accounts.

Bank Regulation; Bank Holding Company and Subsidiary Regulations

General. Lake Forest Bank, Hinsdale Bank, North Shore Bank, Libertyville Bank, Northbrook Bank, Village Bank, Wheaton Bank, State Bank of The Lakes and St. Charles Bank are Illinois-chartered banks and as such they and their subsidiaries are subject to supervision and examination by the Secretary of the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation (the “Illinois Secretary”). Each of these Illinois-chartered Banks is a member of the Federal Reserve and, as such, is subject to additional examination by the Federal Reserve as their primary federal regulator. Barrington Bank, Crystal Lake Bank, Advantage Bank, Beverly Bank, Old Plank Trail Bank and WHTC are federally-chartered and are subject to supervision and examination by the OCC pursuant to the National Bank Act and regulations promulgated thereunder. Town Bank is a Wisconsin-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve, and as such is subject to supervision by the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions (the “Wisconsin Department”) and the Federal Reserve.

Financial Holding Company Regulations. The Company has elected to be treated by the Federal Reserve as a financial holding company for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, including regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve (the “BHC Act”), as augmented by the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”), which established a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies and securities firms. The Company became a financial holding company in 2002. Bank holding companies that elect to be treated as financial holding companies may engage in an expanded range of activities, including the businesses conducted by the Wayne Hummer Companies. Financial holding companies, unlike traditional bank holding companies, can engage in certain activities without prior Federal Reserve approval, subject to certain post-commencement notice procedures. Banking subsidiaries of financial holding companies are required to be “well capitalized” and “well managed” as defined in the applicable regulatory standards. If these conditions are not maintained, and the financial holding company fails to correct any deficiency within 180 days, the Federal Reserve may require the Company to either divest control of its banking subsidiaries or, at the election of the Company, cease to engage in any activities not permissible for a bank holding company that is not a financial holding company. Moreover, during the period of noncompliance, the Federal Reserve can place any limitations on the financial holding company that it believes to be appropriate. Furthermore, if the Federal Reserve determines that a financial holding company has not maintained at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act at

9

all of its controlled banking subsidiaries, the Company will not be able to commence any new financial activities or acquire a company that engages in such activities, although the Company will still be allowed to engage in activities closely related to banking and make investments in the ordinary course of conducting merchant banking activities. In April 2008, the Company was notified that one of its Bank subsidiaries received a needs to improve rating, therefore, this limitation applies until the Community Reinvestment Act rating improves.

Federal Reserve Regulations. The Company continues to be subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act. The Company is required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports and such additional information as the Federal Reserve may require pursuant to the BHC Act. The Federal Reserve examines the Company and may examine the Banks and the Company’s other subsidiaries.

The BHC Act requires prior Federal Reserve approval for, among other things, the acquisition by a bank holding company of direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all the assets of any bank, or for a merger or consolidation of a bank holding company with another bank holding company. With certain exceptions for financial holding companies, the BHC Act prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of voting shares of any company which is not a business that is financial in nature or incidental thereto, and from engaging directly or indirectly in any activity that is not financial in nature or incidental thereto. Also, as discussed below, the Federal Reserve expects bank holding companies to maintain strong capital positions while experiencing growth. The Federal Reserve, as a matter of policy, may require a bank holding company to be well-capitalized at the time of filing an acquisition application and upon consummation of the acquisition.

Under the BHC Act and Federal Reserve regulations, the Banks are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with an extension of credit, lease, sale of property, or furnishing of services. That means that, except with respect to traditional banking products (loans, deposits or trust services), the Banks may not condition a customer’s purchase of services on the purchase of other services from any of the Banks or other subsidiaries of the Company.

It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that the Company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiaries, and to commit resources to support the subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve takes the position that in implementing this policy, it may require the Company to provide such support even when the Company otherwise would not consider itself able to do so.

Federal Reserve Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve has adopted risk-based capital requirements for assessing capital adequacy of all bank holding companies, including financial holding companies. These standards define regulatory capital and establish minimum capital ratios in relation to assets, both on an aggregate basis and as adjusted for credit risks and off-balance sheet exposures. Under the Federal Reserve’s risk-based guidelines, capital is classified into two categories. For bank holding companies, Tier 1 capital, or “core” capital, consists of common stockholders’ equity, qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock including related surplus, qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock including related surplus (subject to certain limitations), minority interests in the common equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries and qualifying trust preferred securities, and is reduced by goodwill, specified intangible assets and certain other items (“Tier 1 Capital”). Tier 1 Capital also includes the preferred stock issued to Treasury as part of the CPP. Tier 2 capital, or “supplementary” capital, consists of the following items, all of which are subject to certain conditions and limitations: the allowance for credit losses; perpetual preferred stock and related surplus; hybrid capital instruments; unrealized holding gains on marketable equity securities; perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities; term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock.

Under the Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines, bank holding companies are required to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, of which at least 4.0% must be in the form of Tier 1 Capital. The Federal Reserve also requires a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total assets of 3.0% for strong bank holding companies (those rated a composite “1” under the Federal Reserve’s rating system). For all other bank holding companies, the minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total assets is 4%. In addition, the Federal Reserve continues to consider the Tier 1 leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets) in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

In its capital adequacy guidelines, the Federal Reserve emphasizes that the foregoing standards are supervisory minimums and that banking organizations generally are expected to operate well above the minimum ratios. These guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing growth, whether internally or through acquisition, are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum levels. In light of the recent financial turmoil, it is generally expected that capital requirements will be revisited on a national and international basis.

10

As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 12.4%, its Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted asset ratio was 11.0% and its leverage ratio was 9.3%. Capital requirements for the Banks generally parallel the capital requirements previously noted for bank holding companies. Each of the Banks is subject to applicable capital requirements on a separate company basis. The federal banking regulators must take prompt corrective action with respect to FDIC-insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. There are five capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” As of December 31, 2009, each of the Company’s Banks was categorized as “well capitalized.” In order to maintain the Company’s designation as a financial holding company, each of the Banks is required to maintain capital ratios at or above the “well capitalized” levels.

Dividend Limitations. Because the Company’s consolidated net income consists largely of net income of the Banks and its non-bank subsidiaries, the Company’s ability to pay dividends depends upon its receipt of dividends from these entities. Federal and state statutes and regulations impose restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Company, the Banks and its non-bank subsidiaries. (See Financial Institution Regulation Generally — Dividends for further discussion of dividend limitations.)

Federal Reserve policy provides that a bank holding company should not pay dividends unless (i) the bank holding company’s net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid) is sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the bank holding company and its subsidiaries and (iii) the bank holding company will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. The policy also provides that a bank holding company should inform the Federal Reserve reasonably in advance of declaring or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in a material adverse change to the bank holding company’s capital structure. Additionally, the Federal Reserve possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to prohibit or limit the payment of dividends by bank holding companies.

Bank Regulation; Federal Deposit Insurance Act

General. The deposits of the Banks are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund under the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDIA”), and the Banks are, therefore, also subject to supervision and examination by the FDIC. The FDIA requires that the appropriate federal regulatory authority (the Federal Reserve in the case of Lake Forest Bank, North Shore Bank, Hinsdale Bank, Libertyville Bank, Northbrook Bank, Village Bank, Wheaton Bank, State Bank of The Lakes, Town Bank and St. Charles Bank and the OCC in the case of Barrington Bank, Crystal Lake Bank, Advantage Bank, Beverly Bank, Old Plank Trail Bank, and WHTC) approve any merger and/or consolidation by or with an insured bank, as well as the establishment or relocation of any bank or branch office and any change-in-control of an insured bank that is not subject to review by the Federal Reserve as a holding company regulator. The FDIA also gives the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies power to issue cease and desist orders against banks, holding companies or persons regarded as “institution affiliated parties.” A cease and desist order can either prohibit such entities from engaging in certain unsafe and unsound bank activity or can require them to take certain affirmative action. The appropriate federal regulatory authority with respect to each bank also supervises compliance with the provisions of federal law and regulations which, in addition to other requirements, place restrictions on loans by FDIC-insured banks to their directors, executive officers and principal shareholders.

Prompt Corrective Action. The FDIA requires the federal banking regulators to take prompt corrective action with respect to depository institutions that fall below minimum capital standards and prohibits any depository institution from making any capital distribution that would cause it to be undercapitalized. Institutions that are not adequately capitalized may be subject to a variety of supervisory actions including, but not limited to, restrictions on growth, investments activities, capital distributions and management fees and will be required to submit a capital restoration plan which, to be accepted by the regulators, must be guaranteed in part by any company having control of the institution (such as the Company). In other respects, the FDIA provides for enhanced supervisory authority, including authority for the appointment of a conservator or receiver for undercapitalized institutions. The capital-based prompt corrective action provisions of the FDIA and their implementing regulations generally apply to all FDIC-insured depository institutions. However, federal banking agencies have indicated that, in regulating bank holding companies, the agencies may take appropriate action at the holding company level based on their assessment of the effectiveness of supervisory actions imposed upon subsidiary insured depository institutions pursuant to the prompt corrective action provisions of the FDIA.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards of safety and soundness, by regulations or guidelines, relating generally to operations and management, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation. The federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted a set of guidelines prescribing

11

safety and soundness standards pursuant to the FDIA. The guidelines establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, informational security, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder. Additional restrictions on compensation apply to the Company as a result of its participation in the CPP. See “—Extraordinary Government Programs — Participation in Capital Purchase Program.” In addition, each of the Federal Reserve and the OCC adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, the Federal Reserve or the OCC, as the case may be, to order an institution that has been given notice by the Federal Reserve or the OCC, as the case may be, that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the Federal Reserve or the OCC, as the case may be, must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an under-capitalized association is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the FDIA. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the Federal Reserve or the OCC, as the case may be, may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties. The Federal Reserve, the OCC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies also adopted guidelines for asset quality and earnings standards.

Other FDIA Provisions. A range of other provisions in the FDIA include requirements applicable to: closure of branches; additional disclosures to depositors with respect to terms and interest rates applicable to deposit accounts; uniform regulations for extensions of credit secured by real estate; restrictions on activities of and investments by state-chartered banks; modification of accounting standards to conform to generally accepted accounting principles including the reporting of off-balance sheet items and supplemental disclosure of estimated fair market value of assets and liabilities in financial statements filed with the banking regulators; increased penalties in making or failing to file assessment reports with the FDIC; greater restrictions on extensions of credit to directors, officers and principal shareholders; and increased reporting requirements on agricultural loans and loans to small businesses.

In addition, the federal banking agencies adopted a final rule, which modified the risk-based capital standards, to provide for consideration of interest rate risk when assessing the capital adequacy of a bank. Under this rule, federal regulators and the FDIC must explicitly include a bank’s exposure to declines in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates as a factor in evaluating a bank’s capital adequacy. The federal banking agencies also have adopted a joint agency policy statement providing guidance to banks for managing interest rate risk. The policy statement emphasizes the importance of adequate oversight by management and a sound risk management process. The assessment of interest rate risk management made by the banks’ examiners will be incorporated into the banks’ overall risk management rating and used to determine the effectiveness of management.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. Under the FDIA, as an FDIC-insured institution, each of the Banks is required to pay deposit insurance premiums based on the risk it poses to the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). Each institution’s assessment rate depends on the capital category and supervisory category to which it is assigned. The FDIC has authority to raise or lower assessment rates on insured deposits in order to achieve statutorily required reserve ratios in the DIF and to impose special additional assessments. In light the significant increase in depository institution failures in 2008 and 2009 and the temporary increase of general deposit insurance limits to $250,000 per depositor under EESA (scheduled to expire on December 31, 2013), the DIF incurred substantial losses in 2008 and 2009. Accordingly, the FDIC took action during 2009 to revise its risk-based assessment system, to collect certain special assessments, and to accelerate the payment of assessments. Under the new risk-based assessment system, adjusted deposit insurance assessments can range from a low of 7 basis points to a high of 77.5 basis points. The premiums will further increase uniformly by 3 basis points in 2011. In addition, on September 30, 2009, the FDIC collected a special assessment from each insured institution, and on November 12, 2009, the FDIC approved a final rule requiring that insured institutions prepay 13 quarters of deposit insurance premiums. The Banks made their prepayments of $59.8 million on December 30, 2009. These prepaid premiums are recorded as a prepaid expense on our financial statements. As a result of all these actions, the Banks paid a total of $77.8 million in deposit insurance premiums in 2009. Notwithstanding these actions, there is a risk that the Bank’s deposit insurance premiums will continue to increase if failures of insured depository institutions continue to deplete the DIF.

In addition, the Deposit Insurance Fund Act of 1996 authorizes the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to impose assessments on DIF assessable deposits in order to service the interest on FICO’s bond obligations. The amount assessed is in addition to the amount, if any, paid for deposit insurance under the FDIC’s risk-related assessment rate schedule. FICO assessment rates may be adjusted quarterly to reflect a change in assessment base. The FICO annualized assessment rate is 1.06 cents per $100 of deposits for the first quarter of 2010.

12

Deposit insurance may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. Such terminations can only occur, if contested, following judicial review through the federal courts. The management of each of the Banks does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

Under the “cross-guarantee” provision of the FDIA, as augmented by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”), insured depository institutions such as the Banks may be liable to the FDIC with respect to any loss or reasonably anticipated loss incurred by the FDIC resulting from the default of, or FDIC assistance to, any commonly controlled insured depository institution. The Banks are commonly controlled within the meaning of the FIRREA cross-guarantee provision.

Bank Regulation; Additional Regulation of Dividends

As Illinois state-chartered banks, Lake Forest Bank, North Shore Bank, Hinsdale Bank, Libertyville Bank, Northbrook Bank, Village Bank, Wheaton Bank, State Bank of The Lakes and St. Charles Bank, each may not pay dividends in an amount greater than its current net profits after deducting losses bad debts out of undivided profits provided that its surplus equals or exceeds its capital. For the purpose of determining the amount of dividends that an Illinois bank may pay, bad debts are defined as debts upon which interest is past due and unpaid for a period of six months or more unless such debts are well-secured and in the process of collection. As a Wisconsin state-chartered bank, Town Bank may declare dividends out of its undivided profits, after provision for payment of all expenses, losses, required reserves, taxes, and interest. In addition, if Town Bank’s dividends declared and paid in either of the prior two years exceeded net income for such year, then the bank may not declare a dividend that exceeds year-to-date net income except with written consent of the Wisconsin Division of Financial Institutions. Furthermore, federal regulations also prohibit any Federal Reserve member bank, including each of the Company’s Illinois-chartered banks and Town Bank, from declaring dividends in any calendar year in excess of its net income for the year plus the retained net income for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to the surplus account unless there is approval by the Federal Reserve. Similarly, as national associations supervised by the OCC, Barrington Bank, Crystal Lake Bank, Beverly Bank, Advantage Bank, Old Plank Trail Bank and WHTC may not declare dividends in any year in excess of its net income for the year plus the retained net income for the preceding two years, minus the sum of any transfers required by the OCC and any transfers required to be made to a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock, nor may any of them declare a dividend in excess of undivided profits. Furthermore, the OCC may, after notice and opportunity for hearing, prohibit the payment of a dividend by a national bank if it determines that such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or if it determines that the institution is undercapitalized.

In addition to the foregoing, the ability of the Company, the Banks and WHTC to pay dividends may be affected by the various minimum capital requirements and the capital and non-capital standards established under the FDIA, as described below. The right of the Company, its shareholders and its creditors to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of its subsidiaries is further subject to the prior claims of creditors of the respective subsidiaries. The Company’s ability to pay dividends is likely to be dependent on the amount of dividends paid by the Banks. No assurance can be given that the Banks will, in any circumstances, pay dividends to the Company.

Additionally, as discussed above under the heading “Extraordinary Government Programs — Troubled Asset Relief Program” the Company’s participation in the Treasury’s CPP has placed additional limitations on the Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends.

Bank Regulation; Other Regulation of Financial Institutions

Anti-Money Laundering. On October 26, 2001, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “PATRIOT Act”) was enacted into law, amending in part the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”). The BSA and the PATRIOT Act contain anti-money laundering (“AML”) and financial transparency laws as well as enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanics for the U.S. government, including: standards for verifying customer identification at account opening; rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; reports by nonfinancial entities and businesses filed with the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for transactions exceeding $10,000; and due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain, or manage private bank accounts or correspondence accounts for non-U.S. persons. Each Bank is subject to the PATRIOT Act and, therefore, is required to provide its employees with AML training, designate an AML compliance officer and undergo an annual, independent audit to assess the effectiveness of its AML Program. The Company has established policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with these AML requirements.

Protection of Client Information. Many aspects of the Company’s business are subject to increasingly comprehensive legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain client information including those adopted pursuant to the GLB Act as well as the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (the “FACT Act”). Provisions of the GLB Act require a financial institution to disclose its privacy policy to customers and consumers, and require that such customers or

13

consumers be given a choice (through an opt-out notice) to forbid the sharing of nonpublic personal information about them with certain nonaffiliated third persons. The Company and each of the Banks have a written privacy notice that is delivered to each of their customers when customer relationships begin, and annually thereafter, in compliance with the GLB Act. In accordance with that privacy notice, the Company and each Bank protect the security of information about their customers, educate their employees about the importance of protecting customer privacy, and allow their customers to remove their names from the solicitation lists they use and share with others. The Company and each Bank require business partners with whom they share such information to have adequate security safeguards and to abide by the redisclosure and reuse provisions of the GLB Act. The Company and each Bank have developed and implemented programs to fulfill the expressed requests of customers and consumers to opt out of information sharing subject to the GLB Act. The federal banking regulators have interpreted the requirements of the GLB Act to require banks to take, and the Company and the Banks are subject to state law requirements that require them to take, certain actions in the event that certain information about customers is compromised. If the federal or state regulators of the financial subsidiaries establish further guidelines for addressing customer privacy issues, the Company and/or each Bank may need to amend their privacy policies and adapt their internal procedures. The Company and the Banks may also be subject to additional requirements under state laws.

Moreover, like other lending institutions, each of the Banks utilizes credit bureau data in their underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the Fair Credit Report Act (the “FCRA”), including credit reporting, prescreening, sharing of information between affiliates, and the use of credit data. The FCRA was amended by the FACT Act in 2003, which imposes a number of regulatory requirements, some of which have become effective, some of which became effective in 2008, and some of which are still in the process of being implemented by federal regulators. In particular, in 2008, compliance with new rules restricting the ability of corporate affiliates to share certain customer information for marketing purposes became mandatory, as did compliance with rules requiring institutions to develop and implement written identity theft prevention programs. The Company and the Banks may also be subject to additional requirements under state laws.

Community Reinvestment. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with the safe and sound operation of such institution, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. However, institutions are rated on their performance in meeting the needs of their communities. Performance is judged in three areas: (a) a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas; (b) an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and business; and (c) a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices. The CRA requires each federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a financial institution, to assess and assign one of four ratings to the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the institution, including applications for charters, branches and other deposit facilities, relocations, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions of assets or assumptions of liabilities, and bank and savings association acquisitions. An unsatisfactory record of performance may be the basis for denying or conditioning approval of an application by a financial institution or its holding company. The CRA also requires that all institutions make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. Each of the Banks received a “satisfactory” rating from the Federal Reserve, the OCC or the FDIC on their most recent CRA performance evaluations except for one Bank that received a “needs improvement” rating. Because one of the Banks received a “needs improvement” rating on its most recent CRA performance evaluation, and given the Company’s financial holding company status, the Company is now subject to restrictions on further expansion of the Company’s or the Banks’ activities.

Federal Reserve System. The Banks are subject to Federal Reserve regulations requiring depository institutions to maintain interest-bearing reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). For 2010, the first $10.7 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal Reserve for each Bank) are exempt from the reserve requirements. A 3% reserve ratio applied to balances over $10.7 million up to and including $43.9 million and a 10% reserve ratio applied to balances in excess of $55.2 million.

Brokered Deposits. Well capitalized institutions are not subject to limitations on brokered deposits, while adequately capitalized institutions are able to accept, renew or rollover brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and subject to certain restrictions on the rate paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered deposits. An adequately capitalized institution that receives a waiver is not permitted to offer interest rates on brokered deposits significantly exceeding the market rates in the institution’s home area or nationally, and undercapitalized institutions may not solicit any deposits by offering such rates. Each of the Banks is eligible to accept brokered deposits (as a result of their capital levels) and may use this funding source from time to time when management deems it appropriate from an asset/liability management perspective.

14

Enforcement Actions. Federal and state statutes and regulations provide financial institution regulatory agencies with great flexibility to undertake enforcement action against an institution that fails to comply with regulatory requirements, particularly capital requirements. Possible enforcement actions include the imposition of a capital plan and capital directive to civil money penalties, cease and desist orders, receivership, conservatorship, or the termination of deposit insurance.

Compliance with Consumer Protection Laws. The Banks are also subject to many federal consumer protection statutes and regulations including the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act and analogous state statutes, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. Wintrust Mortgage Corporation must also comply with many of these consumer protection statutes and regulations. Violation of these statutes can lead to significant potential liability, in litigation by consumers as well as enforcement actions by regulators. Among other things, these acts:

• require creditors to disclose credit terms in accordance with legal requirements;

• require banks to disclose deposit account terms and electronic fund transfer terms in accordance with legal requirements;

• limit consumer liability for unauthorized transactions;

• impose requirements and limitations on the users of credit reports and those who provide information to credit reporting agencies;

• prohibit discrimination against an applicant in any consumer or business credit transaction;

• prohibit unfair or deceptive acts or practices;

• require banks to collect and report applicant and borrower data regarding loans for home purchases or improvement projects;

• require lenders to provide borrowers with information regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements;

• prohibit certain lending practices and limit escrow amounts with respect to real estate transactions; and

• prescribe possible penalties for violations of the requirements of consumer protection statutes and regulations.

In 2008 and 2009, federal regulators finalized a number of significant amendments to the regulations implementing these statutes. Among other things, the Federal Reserve has adopted new rules applicable to the Banks (and in some cases, Wintrust Mortgage Corporation) that govern various aspects of consumer credit and rules that govern practices and disclosures with respect to overdraft programs. These rules may affect the profitability of our consumer banking activities.

There are currently pending proposals to further amend some of these statutes and their implementing regulations, and there may be additional proposals or final amendments in 2010 or beyond. In addition, federal and state regulators have issued, and may in the future issue, guidance on these requirements, or other aspects of the Company’s business. The developments may impose additional burdens on the Company and its subsidiaries.

Transactions with Affiliates. Transactions between a bank and its holding company or other affiliates are subject to various restrictions imposed by state and federal regulatory agencies. Such transactions include loans and other extensions of credit, purchases of or investments in securities and other assets, and payments of fees or other distributions. In general, these restrictions limit the amount of transactions between an institution and an affiliate of such institution, as well as the aggregate amount of transactions between an institution and all of its affiliates, and require transactions with affiliates to be on terms comparable to those for transactions with unaffiliated entities. Transactions between banking affiliates may be subject to certain exemptions under applicable federal law.

Limitations on Ownership. Under the Illinois Banking Act, any person who acquires 25% or more of the Company’s stock may be required to obtain the prior approval of the Illinois Secretary. Similarly, under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act, a person must give 60 days written notice to the Federal Reserve and may be required to obtain the prior regulatory consent of the Federal Reserve before acquiring control of 10% or more of any class of the Company’s outstanding stock. Generally, an acquisition of more than 10% of the Company’s stock by a corporate entity, including a corporation, partnership or trust, and more than 5% of the Company’s stock by a bank holding company, would require prior Federal Reserve approval under the BHC Act.

Enhanced Supervisory Procedures for De Novo Banks. In August 2009, the FDIC adopted enhanced supervisory procedures for de novo banks, which extended the special supervisory period for such banks from three to seven years. Throughout the de novo period, newly chartered banks will be subject to higher capital requirements, more frequent examinations and other requirements.

Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation

WHI and WHAMC are subject to extensive regulation under federal and state securities laws. WHI is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Both WHI and WHAMC are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. In addition, WHI is a

15

member of several self-regulatory organizations (“SRO”), including the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the Chicago Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Although WHI is required to be registered with the SEC, much of its regulation has been delegated to SROs that the SEC oversees, including FINRA and the national securities exchanges. In addition to SEC rules and regulations, the SROs adopt rules, subject to approval of the SEC, that govern all aspects of business in the securities industry and conduct periodic examinations of member firms. WHI is also subject to regulation by state securities commissions in states in which it conducts business. WHI and WHAMC are registered only with the SEC as investment advisers, but certain of their advisory personnel are subject to regulation by state securities regulatory agencies.

As a result of federal and state registrations and SRO memberships, WHI is subject to over-lapping schemes of regulation which cover all aspects of its securities businesses. Such regulations cover, among other things, minimum net capital requirements; uses and safekeeping of clients’ funds; recordkeeping and reporting requirements; supervisory and organizational procedures intended to assure compliance with securities laws and to prevent improper trading on material nonpublic information; personnel-related matters, including qualification and licensing of supervisory and sales personnel; limitations on extensions of credit in securities transactions; clearance and settlement procedures; “suitability” determinations as to certain customer transactions, limitations on the amounts and types of fees and commissions that may be charged to customers, and the timing of proprietary trading in relation to customers’ trades; and affiliate transactions. Violations of the laws and regulations governing a broker-dealer’s actions can result in censures, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, revocation of licenses or registrations, the suspension or expulsion from the securities industry of a broker-dealer or its officers or employees, or other similar actions by both federal and state securities administrators.

As a registered broker-dealer, WHI is subject to the SEC’s net capital rule and the net capital requirements of various securities exchanges. Net capital rules, which specify minimum capital requirements, are generally designed to measure general financial integrity and liquidity and require that at least a minimum amount of net assets be kept in relatively liquid form. Rules of FINRA and other SROs also impose limitations and requirements on the transfer of member organizations’ assets. Compliance with net capital requirements may limit the Company’s operations requiring the intensive use of capital. These requirements restrict the Company’s ability to withdraw capital from WHI, which in turn may limit its ability to pay dividends, repay debt or redeem or purchase shares of its own outstanding stock. WHI is a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”), which subject to certain limitations, serves to oversee the liquidation of a member brokerage firm, and to return missing cash, stock and other securities owed to the firm’s brokerage customers, in the event a member broker-dealer fails. The general SIPC protection for customers’ securities accounts held by a member broker-dealer is up to $500,000 for each eligible customer, including a maximum of $100,000 for cash claims. SIPC does not protect brokerage customers against investment losses.

WHAMC, and WHI in its capacity as an investment adviser, are subject to regulations covering matters such as transactions between clients, transactions between the adviser and clients, custody of client assets and management of mutual funds and other client accounts. The principal purpose of regulation and discipline of investment firms is the protection of customers, clients and the securities markets rather than the protection of creditors and stockholders of investment firms. Sanctions that may be imposed for failure to comply with laws or regulations governing investment advisers include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on an adviser’s engaging in various asset management activities for specified periods of time, the revocation of registrations, other censures and fines.

Monetary Policy and Economic Conditions. The earnings of banks and bank holding companies are affected by general economic conditions and also by the credit policies of the Federal Reserve. Through open market transactions, variations in the discount rate and the establishment of reserve requirements, the Federal Reserve exerts considerable influence over the cost and availability of funds obtainable for lending or investing. The Federal Reserve’s monetary policies and other government programs have affected the operating results of all commercial banks in the past and are expected to do so in the future. The Company and the Banks cannot fully predict the nature or the extent of any effects which fiscal or monetary policies may have on their business and earnings.

In 2008 and 2009, there was significant disruption of credit markets on a national and global scale. Liquidity in credit markets was severely depressed. Major financial institutions sought bankruptcy protection, and a number of banks have failed and been placed into receivership or acquired. Other major financial institutions — including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and AIG — have been entirely or partially nationalized by the federal government. The economic conditions in 2008 and 2009 have also affected consumers and businesses, including their ability to repay loans. This has been particularly true in the mortgage area. Real estate values have decreased in many areas of the country. There has been a large increase in mortgage defaults and foreclosure filings on a nationwide basis.

16

In response to these events, there have also been an unprecedented number of governmental initiatives designed to respond to the stresses experienced in financial markets in 2008 and 2009. Treasury, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and other agencies have taken a number of steps to enhance the liquidity support available to financial institutions. The Company and the Banks have participated in some of these programs, such as the CPP under the TARP. There have been other initiatives that have had an effect on credit markets generally, even though the Company has not participated. These programs and additional programs may or may not continue in 2010. Federal and state regulators have also issued guidance encouraging banks and other mortgage lenders to make accommodations and re-work mortgage loans in order to avoid foreclosure. Additional programs to mitigate foreclosure have been proposed in Congress and by federal regulators, and may affect the Company in 2010.

Supplemental Statistical Data

The following statistical information is provided in accordance with the requirements of The Securities Act Industry Guide 3, Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies, which is part of Regulation S-K as promulgated by the SEC. This data should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto, and Management’s Discussion and Analysis which are contained in this Form 10-K.

Investment Securities Portfolio

The following table presents the carrying value of the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio, by investment category, as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):

	2009		2008		2007
U.S. Treasury	$	110,816		—		33,109
U.S. Government agencies		576,176		298,729		322,043
Municipal		65,336		59,295		49,127
Corporate notes and other debt
Financial issuers		41,746		9,052		10,538
Retained subordinated securities		47,702		—		—
Other		—		23,434		36,869
Mortgage-backed
Agency		216,544		281,094		679,180
Non-agency CMOs		107,984		4,213		9,666
Non-agency CMOs — Alt A		50,778		—		—
Federal Reserve/FHLB stock		73,749		71,069		70,065
Other equity securities		37,984		37,787		93,240
Total available-for-sale securities	$	1,328,815		784,673		1,303,837

17

Tables presenting the carrying amounts and gross unrealized gains and losses for securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are included by reference to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the 2009 Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated herein by reference. The fair value of available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 2009, by maturity distribution, are as follows (in thousands):

											Federal
											Reserve /
					From 5						FHLB stock
	Within		From 1		to 10		After		Mortgage-		and other
	1 year		to 5 years		years		10 years		backed		equities		Total
U.S. Treasury	$	—		—		110,816		—		—		—		110,816
U.S. Government agencies		35,070		202,618		186,574		151,914		—		—		576,176
Municipal		15,087		16,943		17,111		16,195		—		—		65,336
Corporate notes and other debt
Financial issuers		14,001		2,591		4,295		20,859		—		—		41,746
Retained subordinated securities		47,702		—		—		—		—		—		47,702
Mortgage-backed (1)
Agency		—		—		—		—		216,544		—		216,544
Non-agency CMOs		—		—		—		—		107,984		—		107,984
Non-agency CMOs — Alt A		—		—		—		—		50,778		—		50,778
Federal Reserve/FHLB stock		—		—		—		—		—		73,749		73,749
Other equity securities		—		—		—		—		—		37,984		37,984
Total available-for-sale securities	$	111,860		222,152		318,796		188,968		375,306		111,733		1,328,815

(1) The maturities of mortgage-backed securities may differ from contractual maturities since the underlying mortgages may be called or prepaid without any penalties. Therefore, these securities are not included within the maturity categories above.

The weighted average yield for each range of maturities of securities, on a tax-equivalent basis, is shown below as of December 31, 2009:

																Federal
																Reserve /
							From 5									FHLB stock
	Within			From 1			to 10			After			Mortgage-			and other
	1 year			to 5 years			years			10 years			backed			equities			Total
U.S. Treasury		—			—			2.45	%		—			—			—			2.45	%
U.S. Government agencies		0.17	%		0.76	%		1.62	%		4.03	%		—			—			1.87	%
Municipal		2.28	%		5.61	%		4.24	%		7.46	%		—			—			4.94	%
Corporate notes and other debt
Financial issuers		5.76	%		8.19	%		5.45	%		6.68	%		—			—			6.34	%
Retained subordinated securities		5.97	%		—			—			—			—			—			5.97	%
Mortgage-backed (1)
Agency		—			—			—			—			5.52	%		—			5.52	%
Non-agency CMOs		—			—			—			—			7.73	%		—			7.73	%
Non-agency CMOs — Alt A		—			—			—			—			7.83	%		—			7.83	%
Federal Reserve/FHLB stock		—			—			—			—			—			2.47	%		2.47	%
Other equity securities		—			—			—			—			—			4.28	%		4.28	%
Total available-for-sale securities		3.63	%		1.22	%		2.10	%		4.62	%		6.47	%		3.09	%		3.76	%

(1) The maturities of mortgage-backed securities may differ from contractual maturities since the underlying mortgages may be called or prepaid without penalties. Therefore, these securities are not included within the maturity categories above.

18

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities is subject to risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect Wintrust are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair Wintrust’s business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. If any of the following risks actually occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of our securities could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Difficult economic conditions have adversely affected our company and the financial services industry in general and further deterioration may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The U.S. economy has been in recession since the third quarter of 2008, and the housing and real estate markets have been experiencing extraordinary slowdowns since 2007. Additionally, unemployment rates have continued to rise during these periods. These factors have had a significant negative effect on us and other companies in the financial services industry. As a lending institution, our business is directly affected by the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, as well as by the value of collateral, such as real estate, that secures many of our loans. Market turmoil has led to an increase in charge-offs and has negatively impacted consumer confidence and the level of business activity. Net charge-offs were $137.4 million in 2009 and $37.0 million in 2008. Although non-performing loans decreased to $131.8 million as of December 31, 2009 from $231.7 million at September 30, 2009 and $136.1 million as of December 31, 2008, other real estate owned (“OREO”) increased to $80.2 million at December 31, 2009 from $40.6 million at September 30, 2009 and $32.6 million at December 31, 2008. Continued weakness or further deterioration in the economy, real estate markets or unemployment rates, particularly in the markets in which we operate, will likely diminish the ability of our borrowers to repay loans that we have given them, the value of any collateral securing such loans and may cause increases in delinquencies, problem assets, charge-offs and provision for credit losses, all of which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Further, the underwriting and credit monitoring policies and procedures that we have adopted may not prevent losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Since our business is concentrated in the greater Chicago and southeast Wisconsin metropolitan areas, further declines in the economy of this region could adversely affect our business.

Except for our premium finance business and certain other niche businesses, our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the specific local markets in which we operate. Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, we provide banking and financial services to customers primarily in the greater Chicago and southeast Wisconsin metropolitan areas. The local economic conditions in these areas significantly impact the demand for our products and services as well as the ability of our customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing loans and the stability of our deposit funding sources. Specifically, most of the loans in our portfolio are secured by real estate located in the Chicago metropolitan area. Our local market area has experienced recent negative changes in overall market conditions relating to real estate valuation. As troubled assets are liquidated into the market, the additional supply is driving appraised valuations of real estate much lower. Further declines in economic conditions, including inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in securities markets or other factors with impact on these local markets could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Continued deterioration in the real estate markets where collateral for mortgage loans is located could adversely affect the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan, and in turn the value of our assets.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to absorb losses that may occur in our loan portfolio, our financial condition and liquidity could suffer.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that is intended to absorb credit losses that we expect to incur in our loan portfolio. At each balance sheet date, our management determines the amount of the allowance for loan losses based on our estimate of probable and reasonably estimable losses in our loan portfolio, taking into account probable losses that have been identified relating to specific borrowing relationships, as well as probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and credit undertakings that are not specifically identified.

Because our allowance for loan losses represents an estimate of probable losses, there is no certainty that it will be adequate over time to cover credit losses in the portfolio, particularly in the case of continued adverse changes in the economy, market conditions, or events that adversely affect specific customers. For example, in 2009, we charged off $137.4 million in loans (net of recoveries) and increased our allowance for loan losses from $69.8 million at December 31, 2008 to $98.3 million at

19

December 31, 2009 as a result of the economic recession and financial crisis. Our allowance for loan losses represents 1.17% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2009, compared to 0.92% at December 31, 2008. This increase is primarily the result of deterioration in our commercial and commercial real estate loan portfolios, which comprised 60% of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2009. Estimating loan loss allowances for our newer banks is more difficult because rapidly growing and de novo bank loan portfolios are, by their nature, unseasoned. Therefore, our newer bank subsidiaries may be more susceptible to changes in estimates, and to losses exceeding estimates, than banks with more seasoned loan portfolios.

Although we believe our loan loss allowance is adequate to absorb probable and reasonably estimable losses in our loan portfolio, if our estimates are inaccurate and our actual loan losses exceed the amount that is anticipated, our financial condition and liquidity could be materially adversely affected.

For more information regarding our allowance for loan losses, see “Allowance for Loan Losses” under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Unanticipated changes in prevailing interest rates could adversely affect our net interest income, which is our largest source of income.

Wintrust is exposed to interest rate risk in its core banking activities of lending and deposit taking, since changes in prevailing interest rates affect the value of our assets and liabilities. Such changes may adversely affect our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income and interest expense. Net interest income represents our largest source of net income, and was $311.9 million and $244.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. In particular, our net interest income is affected by the fact that assets and liabilities reprice at different times and by different amounts as interest rates change.

Each of our businesses may be affected differently by a given change in interest rates. For example, we expect the results of our mortgage banking business in selling loans into the secondary market would be negatively impacted during periods of rising interest rates, whereas falling interest rates could have a negative impact on the net interest spread earned as we would be unable to lower the rates on many interest bearing deposit accounts of our customers to the same extent as many of our higher yielding asset classes.

Additionally, changes in interest rates may adversely influence the growth rate of loans and deposits, the quality of our loan portfolio, loan and deposit pricing, the volume of loan originations in our mortgage banking business and the value that we can recognize on the sale of mortgage loans in the secondary market.

We seek to mitigate our interest rate risk through several strategies, which may not be successful. For example, with the relatively low interest rates that prevailed in recent years, we were able to augment the total return of our investment securities portfolio by selling call options on fixed-income securities that we own. We recorded fee income of approximately $2.0 million, $29.0 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. During 2009 and 2007, we had fewer opportunities to use this mitigation methodology due to lower than acceptable security yields and related option pricing. We also mitigate our interest rate risk by entering into interest rate swaps and other interest rate derivative contracts from time to time with counterparties. To the extent that the market value of any derivative contract moves to a negative market value, we are subject to loss if the counterparty defaults. In the future, there can be no assurance that such mitigation strategies will be available or successful.

Our liquidity position may be negatively impacted if economic conditions continue to suffer.

Liquidity is a measure of whether our cash flows and liquid assets are sufficient to satisfy current and future financial obligations, such as demand for loans, deposit withdrawals and operating costs. Our liquidity position is affected by a number of factors, including the amount of cash and other liquid assets on hand, payment of interest and dividends on debt and equity instruments that we have issued, capital we inject into our bank subsidiaries, proceeds we raise through the issuance of securities, our ability to draw upon our revolving credit facility and dividends received from our banking subsidiaries. Our future liquidity position may be adversely affected by multiple factors, including:

• if our banking subsidiaries report net losses or their earnings are weak relative to our cash flow needs;

• if we deem it advisable or are required by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to make capital injections to our banking subsidiaries;

• if we are unable to access our revolving credit facility due to a failure to satisfy financial and other covenants; or

• if we are unable to raise additional capital on terms that are satisfactory to us.

Continued weakness or worsening of the economy, real estate markets or unemployment levels may increase the likelihood that one or more of these events occurs. If our liquidity becomes limited, it may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

20

If we fail to meet our regulatory capital ratios, we may be forced to raise capital or sell assets.

As a banking institution, we are subject to regulations that require us to maintain certain capital ratios, such as the ratio of our Tier 1 capital to our risk-based assets. If our regulatory capital ratios decline, as a result of decreases in the value of our loan portfolio or otherwise, we will be required to improve such ratios by either raising additional capital or by disposing of assets. If we choose to dispose of assets, we cannot be certain that we will be able to do so at prices that we believe to be appropriate, and our future operating results could be negatively affected. If we choose to raise additional capital, we may accomplish this by selling additional shares of common stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock, which could significantly dilute the ownership percentage of holders of our common stock and cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Additionally, events or circumstances in the capital markets generally may increase our capital costs and impair our ability to raise capital at any given time.

Our agreements with the Treasury restrict our ability to pay dividends and repurchase common or preferred stock, place limitations on our executive compensation practices, and may result in dilution to our common stockholders.

On December 19, 2008, we issued and sold preferred stock and a warrant to the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) as part of the Capital Purchase Program. The preferred stock has an annual dividend payment of 5.0%, which increases to 9.0% per year if we do not redeem the preferred stock at or prior to February 15, 2014. This higher dividend rate may be financially unattractive to us compared to the cost of capital under market conditions at that time. The warrant issued to Treasury entitles the holder to purchase 1,643,295 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $22.82 per share, and may be exercised, in whole or in part, over a ten-year period. If the warrant is exercised, the percentage ownership of holders of our common stock would be diluted.

Furthermore, we are subject to certain restrictions as a result of our participation in the Capital Purchase Program. In particular, prior to December 19, 2011, unless we have redeemed all of the preferred stock or the Treasury has transferred all of the preferred stock to a third party, the consent of the Treasury will be required for us to, among other things, increase our common stock dividend or repurchase our common stock or other preferred stock (with certain exceptions, including the repurchase of common stock to offset share dilution from equity-based employee compensation awards). The terms of the Capital Purchase Program also place limitations on our executive compensation practices, which may have a negative impact on our ability to retain or attract well qualified and experienced senior officers. The inability to retain or attract well qualified senior officers could materially and adversely affect business, results of operations, financial condition, access to funding and, in turn, the trading price of our common stock. We may also become subject to additional restrictions in the future, as the Treasury has the power to unilaterally amend the terms of the purchase agreement to the extent required to comply with changes in applicable federal law.

Legislative and regulatory actions taken now or in the future regarding the financial services industry may significantly increase our costs or limit our ability to conduct our business in a profitable manner.

As a result of the ongoing financial crisis and challenging market conditions and concerns regarding the consumer lending practices of certain institutions, we expect to face increased regulation and regulatory and political scrutiny of the financial services industry, including as a result of our participation in the Capital Purchase Program. We are already subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. The cost of compliance with such laws and regulations can be substantial and adversely affect our ability to operate profitably. While we are unable to predict the scope or impact of any potential legislation or regulatory action, bills that would result in significant changes to financial institutions have been introduced in Congress and it is possible that such legislation or implementing regulations could significantly increase our regulatory compliance costs, impede the efficiency of our internal business processes, negatively impact the recoverability of certain of our recorded assets, require us to increase our regulatory capital, interfere with our executive compensation plans, or limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner including our plan for de novo growth and growth through acquisitions.

Our FDIC insurance premiums may increase, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

Recent insured institution failures, as well as deterioration in banking and economic conditions, have significantly increased FDIC loss provisions, resulting in a decline of its deposit insurance fund to historical lows. The FDIC expects a higher rate of insured institution failures in the next few years compared to recent years; thus, the reserve ratio may continue to decline. In addition, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended, increased the limit on FDIC coverage to $250,000 through December 31, 2013.

These developments have caused our FDIC insurance premiums to increase, and may cause additional increases. On September 30, 2009, the FDIC collected a special assessment from each insured institution, and additional assessments are possible. In addition, on November 12, 2009, the FDIC approved a final rule requiring that insured institutions prepay

21

13 quarters estimated deposit insurance premiums. The banks made their prepayments on December 30, 2009. These prepaid premiums are recorded as a prepaid expense on our financial statements.

The financial services industry is very competitive, and if we are not able to compete effectively, we may lose market share and our business could suffer.

We face competition in attracting and retaining deposits, making loans, and providing other financial services (including wealth management services) throughout our market area. Our competitors include national, regional and other community banks, and a wide range of other financial institutions such as credit unions, government-sponsored enterprises, mutual fund companies, insurance companies, factoring companies and other non-bank financial companies. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and market presence than Wintrust and, as a result of their size, may be able to offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and payment systems, and for banks that do not have a physical presence in our markets to compete for deposits. If we are unable to compete effectively, we will lose market share and income from deposits, loans, and other products may be reduced. This could adversely affect our profitability and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

• the ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service and high ethical standards;

• the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

• the ability to expand our market position;

• the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;

• customer satisfaction with our level of service; and

• industry and general economic trends.

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our premium finance business may involve a higher risk of delinquency or collection than our other lending operations, and could expose us to losses.

We provide financing for the payment of commercial insurance premiums and life insurance premiums on a national basis through our wholly owned subsidiary, First Insurance Funding Corporation (“FIFC”). Commercial insurance premium finance loans involve a different, and possibly higher, risk of delinquency or collection than life insurance premium finance loans and the loan portfolios of our bank subsidiaries because these loans are issued primarily through relationships with a large number of unaffiliated insurance agents and because the borrowers are located nationwide. As a result, risk management and general supervisory oversight may be difficult. As of December 31, 2009, we had $730.1 million of commercial insurance premium finance loans outstanding, which represented 9% of our total loan portfolio as of such date.

FIFC may also be more susceptible to third party fraud with respect to commercial insurance premium finance loans because these loans are originated and many times funded through relationships with unaffiliated insurance agents and brokers. Acts of fraud are difficult to detect and deter, and we cannot assure investors that FIFC’s risk management procedures and controls will prevent losses from fraudulent activity. We may be exposed to the risk of loss in its premium finance business because of fraud, the possibility of insolvency of insurance carriers that are in possession of unearned insurance premiums that represent our collateral or that our collateral value is not ultimately enough to cover our outstanding balance in the event that a borrower defaults, which could result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, to the extent that affiliates of insurance carriers, banks, and other lending institutions add greater service and flexibility to their financing practices in the future, our competitive position and results of operations could be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that FIFC will be able to continue to compete successfully in its markets.

22

If we fail to comply with certain of our covenants under our securitization facility, the holders of the related notes could declare a rapid amortization event, which could require us to repay any outstanding amounts immediately, which would significantly impair our financial condition and liquidity.

In September 2009, our indirect subsidiary, FIFC Premium Funding I, LLC, sold $600 million in aggregate principal amount of its Series 2009-A Premium Finance Asset Backed Notes, Class A (the “Notes”), which were issued in a securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. The related indenture contains certain financial and other covenants that must be met in order to continue to sell notes into the facility. In addition, if any of these covenants are breached, the holders of the Notes may, under certain circumstances, declare a rapid amortization event, which would require us to repay any outstanding notes immediately. Such an event would significantly impair our financial condition and liquidity.

Widespread financial difficulties or credit downgrades among commercial and life insurance providers could lessen the value of the collateral securing our premium finance loans and impair the financial condition and liquidity of FIFC.

FIFC’s premium finance loans are primarily secured by the insurance policies financed by the loans. These insurance policies are written by a large number of insurance companies geographically dispersed throughout the country. To the extent that commercial or life insurance providers experience widespread difficulties or credit downgrades, the value of our collateral will be reduced. If one or more large nationwide insurers were to fail, the value of our portfolio could be significantly negatively impacted. A significant downgrade in the value of the collateral supporting our premium finance business could impair our ability to create liquidity for this business, which, in turn could negatively impact our ability to expand.

An actual or perceived reduction in our financial strength may cause others to reduce or cease doing business with us, which could result in a decrease in our net interest income.

Our customers rely upon our financial strength and stability and evaluate the risks of doing business with us. If we experience diminished financial strength or stability, actual or perceived, including due to market or regulatory developments, announced or rumored business developments or results of operations, or a decline in stock price, customers may withdraw their deposits or otherwise seek services from other banking institutions and prospective customers may select other service providers. The risk that we may be perceived as less creditworthy relative to other market participants is increased in the current market environment, where the consolidation of financial institutions, including major global financial institutions, is resulting in a smaller number of much larger counterparties and competitors. If customers reduce their deposits with us or select other service providers for all or a portion of the services that we provide them, net interest income and fee revenues will decrease accordingly, and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions that historically have involved banks through alternative methods. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to attract and retain experienced and qualified personnel, our ability to provide high quality service will be diminished and our results of operations may suffer.

We believe that our future success depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain experienced personnel, including our senior management and other key personnel. Our business model is dependent upon our ability to provide high quality, personal service at our community banks. In addition, as a holding company that conducts its operations through our subsidiaries, we are focused on providing entrepreneurial-based compensation to the chief executives of each our business units. As a Company with start-up and growth oriented operations, we are cognizant that to attract and retain the managerial talent necessary to operate and grow our businesses we often have to compensate our executives with a view to the business we expect them to manage, rather than the size of the business they currently manage. Accordingly, the restrictions placed on executive compensation through our participation in the Capital Purchase Program, as well any future restrictions, may negatively impact our ability to retain and attract senior management. The loss of any of our senior managers or other key personnel, or our inability to identify, recruit and retain such personnel, could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

23

If we are unable to continue to identify favorable acquisitions or successfully integrate our acquisitions, our growth may be limited and our results of operations could suffer.

In the past several years, we have completed numerous acquisitions of banks, other financial service related companies and financial service related assets and may continue to make such acquisitions in the future. Wintrust seeks merger or acquisition partners that are culturally similar and have experienced management and possess either significant market presence or have potential for improved profitability through financial management, economies of scale or expanded services. Failure to successfully identify and complete acquisitions likely will result in Wintrust achieving slower growth. Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches involves various risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things:

• potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities or asset quality issues of the target company;

• difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of the target company;

• potential disruption to our business, including diversion of our management’s time and attention;

• the possible loss of key employees and customers of the target company;

• difficulty in estimating the value of the target company; and

• potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company.

Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and, therefore, some dilution of Wintrust’s tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future transaction. Furthermore, failure to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from an acquisition could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we may face competition from other financial institutions with respect to proposed FDIC-assisted transactions.

We may participate in FDIC-assisted acquisitions, which could present additional risks to our financial condition.

We may make opportunistic whole or partial acquisitions of troubled financial institutions in transactions facilitated by the FDIC. In addition to the risks frequently associated with acquisitions, an acquisition of a troubled financial institution may involve a greater risk that the acquired assets underperform compared to our expectations. Because these acquisitions are structured in a manner that would not allow us the time normally associated with preparing for and evaluating an acquisition, including preparing for integration of an acquired institution, we may face additional risks including, among other things, the loss of customers, strain on management resources related to collection and management of problem loans and problems related to integration of personnel and operating systems. Additionally, while the FDIC may agree to assume certain losses in transactions that it facilitates, there can be no assurances that we would not be required to raise additional capital as a condition to, or as a result of, participation in an FDIC-assisted transaction. Any such transactions and related issuances of stock may have dilutive effect on earnings per share and share ownership.

De novo operations and branch openings often involve significant expenses and delayed returns and may negatively impact Wintrust’s profitability.

Our financial results have been and will continue to be impacted by our strategy of de novo bank formations and branch openings. While the recent financial crisis and interest rate environment has caused us to open fewer de novo banks, we expect to undertake additional de novo bank formations or branch openings when market conditions improve. Based on our experience, we believe that it generally takes over 13 months for de novo banks to first achieve operational profitability, depending on the number of banking facilities opened, the impact of organizational and overhead expenses, the start-up phase of generating deposits and the time lag typically involved in redeploying deposits into attractively priced loans and other higher yielding earning assets. However, it may take longer than expected or than the amount of time Wintrust has historically experienced for new banks and/or banking facilities to reach profitability, and there can be no guarantee that these new banks or branches will ever be profitable. Moreover, the FDIC’s recent issuance extending the enhanced supervisory period for de novo banks from three to seven years, including higher capital requirements during this period, could also delay a new bank’s ability to contribute to the Company’s earnings and impact the Company’s willingness to expand through de novo bank formation. To the extent we undertake additional de novo bank, branch and business formations, our level of reported net income, return on average equity and return on average assets will be impacted by start-up costs associated with such operations, and it is likely to continue to experience the effects of higher expenses relative to operating income from the new operations. These expenses may be higher than we expected or than our experience has shown, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

24

Changes in accounting policies or accounting standards could materially adversely affect how we report our financial results and condition.

Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our financial results and condition. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. If such estimates or assumptions underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may experience material losses. From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements.

Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our stockholders.

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation, by-laws and Illinois law may have the effect of impeding the acquisition of control of Wintrust by means of a tender offer, a proxy fight, open-market purchases or otherwise in a transaction not approved by our board of directors. For example, our board of directors may issue additional authorized shares of our capital stock to deter future attempts to gain control of Wintrust, including the authority to determine the terms of any one or more series of preferred stock, such as voting rights, conversion rates and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, the board has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management in order to attempt to block a merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control, and thereby assist the incumbent board of directors and management to retain their respective positions. In addition, our articles of incorporation expressly elect to be governed by the provisions of Section 7.85 of the Illinois Business Corporation Act, which would make it more difficult for another party to acquire us without the approval of our board of directors. The ability of a third party to acquire us is also limited under applicable banking regulations. The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 requires any “bank holding company” (as defined in that Act) to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve prior to acquiring more than 5% of our outstanding common stock. Any person other than a bank holding company is required to obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve to acquire 10% or more of our outstanding common stock under the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978. Any holder of 25% or more of our outstanding common stock, other than an individual, is subject to regulation as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act.

These provisions may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that is not approved by our board of directors but which our individual shareholders may deem to be in their best interests or in which our shareholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then-current market prices. As a result, shareholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have an opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also render the removal of our current board of directors or management more difficult.

25

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The Company’s executive offices are located in the banking facilities of Lake Forest Bank. Certain corporate functions are also located at the various Bank subsidiaries.

The Company’s Banks operate through 78 banking facilities, the majority of which are owned. The Company owns 123 Automatic Teller Machines, the majority of which are housed at banking locations. The banking facilities are located in communities throughout the Chicago metropolitan area and southern Wisconsin. Excess space in certain properties is leased to third parties.

The Wayne Hummer Companies have one location in downtown Chicago, one in Appleton, Wisconsin, and two locations in Florida, all of which are leased, as well as office locations at various Banks. Wintrust Mortgage Corporation has 31 locations in eleven states, all of which are leased, as well as office locations at various Banks. FIFC has one location which is owned and three which are leased. Tricom has one location which is owned. WITS has one location which is owned as well as an office location at one of the Banks. In addition, the Company owns other real estate acquired for further expansion that, when considered in the aggregate, is not material to the Company’s financial position.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company and its subsidiaries, from time to time, are subject to pending and threatened legal action and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Any such litigation currently pending against the Company or its subsidiaries is incidental to the Company’s business and, based on information currently available to management, management believes the outcome of such actions or proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the operations or financial position of the Company.

ITEM 4. [RESERVED]

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company’s common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market under the symbol WTFC. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices reported on NASDAQ for the common stock by fiscal quarter during 2009 and 2008.

	2009				2008
	High		Low		High		Low
Fourth Quarter	$	33.87	$	25.00	$	32.00	$	15.37
Third Quarter		29.73		14.66		44.90		17.04
Second Quarter		22.75		11.80		37.08		22.88
First Quarter		20.90		9.70		38.99		28.87

Performance Graph

The following performance graph compares the five-year percentage change in the Company’s cumulative shareholder return on common stock compared with the cumulative total return on composites of (1) all NASDAQ Global Select Market stocks for United States companies (broad market index) and (2) all NASDAQ Global Select Market bank stocks (peer group index). Cumulative total return is computed by dividing the sum of the cumulative amount of dividends for the measurement period and the difference between the Company’s share price at the end and the beginning of the measurement period by the share price at the beginning of the measurement period. The NASDAQ Global Select Market for United States companies’ index comprises all domestic common shares traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the NASDAQ Small-Cap Market. The NASDAQ Global Select Market bank stocks index comprises all banks traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the NASDAQ Small-Cap Market.

26

This graph and other information furnished in the section titled “Performance Graph” under this Part II, Item 5 of this Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “soliciting” materials or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

	2004		2005		2006		2007		2008		2009
Wintrust Financial Corporation		100.00		96.81		85.22		59.64		38.22		56.64
NASDAQ — Total US		100.00		102.13		112.19		121.68		58.64		84.28
NASDAQ — Bank Index		100.00		97.69		109.64		86.90		63.36		53.09

Approximate Number of Equity Security Holders

As of February 25, 2010 there were approximately 1,588 shareholders of record of the Company’s common stock.

Dividends on Common Stock

The Company’s Board of Directors approved the first semi-annual dividend on the Company’s common stock in January 2000 and has continued to approve a semi-annual dividend since that time; however, our ability to declare a dividend is limited by our financial condition, the terms of our 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), the terms of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and by the terms of our credit facility.

27

Following is a summary of the cash dividends paid in 2008 and 2009:

		Dividend
Record Date	Payable Date	per Share
February 7, 2008	February 21, 2008	$	0.18
August 7, 2008	August 21, 2008	$	0.18
February 12, 2009	February 26, 2009	$	0.18
August 13, 2009	August 27, 2009	$	0.09

In January 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a semi-annual dividend of $0.09 per share. The dividend was paid on February 25, 2010 to shareholders of record as of February 11, 2010.

The $250 million of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (“the US Treasury”) on December 19, 2008, includes a restriction on increasing dividends on the Company’s common stock from its last dividend payment prior to the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock. This restriction will terminate on the earlier of (a) the third anniversary of the date of issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock and (b) the date on which the Series B Preferred Stock has been redeemed in whole or the US Treasury has transferred all of the Series B Preferred Stock to third parties. Participation in the CPP creates restrictions upon the Company’s ability to increase dividends on its common stock or to repurchase its common stock until three years have elapsed, unless (i) all of the preferred stock issued to the Treasury is redeemed, (ii) all of the preferred stock issued to the Treasury has been transferred to third parties, or (iii) the Company receives the consent of the Treasury. In addition, the Treasury has the right to appoint two additional directors to the Wintrust board if the Company misses dividend payments for six dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, on the preferred stock. Pursuant to the terms of the certificate of designations creating the CPP preferred stock, the Company’s board will be automatically expanded to include such directors, upon the occurrence of the foregoing conditions.

Taking into account the limitation on the payment of dividends in connection with the Series B Preferred Stock, the final determination of timing, amount and payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon the Company’s earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other relevant factors. Additionally, the payment of dividends is also subject to statutory restrictions and restrictions arising under the terms of the Company’s Trust Preferred Securities offerings and under certain financial covenants in the Company’s credit agreement. Under the terms of the Company’s revolving credit facility entered into on October 30, 2009, the Company is prohibited from paying dividends on any equity interests, including its common stock and preferred stock, if such payments would cause the Company to be in default under its credit facility.

Because the Company’s consolidated net income consists largely of net income of the Banks, Wintrust Mortgage Corporation, FIFC, Tricom and the Wayne Hummer Companies, the Company’s ability to pay dividends depends upon its receipt of dividends from these entities. The Banks’ ability to pay dividends is regulated by banking statutes. See “Bank Regulation; Additional Regulation of Dividends” on page 13 of this Form 10-K. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Banks paid $100.0 million, $73.2 million and $105.9 million, respectively, in dividends to the Company. De novo banks are prohibited from paying dividends during their first three years of operations.

Reference is made to Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” contained in this Form 10-K for a description of the restrictions on the ability of certain subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Company in the form of dividends.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

No purchases of the Company’s common shares were made by or on behalf of the Company or any “affiliated purchaser” as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during the year ended December 31, 2009. There is currently no authorization to repurchase shares of outstanding common stock.

28

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007			2006			2005
				(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Financial Condition Data (at end of year):
Total assets	$	12,215,620		$	10,658,326		$	9,368,859		$	9,571,852		$	8,177,042
Total loans		8,411,771			7,621,069			6,801,602			6,496,480			5,213,871
Total deposits		9,917,074			8,376,750			7,471,441			7,869,240			6,729,434
Junior subordinated debentures		249,493			249,515			249,662			249,828			230,458
Total shareholders’ equity		1,138,639			1,066,572			739,555			773,346			627,911
Selected Statements of Operations Data:
Net interest income	$	311,876		$	244,567		$	261,550		$	248,886		$	216,759
Net revenue (1)		629,523			344,245			341,493			339,926			310,318
Net income		73,069			20,488			55,653			66,493			67,016
Net income per common share — Basic		2.23			0.78			2.31			2.66			2.89
Net income per common share — Diluted		2.18			0.76			2.24			2.56			2.75
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
Performance Ratios:
Net interest margin (2)		3.01	%		2.81	%		3.11	%		3.10	%		3.16	%
Non-interest income to average assets		2.78			1.02			0.85			1.02			1.23
Non-interest expense to average assets		3.01			2.63			2.57			2.56			2.62
Net overhead ratio (3)		0.23			1.60			1.72			1.54			1.39
Efficiency ratio (2)(4)		54.44			73.00			71.05			66.94			63.97
Return on average assets		0.64			0.21			0.59			0.74			0.88
Return on average common equity		6.70			2.44			7.64			9.47			11.00
Average total assets	$	11,415,322		$	9,753,220		$	9,442,277		$	8,925,557		$	7,587,602
Average total shareholders’ equity		1,081,792			779,437			727,972			701,794			609,167
Average loans to average deposits ratio		90.5	%		94.3	%		90.1	%		82.2	%		83.4	%
Common Share Data (at end of year):
Market price per common share	$	30.79		$	20.57		$	33.13		$	48.02		$	54.90
Book value per common share	$	35.27		$	33.03		$	31.56		$	30.38		$	26.23
Common shares outstanding		24,206,819			23,756,674			23,430,490			25,457,935			23,940,744
Other Data (at end of year):
Leverage ratio		9.3	%		10.6	%		7.7	%		8.2	%		8.3	%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets		11.0			11.6			8.7			9.8			10.3
Total capital to risk-weighted assets		12.4			13.1			10.2			11.3			11.9
Allowance for credit losses (5)	$	101,831		$	71,353		$	50,882		$	46,512		$	40,774
Credit discounts on purchased loans (6)		37,323			—			—			—			—
Total credit-related reserves		139,154			71,353			50,882			46,512			40,774
Non-performing loans		131,804			136,094			71,854			36,874			26,189
Allowance for credit losses to total loans (5)		1.21	%		0.94	%		0.75	%		0.72	%		0.78	%
Total credit-related reserves to total loans (7)		1.65			0.94			0.75			0.72			0.78
Non-performing loans to total loans		1.57			1.79			1.06			0.57			0.50
Number of:
Bank subsidiaries		15			15			15			15			13
Non-bank subsidiaries		8			7			8			8			10
Banking offices		78			79			77			73			62

(1)	Net revenue is net interest income plus non-interest income.
(2)	See Item 7, “Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures/Ratios,” of the Company’s 2009 Form 10-K for a reconciliation of this performance measure/ratio to GAAP.
(3)	The net overhead ratio is calculated by netting total non-interest expense and total non-interest income, annualizing this amount, and dividing by that period’s average total assets. A lower ratio indicates a higher degree of efficiency.
(4)	The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total non-interest expense by tax-equivalent net revenues (less securities gains or losses). A lower ratio indicates more efficient revenue generation.
(5)	The allowance for credit losses includes both the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for lending-related commitments.
(6)	Represents the credit discounts on purchased life insurance premium finance loans.
(7)	The sum of allowance for credit losses and credit discounts on purchased life insurance premium finance loans divided by total loans outstanding plus the credit discounts on purchased life insurance premium finance loans.

29

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Forward Looking Statements

This document contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of federal securities laws. Forward-looking information can be identified through the use of words such as “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “contemplate,” “possible,” “point,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “would” and “could.” Forward-looking statements and information are not historical facts, are premised on many factors and assumptions, and represent only management’s expectations, estimates and projections regarding future events. Similarly, these statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict, which may include, but are not limited to, those listed below and the Risk Factors discussed in Item 1A on page 19 of this Form 10-K. The Company intends such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and is including this statement for purposes of invoking these safe harbor provisions. Such forward-looking statements may be deemed to include, among other things, statements relating to the Company’s future financial performance, the performance of its loan portfolio, the expected amount of future credit reserves and charge-offs, delinquency trends, growth plans, regulatory developments, securities that the Company may offer from time to time, and management’s long-term performance goals, as well as statements relating to the anticipated effects on financial condition and results of operations from expected developments or events, the Company’s business and growth strategies, including future acquisitions of banks, specialty finance or wealth management businesses, internal growth and plans to form additional de novo banks or branch offices. Actual results could differ materially from those addressed in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors, including the following:

• negative economic conditions that adversely affect the economy, housing prices, the job market and other factors that may affect the Company’s liquidity and the performance of its loan portfolios, particularly in the markets in which it operates;

• the extent of defaults and losses on the Company’s loan portfolio, which may require further increases in its allowance for credit losses;

• estimates of fair value of certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which could change in value significantly from period to period;

• changes in the level and volatility of interest rates, the capital markets and other market indices that may affect, among other things, the Company’s liquidity and the value of its assets and liabilities;

• a decrease in the Company’s regulatory capital ratios, including as a result of further declines in the value of its loan portfolios, or otherwise;

• effects resulting from the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program, including restrictions on dividends and executive compensation practices, as well as any future restrictions that may become applicable to the Company;

• legislative or regulatory changes, particularly changes in regulation of financial services companies and/or the products and services offered by financial services companies;

• increases in the Company’s FDIC insurance premiums, or the collection of special assessments by the FDIC;

• competitive pressures in the financial services business which may affect the pricing of the Company’s loan and deposit products as well as its services (including wealth management services);

• delinquencies or fraud with respect to the Company’s premium finance business;

• the Company’s ability to comply with covenants under its securitization facility and credit facility;

• credit downgrades among commercial and life insurance providers that could negatively affect the value of collateral securing the Company’s premium finance loans;

• any negative perception of the Company’s reputation or financial strength;

• the loss of customers as a result of technological changes allowing consumers to complete their financial transactions without the use of a bank;

• the ability of the Company to attract and retain senior management experienced in the banking and financial services industries;

• failure to identify and complete favorable acquisitions in the future, or unexpected difficulties or developments related to the integration of recent acquisitions, including with respect to any FDIC-assisted acquisitions;

• unexpected difficulties or unanticipated developments related to the Company’s strategy of de novo bank formations and openings, which typically require over 13 months of operations before becoming profitable due to the impact of organizational and overhead expenses, the startup phase of generating deposits and the time lag typically involved in redeploying deposits into attractively priced loans and other higher yielding earning assets;

• changes in accounting standards, rules and interpretations and the impact on the Company’s financial statements;

• significant litigation involving the Company; and

• the ability of the Company to receive dividends from its subsidiaries.

30

Therefore, there can be no assurances that future actual results will correspond to these forward-looking statements. The reader is cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement made by or on behalf of Wintrust. Any such statement speaks only as of the date the statement was made or as of such date that may be referenced within the statement. The Company undertakes no obligation to release revisions to these forward-looking statements or reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Form 10-K. Persons are advised, however, to consult further disclosures management makes on related subjects in its reports filed with the SEC and in its press releases.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion highlights the significant factors affecting the operations and financial condition of Wintrust for the three years ended December 31, 2009. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, and Selected Financial Highlights appearing elsewhere within this Form 10-K.

OPERATING SUMMARY

Wintrust’s key measures of profitability and balance sheet changes are shown in the following table (dollars in thousands, except per share data):

										% or			% or
	Years Ended									basis point			basis point
	December 31,									(bp)change			(bp)change
	2009			2008			2007			2008 to 2009			2007 to 2008
Net income	$	73,069		$	20,488		$	55,653			257	%		(63	)%
Net income per common share — Diluted	$	2.18		$	0.76		$	2.24			187	%		(66	)%
Net revenue (1)	$	629,523		$	344,245		$	341,493			83	%		(1	)%
Net interest income	$	311,876		$	244,567		$	261,550			28	%		(6	)%
Net interest margin (2)		3.01	%		2.81	%		3.11	%	20 bp			(30)bp
Net overhead ratio (3)		0.23	%		1.60	%		1.72	%	(137)bp			(12)bp
Efficiency ratio (2)(4)		54.44	%		73.00	%		71.05	%	(1,856)bp			195 bp
Return on average assets		0.64	%		0.21	%		0.59	%	43 bp			(38)bp
Return on average common equity		6.70	%		2.44	%		7.64	%	426 bp			(520)bp
At end of period:
Total assets	$	12,215,620		$	10,658,326		$	9,368,859			15	%		14	%
Total loans, net of unearned income	$	8,411,771		$	7,621,069		$	6,801,602			10	%		12	%
Total loans, including loans held-for sale	$	8,687,486		$	7,682,185		$	6,911,154			13	%		11	%
Total deposits	$	9,917,074		$	8,376,750		$	7,471,441			18	%		12	%
Total shareholders’ equity	$	1,138,639		$	1,066,572		$	739,555			7	%		44	%
Book value per common share	$	35.27		$	33.03		$	31.56			7	%		5	%
Market price per common share	$	30.79		$	20.57		$	33.13			50	%		(38	)%

(1)	Net revenue is net interest income plus non-interest income.
(2)	See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures/Ratios” for additional information on this performance measure/ratio.
(3)	The net overhead ratio is calculated by netting total non-interest expense and total non-interest income and dividing by that period’s total average assets. A lower ratio indicates a higher degree of efficiency.
(4)	The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total non-interest expense by tax-equivalent net revenue (excluding securities gains or losses). A lower ratio indicates more efficient revenue generation.

Please refer to the Consolidated Results of Operations section later in this discussion for an analysis of the Company’s operations for the past three years.

31

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES/RATIOS

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States and prevailing practices in the banking industry. However, certain non-GAAP performance measures and ratios are used by management to evaluate and measure the Company’s performance. These include taxable-equivalent net interest income (including its individual components), net interest margin (including its individual components) and the efficiency ratio. Management believes that these measures and ratios provide users of the Company’s financial information with a more meaningful view of the performance of the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and of the Company’s operating efficiency. Other financial holding companies may define or calculate these measures and ratios differently.

Management reviews yields on certain asset categories and the net interest margin of the Company and its banking subsidiaries on a fully taxable-equivalent (“FTE”) basis. In this non-GAAP presentation, net interest income is adjusted to reflect tax-exempt interest income on an equivalent before-tax basis. This measure ensures the comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. Net interest income on a FTE basis is also used in the calculation of the Company’s efficiency ratio. The efficiency ratio, which is calculated by dividing non-interest expense by total taxable-equivalent net revenue (less securities gains or losses), measures how much it costs to produce one dollar of revenue. Securities gains or losses are excluded from this calculation to better match revenue from daily operations to operational expenses.

The following table presents a reconciliation of certain non-GAAP performance measures and ratios used by the Company to evaluate and measure the Company’s performance to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (dollars in thousands):

	Years Ended
	December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
(A) Interest income (GAAP)	$	527,614		$	514,723		$	611,557
Taxable-equivalent adjustment
- Loans		462			645			826
- Liquidity management assets		1,720			1,795			2,388
- Other earning assets		38			47			13
Interest income - FTE	$	529,834		$	517,210		$	614,784
(B) Interest expense (GAAP)		215,738			270,156			350,007
Net interest income - FTE	$	314,096		$	247,054		$	264,777
(C) Net interest income (GAAP) (A minus B)	$	311,876		$	244,567		$	261,550
(D) Net interest margin (GAAP)		2.99	%		2.78	%		3.07	%
Net interest margin - FTE		3.01	%		2.81	%		3.11	%
(E) Efficiency ratio (GAAP)		54.64	%		73.52	%		71.73	%
Efficiency ratio - FTE		54.44	%		73.00	%		71.05	%

OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY

Wintrust is a financial holding company that provides traditional community banking services, primarily in the Chicago metropolitan area and southeastern Wisconsin, and operates other financing businesses on a national basis through several non-bank subsidiaries. Additionally, Wintrust offers a full array of wealth management services primarily to customers in the Chicago metropolitan area and southeastern Wisconsin.

Overview

The Current Economic Environment

Both the U.S. economy and the Company’s local markets continued to face numerous challenging conditions in 2009. The credit crisis that began in 2008 continued into 2009 resulting in rising unemployment and declining home values throughout the Chicago metropolitan area and southeastern Wisconsin. In addition, the low liquidity in the debt markets and high volatility in the equity markets impacted the entire financial system, including the financial markets upon which the Company depends. As a result of these conditions, consumer confidence and spending decreased substantially and real estate asset values declined in the Company’s markets. The stress of the existing economic environment and the depressed real estate valuations in the Company’s markets had an adverse impact on our business in 2009. Defaults by borrowers increased in 2009 and the decline in fair value of collateral resulted in the Company recording higher provisions for credit losses, higher net charge-offs, an increase in the Company’s allowance for loan losses and the restructuring of certain borrower loan agreements. In response to these conditions, during 2009, Management monitored carefully the impact on the Company of illiquidity in the financial markets, the declining values of real property and other assets, loan performance, default rates and other financial and macro-economic indicators in order to navigate the challenging economic environment. In particular:

• Wintrust experienced an increase in defaults and foreclosures in 2009 throughout its banking footprint in the metropolitan areas of Chicago and Milwaukee. In response to these events, in 2008, the Company created a dedicated division, the Managed Assets Division, to focus on resolving problem asset situations. Comprised of experienced lenders, the Managed Assets Division takes control of managing the Company’s more significant problem assets and also conducts ongoing reviews and evaluations of all significant problem assets, including the formulation of action plans and updates on recent developments.

• The Company’s 2009 provision for credit losses totaled $167.9 million, an increase of $110.5 million when compared to 2008, while net charge-offs increased to $137.4 million during 2009 (of which $122.9 million related to commercial and commercial real estate loans), compared to only $37.0 million for 2008 (of which $30.0 million related to commercial and commercial real estate loans).

32

• The Company increased its allowance for loan losses to $98.3 million at December 31, 2009, reflecting an increase of $28.5 million, or 40.9%, when compared to December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2009, approximately $51.0 million, or 52%, of the allowance for loan losses was associated with commercial real estate loans and another $28.0 million, or 28%, was associated with commercial loans.

• Wintrust has significant exposure to commercial real estate. At year end 2009, our $3.3 billion, or $39.2%, of our loan portfolio was commercial real estate, with more than 90% located in the greater Chicago metropolitan and southeastern Wisconsin market areas. The commercial real estate loan portfolio was comprised of $1.0 billion related to land and development loans, $555 million related to retail loans, $530 million related to office buildings loans, $464 million related to industrial use loans and $745 million related to mixed use and other use types. In analyzing the commercial real estate market, the Company does not rely upon the assessment of broad market statistical data, in large part because the Company’s market area is diverse and covers many communities, each of which is impacted differently by economic forces affecting the Company’s general market area. As such, the extent of the decline in real estate valuations can vary meaningfully among the different types of commercial and other real estate loans made by the Company. The Company uses its multi-chartered structure and local management knowledge to analyze and manage the local market conditions at each of its banks. Despite these efforts, as of December 31, 2009, the Company had approximately $80.6 million of non-performing commercial real estate loans representing approximately 2.4% of the total commercial real estate loan portfolio. $65.8 million or 2.0% of the total commercial real estate loan portfolio related to the land and development sector which remains under stress due to the significant oversupply of new homes in certain portions of our market area.

• Total non-performing loans (loans on non-accrual status and loans more than 90 days past due and still accruing interest) were $131.8 million (of which $80.6 million, or 61%, was related to commercial real estate) at December 31, 2009, a decrease of $4.3 million compared to December 31, 2008. The slight decline in nonperforming loans was a result of Management’s assessment that addressing the resolution of non-performing assets was a key goal for 2009. To that end, non-performing loans declined as a result of actions that included selling such loans to third parties, charging loans off or down to fair value, collections, and transfers to other real estate owned. This aggressive stance combined with the significant declines in real estate valuations during 2009 increased net charge-offs and increased the aggregate other real estate owned balance but also resulted in the decline in level of non-performing loans.

• As discussed above, the Company’s other real estate owned increased by $47.6 million, to $80.2 million during 2009, from $32.6 million at December 31, 2008. These changes were largely caused by the increase in properties acquired in foreclosure or received through a deed in lieu of foreclosure related to residential real estate development and commercial real estate loans. Specifically, the $80.2 million of other real estate owned as of December 31, 2009 was comprised of $42.0 million of residential real estate development property, $32.3 million of commercial real estate property and $5.9 million of residential real estate property.

During 2009, Management implemented a strategic effort to aggressively resolve problem loans through liquidation, rather than retention, of loans or real estate acquired as collateral through the foreclosure process. Management believes that some financial institutions have taken a longer term view of problem loan situations, hoping to realize higher values on acquired collateral through extended marketing efforts or an improvement in market conditions. Management believed that the distressed macro-economic conditions would continue to exist in 2009 and 2010 and that the banking industry’s increase in non-performing loans would eventually lead to many properties being sold by financial institutions, thus saturating the market and possibly driving fair values of non-performing loans and foreclosed collateral further downwards. Accordingly, the Company attempted to liquidate as many non-performing loans and assets as possible during 2009. The impact of those decisions and actions included a slight decline in nonperforming loans from the prior year-end, a significant increase in the provision for credit losses and net charge-offs in 2009 compared to 2008, an increase in the overall level of the allowance for loan losses and an increase in other real estate owned as the Company acquired properties for ultimate sale through foreclosure or deeds in lieu of foreclosure. Management believes these actions will serve the Company well in the future as they protect the Company from further valuation deterioration and permit Management to spend less time on resolution of problem loans and more time on growing the Company’s core business and the evaluation of other opportunities presented by this volatile economic environment. The Company’s goal in 2009 was to finish the year in a position to take advantage of the opportunities that many times result from distressed credit markets – specifically, a dislocation of assets, banks and people in the overall market.

Further, the level of loans past due 30 days or more and still accruing interest totaled $108.6 million as of December 31 2009, declining $57.3 million compared to the balance of $165.9 million as of December 31, 2008. Although the balance of loans past due greater than 30 days and still accruing interest is an indicator that future potential non-performing loans and chargeoffs may be less in 2010 than 2009, Management is very cognizant of the volatility in and the fragile nature of the national and local economic conditions and that some borrowers can experience severe difficulties and default suddenly even if they have never previously been delinquent in loan payments. Accordingly, Management believes that the current economic conditions will continue to apply stress to the quality of our loan portfolio and significant attention will continue to be directed toward the prompt identification, management and resolution of problem loans.

33

In addition, in 2009, the Company restructured certain loans by providing economic concessions to borrowers to better align the terms of their loans with their current ability to pay. At December 31, 2009, approximately $32 million in loans had terms modified. These actions helped financially stressed borrowers maintain their homes or businesses and kept these loans in an accruing status for the Company. The Company had no such restructured loan situations prior to 2009. The Company considers restructuring loans when it appears that both the borrower and the Company can benefit and preserve a solid and sustainable relationship.

An acceleration or significantly extended continuation in real estate valuation and macroeconomic deterioration could result in higher default levels, a significant increase in foreclosure activity, a material decline in the value of the Company’s assets, or any combination of more than one of these trends could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

A positive result of the economic environment was that our mortgage banking operation benefited from the low interest rate environment during 2009. Beginning in late 2008 and continuing throughout 2009, demand for mortgage loans increased due to the fall in interest rates. The interest rate environment coupled with the acquisition of additional staff and infrastructure resulted in the Company originating $4.7 billion and selling $4.5 billion of residential mortgage loans in 2009, as compared to originating $1.6 billion and selling $1.6 billion in 2008. The Company’s practice is generally not to retain long-term fixed rate mortgages on its balance sheet in order to mitigate interest rate risk and consequently sells most of such mortgages into the secondary market.

Prior to its participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program, the Company was well-capitalized and throughout 2009, the Company’s capital ratios exceeded the minimum levels required for it to be considered well-capitalized. The Company’s participation in the CPP provided the Company with additional capital to expand its franchise through growth in loans and deposits.

In total, the Company increased its loan portfolio from $7.6 billion at December 31, 2008 to $8.4 billion at December 31, 2009. This net $800 million increase was primarily as a result of an increase of $261.2 million in our commercial and commercial real estate portfolio as well as the purchase of the life insurance premium finance portfolio which contributed to a $1.1 billion increase in that loan portfolio and to a lesser extent was due to a slight increase of $43.4 million in the residential real estate portfolios and $34.0 million in our home equity portfolios. These increases were partially offset by the securitization and sale of a portion of our commercial premium finance portfolio which declined in total by $513.7 million and a $77.8 million decline in our indirect consumer loan portfolio as we exited the indirect auto line of business. This net growth in the loan portfolio occurred without the Company making significant changes in its loan underwriting standards. The Company continues to make new loans, including in the commercial and commercial real estate sector, where opportunities that meet our underwriting standards exist. The withdrawal of many banks in our area from active lending combined with our strong local relationships has presented us with opportunities to make new loans to well qualified borrowers who have been displaced from other institutions. For more information regarding changes in the Company’s loan portfolio, see “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Interest Earning Assets and Note 4 (“Loans”) to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Management considers the maintenance of adequate liquidity to be important to the management of risk. Accordingly, during 2009, the Company continued its practice of maintaining appropriate funding capacity to provide the Company with adequate liquidity for its ongoing operations. In this regard, the Company benefited from its strong deposit base, a liquid short-term investment portfolio and its access to funding from a variety of external funding sources, including exceptional sources provided or facilitated by the federal government for the benefit of U.S. financial institutions. Among such sources is the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility (the “TALF”). In September 2009 the Company securitized a portion of its property and casualty premium finance loan portfolio the of $600 million, which was facilitated by the premium finance loans being eligible collateral under the TALF.

The Company also benefited from its maintenance of fifteen separate banking charters, which allow the Company to offer its MaxSafe® product. Through the MaxSafe® product, the Company offers its customers the ability to maintain a depository account at each of the Company’s banking charters and thus receive fifteen times the ordinary FDIC limit, with the Company attending to much of the administrative difficulties this would ordinarily require. While the FDIC insurance limit, formerly $100,000 per depositor at each banking charter, has been raised by the FDIC to $250,000 per depositor at each banking charter through calendar year 2013, the MaxSafe® product has allowed the Company to attract large amounts of high quality deposits as financial distress has affected a number of banking institutions. At year-end 2009, the Company had approximately $1 billion in overnight liquid funds and short-term interest-bearing deposits with banks and was operating at slightly less than an 85% loan-to-deposit ratio – just below the low end of the Company’s desired range of 85% to 90%. Redeploying a portion of those liquid assets into higher yielding assets while continuing to maintain adequate liquidity is a priority for 2010.

34

Community Banking

As of December 31, 2009, our community banking franchise consisted of 15 community banks (the “banks”) with 78 locations. Through these banks, we provide banking and financial services primarily to individuals, small to mid-sized businesses, local governmental units and institutional clients residing primarily in the banks’ local service areas. These services include traditional deposit products such as demand, NOW, money market, savings and time deposit accounts, as well as a number of unique deposit products targeted to specific market segments. The banks also offer home equity, home mortgage, consumer, real estate and commercial loans, safe deposit facilities, ATMs, internet banking and other innovative and traditional services specially tailored to meet the needs of customers in their market areas. Profitability of our community banking franchise is primarily driven by our net interest income and margin, our funding mix and related costs, the level of non-performing loans and other real estate owned, the amount of mortgage banking revenue and our history of establishing de novo banks.

Net interest income and margin. The primary source of the our-revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income and fees on earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on liabilities to fund those assets, including deposits and other borrowings. Net interest income can change significantly from period to period based on general levels of interest rates, customer prepayment patterns, the mix of interest-earning assets and the mix of interest-bearing and non-interest bearing deposits and borrowings.

Funding mix and related costs. Our most significant source of funding is core deposits, which are comprised of non-interest bearing deposits, non-brokered interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings deposits and domestic time deposits. Our branch network is our principal source of core deposits, which generally carry lower interest rates than wholesale funds of comparable maturities. Our profitability has been bolstered in recent quarters as fixed term certificates of deposit have been renewing at lower rates given the historically low interest rate levels in place recently and particularly since the fourth quarter of 2008.

Level of non-performing loans and other real estate owned. The level of non-performing loans and other real estate owned can significantly impact our profitability as these loans do not accrue any income, can be subject to charge-offs and write-downs due to deteriorating market conditions and generally result in additional legal and collections expenses. Given the current economic conditions, these costs have been trending higher in recent quarters.

Mortgage banking revenue. Our community banking franchise is also influenced by the level of fees generated by the origination of residential mortgages and the sale of such mortgages into the secondary market. This revenue is significantly impacted by the level of interest rates associated with home mortgages. Recently, such interest rates have been historically low and customer refinancing have been high, resulting in increased fee revenue. Additionally, in December 2008, we acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the mortgage banking business of Professional Mortgage Partners (“PMP”) for an initial cash purchase price of $1.4 million, plus potential contingent consideration of up to $1.5 million per year in each of the following three years dependent upon reaching certain earnings thresholds. As a result of the acquisition, we significantly increased the capacity of our mortgage-origination operations, primarily in the Chicago metropolitan market. The PMP transaction also changed the mix of our mortgage origination business in the Chicago market, resulting in a relatively greater portion of that business being retail, rather than wholesale, oriented. The primary risk of the PMP acquisition transaction relates to the integration of a significant number of locations and staff members into our existing mortgage operation during a period of increased mortgage refinancing activity. Costs in the mortgage business are variable as they primarily relate to commissions paid to originators.

Establishment of de novo operations. Our historical financial performance has been affected by costs associated with growing market share in deposits and loans, establishing and acquiring banks, opening new branch facilities and building an experienced management team. Our financial performance generally reflects the improved profitability of our banking subsidiaries as they mature, offset by the costs of establishing and acquiring banks and opening new branch facilities. From our experience, it generally takes over 13 months for new banks to achieve operational profitability depending on the number and timing of branch facilities added.

In determining the timing of the formation of de novo banks, the opening of additional branches of existing banks, and the acquisition of additional banks, we consider many factors, particularly our perceived ability to obtain an adequate return on our invested capital driven largely by the then existing cost of funds and lending margins, the general economic climate and the level of competition in a given market. We began to slow the rate of growth of new locations in 2007 due to tightening net interest margins on new business which, in the opinion of management, did not provide enough net interest spread to be able to garner a sufficient return on our invested capital. Since the second quarter of 2008, we have not established a new banking location either through a de novo opening or through an acquisition, due to the financial system crisis and recessionary economy and our decision to utilize our capital to support our existing franchise rather than deploy our capital for expansion through new locations which tend to operate at a loss in the early months of operation. Thus, while expansion activity during the past three years has been at a level below earlier periods in our history, we expect to resume de novo bank openings, formation of additional branches and acquisitions of additional banks when favorable market conditions return.

35

In addition to the factors considered above, before we engage in expansion through de novo branches or banks we must first make a determination that the expansion fulfills our objective of enhancing shareholder value through potential future earnings growth and enhancement of the overall franchise value of the Company. Generally, we believe that, in normal market conditions, expansion through de novo growth is a better long-term investment than acquiring banks because the cost to bring a de novo location to profitability is generally substantially less than the premium paid for the acquisition of a healthy bank. Each opportunity to expand is unique from a cost and benefit perspective. Factors including the valuation of our stock, other economic market conditions, the size and scope of the particular expansion opportunity and competitive landscape all influence the decision to expand via de novo growth or through acquisition.

Specialty Finance

Through our specialty finance segment, we offer financing of insurance premiums for businesses and individuals; accounts receivable financing, value-added, out-sourced administrative services; and other specialty finance businesses. We conduct our specialty finance businesses through indirect non-bank subsidiaries. Our wholly owned subsidiary, First Insurance Funding Corporation (“FIFC”) engages in the premium finance receivables business, our most significant specialized lending niche, including commercial insurance premium finance and life insurance premium finance.

Financing of Commercial Insurance Premiums

FIFC originated approximately $3.3 billion in commercial insurance premium finance receivables during 2009. FIFC makes loans to businesses to finance the insurance premiums they pay on their commercial insurance policies. The loans are originated by FIFC working through independent medium and large insurance agents and brokers located throughout the United States. The insurance premiums financed are primarily for commercial customers’ purchases of liability, property and casualty and other commercial insurance. This lending involves relatively rapid turnover of the loan portfolio and high volume of loan originations. Because of the indirect nature of this lending and because the borrowers are located nationwide, this segment may be more susceptible to third party fraud than relationship lending; however, management has established various control procedures to mitigate the risks associated with this lending. The majority of these loans are purchased by the banks in order to more fully utilize their lending capacity as these loans generally provide the banks with higher yields than alternative investments. Historically, FIFC originations that were not purchased by the banks were sold to unrelated third parties with servicing retained. However, during the third quarter of 2009, FIFC initially sold $695 million in commercial premium finance receivables to our indirect subsidiary, FIFC Premium Funding I, LLC, which in turn sold $600 million in aggregate principal amount of notes backed by such premium finance receivables in a securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC.

The primary driver of profitability related to the financing of commercial insurance premiums is the net interest spread that FIFC can produce between the yields on the loans generated and the cost of funds allocated to the business unit. The commercial insurance premium finance business is a competitive industry and yields on loans are influenced by the market rates offered by our competitors. We fund these loans either through the securitization facility described above or through our deposits, the cost of which is influenced by competitors in the retail banking markets in the Chicago and Milwaukee metropolitan areas.

Financing of Life Insurance Premiums

In 2007, FIFC began financing life insurance policy premiums generally for high net-worth individuals. FIFC originated approximately $382.0 million in life insurance premium finance receivables in 2009, excluding receivables purchased during the year. These loans are originated directly with the borrowers with assistance from life insurance carriers, independent insurance agents, financial advisors and legal counsel. The life insurance policy is the primary form of collateral. In addition, these loans often are secured with a letter of credit, marketable securities or certificates of deposit. In some cases, FIFC may make a loan that has a partially unsecured position. In July 2009, FIFC expanded this niche lending business segment when it purchased a portfolio of domestic life insurance premium finance loans for an aggregate purchase price of $685.3 million. At closing, a portion of the portfolio, with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $321.1 million, and a corresponding portion of the purchase price of approximately $232.8 million were placed in escrow, pending the receipt of required third party consents. To the extent any of the required consents are not obtained prior to October 28, 2010, the corresponding portion of the portfolio will be reassumed by the applicable seller, and the corresponding portion of the purchase price will be returned to FIFC. Also, as part of the purchase, an aggregate of $84.4 million of additional life insurance premium finance assets were available for future purchase by FIFC subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. On October 2, 2009, the conditions were satisfied in relation to the majority of the additional life insurance premium finance assets and FIFC purchased $83.4 million of the $84.4 million of life insurance premium finance assets available for an aggregate purchase price of $60.5 million in cash.

As with the commercial premium finance business, the primary driver of profitability related to the financing of life insurance premiums is the net interest spread that FIFC can produce between the yields on the loans generated and the cost of funds allocated to the business unit.

Profitability of financing both commercial and life insurance premiums is also meaningfully impacted by leveraging information technology systems, maintaining operational efficiency and increasing average loan size, each of which allows us to expand our loan volume without significant capital investment.

36

Wealth Management

We currently offer a full range of wealth management services through three separate subsidiaries, including trust and investment services, asset management and securities brokerage services, marketed primarily under the Wayne Hummer name.

The primary influences on the profitability of the wealth management business can be associated with the level of commission received related to the trading performed by the brokerage customers for their accounts; and the amount of assets under management for which asset management and trust units receive a management fee for advisory, administrative and custodial services. As such, revenues are influenced by a rise or fall in the debt and equity markets and the resultant increase or decrease in the value of our client accounts on which our fees are based. The commissions received by the brokerage unit are not as directly influenced by the directionality of the debt and equity markets but rather the desire of our customers to engage in trading based on their particular situations and outlooks of the market or particular stocks and bonds. Profitability in the brokerage business is impacted by commissions which fluctuate over time.

Federal Government, Federal Reserve and FDIC Programs

Since October of 2008, the federal government, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “New York Fed”) and the FDIC have made a number of programs available to banks and other financial institutions in an effort to ensure a well-functioning U.S. financial system. We participate in three of these programs: the CPP, administered by the Treasury, TALF, created by the New York Fed, and the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”), created by the FDIC.

Participation in Capital Purchase Program. In October 2008, the Treasury announced that it intended to use a portion of the initial funds allocated to it pursuant to the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”), created by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, to invest directly in financial institutions through the newly-created CPP. At that time, U.S. Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson stated that the program was “designed to attract broad participation by healthy institutions” which “have plenty of capital to get through this period, but are not positioned to lend as widely as is necessary to support our economy.”Our management believed at the time of the CPP investment, as it does now, that Treasury’s CPP investment was not necessary for the Company’s short or long-term health. However, the CPP investment presented an opportunity for us. By providing us with a significant source of relatively inexpensive capital, the Treasury’s CPP investment allows us to accelerate our growth cycle and expand lending.

Consequently, we applied for CPP funds and our application was accepted by Treasury. As a result, on December 19, 2008, we entered into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury to participate in Treasury’s CPP, pursuant to which we issued and sold preferred stock and a warrant to Treasury in exchange for aggregate consideration of $250 million (the “CPP investment”). As a result of the CPP investment, our total risk based capital ratio as of December 31, 2008 increased from 10.3% to 13.1%. To be considered “well capitalized,” we must maintain a total risk-based capital ratio in excess of 10%. The terms of our agreement with Treasury impose significant restrictions upon us, including increased scrutiny by Treasury, banking regulators and Congress, additional corporate governance requirements, restrictions upon our ability to repurchase stock and pay dividends and, as a result of increasingly stringent regulations issued by Treasury following the closing of the CPP investment, significant restrictions upon executive compensation. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement between Treasury and us, Treasury is permitted to amend the agreement unilaterally in order to comply with any changes in applicable federal statutes.

The CPP investment provided the Company with additional capital resources which in turn permitted the expansion of the flow of credit to U.S. consumers and businesses beyond what we would have done without the CPP funding. The capital itself is not loaned to our borrowers but represents additional shareholders’ equity that has been leveraged by the Company to permit it to provide new loans to qualified borrowers and raise deposits to fund the additional lending without incurring excessive risk.

Due to the combination of our prior decisions in appropriately managing our risks, the capital support provided from the August 2008 private issuance of $50 million of convertible preferred stock and the additional capital support from the CPP, we have been able to take advantage of opportunities when they have arisen and our banks continue to be active lenders within their communities. Without the additional funds from the CPP, our prudent management philosophy and strict underwriting standards likely would have required us to continue to restrain lending due to the need to preserve capital during these uncertain economic conditions. While many other banks saw 2009 as a year of retraction or stagnation as it relates to lending activities, the capital from the CPP positioned Wintrust to make 2009 a year in which we expanded our lending. Specifically, since the receipt of the CPP funds, we have funded in excess of $10 billion of loans, including funding of new loans, advances on prior commitments and renewals of maturing loans, consisting of over 193,000 individual credits. These loans are to a wide variety of businesses and we consider such loans to be essential to assisting growth in the economy.

37

In connection with our participation in the CPP, we have committed to expand the flow of credit to U.S. consumers and businesses on competitive terms, and to work to modify the terms of residential mortgages as appropriate. The following tables set forth information regarding our efforts to comply with these commitments since we received the CPP investment on December 19, 2008:

	Twelve Months
	Ended
	December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2009
Consumer Loans
Number of new and renewed loans originated		8,119
Aggregate amount of loans originated	$	245,271
Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans
Number of new and renewed loans originated		4,543
Aggregate amount of loans originated	$	1,617,729
Residential Real Estate Loans
Number of new and renewed loans originated		21,307
Aggregate amount of loans originated	$	4,852,576
Premium Finance Loans
Number of new and renewed loans originated		159,304
Aggregate amount of loans originated	$	3,681,216

To date, Wintrust generally has not modified the terms of residential mortgages.

For additional information on the terms of the preferred stock and the warrant, see Note 24 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

TALF-Eligible Issuance. In September 2009, our indirect subsidiary, FIFC Premium Funding I, LLC, sold $600 million in aggregate principal amount of its Series 2009-A Premium Finance Asset Backed Notes, Class A (the “Notes”), which were issued in a securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. FIFC Premium Funding I, LLC’s obligations under the Notes are secured by revolving loans made to buyers of property and casualty insurance policies to finance the related premiums payable by the buyers to the insurance companies for the policies. At the time of issuance, the Notes were eligible collateral under TALF and certain investors therefore received non-recourse funding from the New York Fed in order to purchase the Notes. As a result, FIFC believes it received greater proceeds at lower interest rates from the securitization than it otherwise would have received in non-TALF-eligible transactions. As a result, if TALF is not renewed or is allowed to expire, it is possible that funding our growth will be more costly if we pursue similar transactions in the future. However, as is true in the case of the CPP investment, management views the TALF-eligible securitization as a funding mechanism offering us the ability to accelerate our growth plan, rather than one essential to the maintenance of our “well capitalized” status.

TLGP Guarantee. In November 2008, the FDIC adopted a final rule establishing the TLGP. The TLGP provided two limited guarantee programs: One, the Debt Guarantee Program, that guaranteed newly-issued senior unsecured debt, and another, the Transaction Account Guarantee program (“TAG”) that guaranteed certain non-interest-bearing transaction accounts at insured depository institutions. All insured depository institutions that offer non-interest-bearing transaction accounts had the option to participate in either program. We did not participate in the Debt Guarantee Program.

In December 2008, each of our subsidiary banks elected to participate in the TAG, which provides unlimited FDIC insurance coverage for the entire account balance in exchange for an additional insurance premium to be paid by the depository institution for accounts with balances in excess of the current FDIC insurance limit of $250,000. This additional insurance coverage would continue through December 31, 2009. In October 2009, the FDIC notified depository institutions that it was extending the TAG program for an additional six months until June 30, 2010 at the option of participating banks. Our subsidiary banks have determined that it is in their best interest to continue participation in the TAG program and have opted to participate for the additional six-month period.

Business Outlook

Recent Performance

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2009 totaled $73.1 million, or $2.18 per diluted common share, compared to $20.5 million, or $0.76 per diluted common share, in 2008 and $55.7 million, or $2.24 per diluted common share, in 2007. During 2009, net income increased by 257% while earnings per diluted common share increased by 187%, and during 2008, net income declined by 63% while earnings per diluted common share declined 66%.

Our net income in 2009 benefited from a one time non-cash bargain purchase gain of $156.0 million which was based on our evaluation that the fair value of the loans we acquired was $156.0 million more than the amount we paid for them. Without this bargain purchase gain, we would have incurred a loss of approximately $22.8 million. For more information regarding the bargain purchase gain, see Note 8 (“Business Combinations”) to the Company's financial statements.

Our losses primarily related to commercial real estate loans, including a significant portion related to residential real estate construction and development loans, as a result of a significant oversupply of new homes in our Chicago and southeast Wisconsin market areas, and to a lesser extent related to business loans to commercial and industrial companies. Specifically, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $167.9 million in 2009 compared to $57.4 million in 2008, an increase of $110.5 million. Further, the Company recorded Other Real Estate Owned

38

expenses of $19.0 million in 2009, a $16.9 million increase over the prior year. Also, as a result of the credit crisis, an increase in the number of failed banks throughout the country and a industry-wide special FDIC assessment, the Company recorded $21.2 million of FDIC insurance expense in 2009, which represented a $15.6 million increase from 2008. The Company continues to aggressively manage its impaired loan portfolio and other real estate owned which it acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. As a result of challenges including rising unemployment, oversupply of new homes in certain portions of our market area, and declining real estate values, at December 31, 2009 our allowance for credit losses increased to 1.21% of total loans, compared with 0.94% of total loans at December 31, 2008.

Acquisition of the Life Insurance Premium Finance Business

Overview

As previously described, on July 28, 2009 our subsidiary FIFC purchased the majority of the U.S. life insurance premium finance assets of subsidiaries of American International Group, Inc. Life insurance premium finance loans are generally used for estate planning purposes of high net worth borrowers, and, as described below, are collateralized by life insurance policies and their related cash surrender value and are often additionally secured by letters of credit, annuities, cash and marketable securities. Based upon an analysis of the payment patterns of the acquired life insurance premium finance loans over a seven year period, the Company believes that the average expected life of such loans is 5 to 7 years.

Credit Risk

The Company believes that its life insurance premium finance loans tend to have a lower level of risk and delinquency than the Company’s commercial and residential real estate loans because of the nature of the collateral. The life insurance policy is the primary form of collateral. In addition, these loans often are secured with a letter of credit, marketable securities or certificates of deposit. All of the Company’s life insurance premium finance loans are collateralized through an assignment to the Company of the life insurance or annuity policy. If cash surrender value is not sufficient, then letters of credit, marketable securities or certificates of deposit are used to provide additional security. Since the collateral is highly liquid and generally has a value in excess of the loan amount, any defaults or delinquencies are generally cured relatively quickly by the borrower or the collateral is generally liquidated in an expeditious manner to satisfy the loan obligation. Greater than 95% of loans are fully secured. However, less than 5% of the loans are partially unsecured and in those cases, a greater risk exists for default. No loans are originated on a fully unsecured basis.

Fair Market Valuation at Date of Purchase and Allowance for Loan Losses

AASC 805 requires acquired loans to be recorded at fair market value. The application of ASC 805 requires incorporation of credit related factors directly into the fair value of the loans recorded at the acquisition date, thereby eliminating separate recognition of the acquired allowance for loan losses on the acquirer’s balance sheet. Accordingly, the Company established a credit discount for each loan as part of the determination of the fair market value of such loan in accordance with those accounting principles at the date of acquisition. See Note 4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for a detailed roll-forward of the aggregate credit discounts established and any activity associated with balances since the dates of acquisition. Any adverse changes in the deemed collectible nature of a loan would subsequently be provided through a charge to the income statement through a provision for credit losses and a corresponding establishment of an allowance for loan losses. The Company recorded $615,000 of provision for credit losses during 2009 due to changes in the credit environment related to certain loans.

Contingencies and Required Consents

At closing, a portion of the portfolio with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $232.8 million was placed in escrow, pending the receipt of required third party consents. These consents were required to effect the transfer of certain collateral which is currently held for the benefit of the sellers to be held for the benefit of FIFC. The parties agreed that to the extent any of the required consents were not obtained prior to October 28, 2010, the corresponding portion of the portfolio would be reassumed by the applicable seller, and the corresponding portion of the purchase price would be returned to FIFC. As of December 31, 2009, required consents were received related to approximately $182.5 million of the escrowed purchase price with approximately $50.3 million of escrowed purchase price related to required consents remaining to be received. The amount remaining in escrow at December 31, 2009 related to accounts for which the Company awaited brokerage firms that hold accounts of borrowers to assign brokerage accounts to the Company’s control and to accounts for which the Company awaited commercial banks issuing letters of credit to provide that the Company, rather than the sellers, be the beneficiary of a letter of credit.

SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and prevailing practices of the banking industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Certain policies and accounting principles inherently have

39

a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments, and as such have a greater possibility that changes in those estimates and assumptions could produce financial results that are materially different than originally reported. Estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event, are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates and assumptions.

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies is presented in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes and in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis section, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined. Management views critical accounting policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex judgments, estimates and assumptions, and where changes in those estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the financial statements. Management currently views critical accounting policies to include the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for losses on lending-related commitments, estimations of fair value, the valuations required for impairment testing of goodwill, the valuation and accounting for derivative instruments and income taxes as the accounting areas that require the most subjective and complex judgments, and as such could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available.

Allowance for Loan Losses and Allowance for Losses on Lending-Related Commitments

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which are susceptible to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company also maintains an allowance for lending-related commitments, specifically unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, which relates to certain amounts the Company is committed to lend but for which funds have not yet been disbursed. Management has established credit committees at each of the Banks that evaluate the credit quality of the loan portfolio and the level of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for lending-related commitments. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and the section titled “Credit Risk and Asset Quality” later in this report for a description of the methodology used to determine the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for lending-related commitments.

Estimations of Fair Value

A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Condition, with changes in fair value recorded either through earnings or other comprehensive income in accordance with applicable accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. These include the Company’s trading account securities, available-for-sale securities, derivatives, mortgage loans held-for-sale, mortgage servicing rights and retained interests from the sale of premium finance receivables. The estimation of fair value also affects certain other mortgage loans held-for-sale, which are not recorded at fair value but at the lower of cost or market. The determination of fair value is important for certain other assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets, impaired loans, and other real estate owned that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates.

Fair value is generally defined as the amount at which an asset or liability could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing, unrelated parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Fair value is based on quoted market prices in an active market, or if market prices are not available, is estimated using models employing techniques such as matrix pricing or discounting expected cash flows. The significant assumptions used in the models, which include assumptions for interest rates, discount rates, prepayments and credit losses, are independently verified against observable market data where possible. Where observable market data is not available, the estimate of fair value becomes more subjective and involves a high degree of judgment. In this circumstance, fair value is estimated based on management’s judgment regarding the value that market participants would assign to the asset or liability. This valuation process takes into consideration factors such as market illiquidity. Imprecision in estimating these factors can impact the amount recorded on the balance sheet for a particular asset or liability with related impacts to earnings or other comprehensive income. See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements later in this report for a further discussion of fair value measurements.

40

Impairment Testing of Goodwill

The Company performs impairment testing of goodwill on an annual basis or more frequently when events warrant. Valuations are estimated in good faith by management through the use of publicly available valuations of comparable entities or discounted cash flow models using internal financial projections in the reporting unit’s business plan.

The goodwill impairment analysis involves a two-step process. The first step is a comparison of the reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit was determined to have been higher than its fair value, the second step would have to be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss. The second step allocates the fair value to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that would calculate the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, the Company would record an impairment charge for the difference.

The goodwill impairment analysis requires management to make subjective judgments in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Events and factors that may significantly affect the analysis include: a significant decline in the Company’s expected future cash flows, a substantial increase in the discount factor, a sustained, significant decline in the Company’s stock price and market capitalization, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate. Other factors might include changing competitive forces, customer behaviors and attrition, revenue trends, cost structures, along with specific industry and market conditions. Adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of intangible assets and could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Derivative Instruments

The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage risks such as interest rate risk or market risk. The Company’s policy prohibits using derivatives for speculative purposes.

Accounting for derivatives differs significantly depending on whether a derivative is designated as a hedge, which is a transaction intended to reduce a risk associated with a specific asset or liability or future expected cash flow at the time it is purchased. In order to qualify as a hedge, a derivative must be designated as such by management. Management must also continue to evaluate whether the instrument effectively reduces the risk associated with that item. To determine if a derivative instrument continues to be an effective hedge, the Company must make assumptions and judgments about the continued effectiveness of the hedging strategies and the nature and timing of forecasted transactions. If the Company’s hedging strategy were to become ineffective, hedge accounting would no longer apply and the reported results of operations or financial condition could be materially affected.

Income Taxes

The Company is subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and other jurisdictions where it conducts business. These laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the various taxing authorities. In determining the provision for income taxes, management must make judgments and estimates about the application of these inherently complex laws, related regulations and case law. In the process of preparing the Company’s tax returns, management attempts to make reasonable interpretations of the tax laws. These interpretations are subject to challenge by the tax authorities upon audit or to reinterpretation based on management’s ongoing assessment of facts and evolving case law. Management reviews its uncertain tax positions and recognition of the benefits of such positions on a regular basis.

On a quarterly basis, management assesses the reasonableness of its effective tax rate based upon its current best estimate of net income and the applicable taxes expected for the full year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reassessed on a quarterly basis, if business events or circumstances warrant.

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of Wintrust’s results of operations requires an understanding that a majority of the Company’s bank subsidiaries have been started as new banks since December 1991. Wintrust is still a relatively young company that has a strategy of continuing to build its customer base and securing broad product penetration in each marketplace that it serves. The Company has expanded its banking franchise from three banks with five offices in 1994 to 15 banks with 78 offices at the end of 2009. FIFC has matured from its limited operations in 1991 to a company that generated, on a national basis, $3.7 billion in premium finance receivables in 2009. In addition, the wealth management companies have been building a team of experienced professionals who are located within a majority of the Banks. These expansion activities have understandably suppressed faster, opportunistic earnings. However, as the Company matures and its existing Banks become more profitable, the start-up costs associated with bank and branch openings and other new financial services ventures will not have as significant an impact on earnings.

41

Earnings Summary

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2009, totaled $73.1 million, or $2.18 per diluted common share, compared to $20.5 million, or $0.76 per diluted common share, in 2008, and $55.7 million, or $2.24 per diluted common share, in 2007. During 2009, net income increased by $52.6 million while earnings per diluted common share increased by $1.42. During 2008, net income declined by $35.2 million while earnings per diluted common share declined by $1.48. Financial results in 2009 were driven by growth in earning assets, gains on bargain purchases of acquired life insurance premium finance loans, record mortgage banking revenues, partially offset by higher provision for credit losses, FDIC insurance premiums, and OREO expenses. Financial results in 2008 were negatively impacted by increases in provision for credit losses, interest rate spread compression, and higher other-than-temporary impairment losses on available-for-sale securities.

Net Interest Income

The primary source of the Company’s revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income and fees on earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on the liabilities to fund those assets, including interest bearing deposits and other borrowings. The amount of net interest income is affected by both changes in the level of interest rates and the amount and composition of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. In order to compare the tax-exempt asset yields to taxable yields, interest income in the following discussion and tables is adjusted to tax-equivalent yields based on the marginal corporate Federal tax rate of 35%.

Tax-equivalent net interest income in 2009 totaled $314.1 million, up from $247.1 million in 2008 and $264.8 million in 2007, representing an increase of $67.0 million, or 27% in 2009 and a decrease of $17.7 million, or 7% in 2008. The table presented later in this section, titled “Changes in Interest Income and Expense,” presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and expense, by major category, attributable to changes in the volume of the balance sheet category and changes in the rate earned or paid with respect to that category of assets or liabilities for 2009 and 2008. Average earning assets increased $1.6 billion, or 19%, in 2009 and $276.6 million, or 3%, in 2008. Loans are the most significant component of the earning asset base as they earn interest at a higher rate than the other earning assets. Average loans increased $1.1 billion, or 15%, in 2009 and $420.7 million, or 6%, in 2008. Total average loans as a percentage of total average earning assets were 80%, 82% and 80% in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The average yield on loans was 5.59% in 2009, 6.13% in 2008 and 7.71% in 2007, reflecting a decrease of 54 basis points in 2009 and 158 basis points in 2008. The lower loan yield in 2009 compared to 2008 was a result of the lower interest rate environment. The lower loan yield in 2008 compared to 2007 is a result of the aggressive interest rate decreases effected by the Federal Reserve Bank. Similarly, the average rate paid on interest bearing deposits, the largest component of the Company’s interest bearing liabilities, was 2.03% in 2009, 3.13% in 2008 and 4.26% in 2007, representing a decrease of 110 basis points in 2009 and 113 basis points in 2008. The lower level of interest bearing deposits rate in 2009 was due to a record low interest rate environment throughout the year compared to 2008. In 2008, the Company also expanded its MaxSafe^® suite of products (primarily certificates of deposit and money market accounts) which, due to the Company’s fifteen individual bank charters, offer a customer higher FDIC insurance than a customer can achieve at a single charter bank. These MaxSafe^® products can typically be priced at lower rates than other certificates of deposit or money market accounts due to the convenience of obtaining the higher FDIC insurance coverage by visiting only one location.

Net interest margin, which reflects net interest income as a percent of average earning assets, increased to 3.01% in 2009 compared to 2.81% in 2008. During 2009, the total increase in net interest margin was primarily due the acquisition of the life insurance premium finance loan portfolio, which slowed the decline in loan yield. During 2009, deposit yields decreased as a result of a record low interest rate environment and a corresponding benefit from re-pricing of maturing retail certificates of deposit throughout the year. During 2008, interest rate compression on large portions of NOW, savings and money market accounts occurred as the Federal Reserve quickly lowered rates preventing these deposits from repricing at the same speed and magnitude as variable rate earning assets. Net interest margin in 2007 was 3.11%

Net interest income and net interest margin were also affected by amortization of valuation adjustments to earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of acquired businesses. Under the purchase method of accounting, assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are required to be recognized at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. These valuation adjustments represent the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of assets and liabilities acquired. These adjustments are amortized into interest income and interest expense based upon the estimated remaining lives of the assets and liabilities acquired. See Note 8 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Company’s business combinations.

42

Average Balance Sheets, Interest Income and Expense, and Interest Rate Yields and Costs

The following table sets forth the average balances, the interest earned or paid thereon, and the effective interest rate, yield or cost for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. The yields and costs include loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs that are considered adjustments to yields. Interest income on non-accruing loans is reflected in the year that it is collected, to the extent it is not applied to principal. Such amounts are not material to net interest income or the net change in net interest income in any year. Non-accrual loans are included in the average balances and do not have a material effect on the average yield. Net interest income and the related net interest margin have been adjusted to reflect tax-exempt income, such as interest on municipal securities and loans, on a tax-equivalent basis. This table should be referred to in conjunction with this analysis and discussion of the financial condition and results of operations (dollars in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009								2008								2007
						Average								Average								Average
	Average					Yield/			Average					Yield/			Average					Yield/
	Balance			Interest		Rate			Balance			Interest		Rate			Balance			Interest		Rate
Assets
Interest bearing deposits with banks	$	605,644			3,574		0.59	%	$	28,677		$	341		1.19	%	$	14,036		$	841		5.99	%
Securities		1,392,346			59,091		4.24			1,439,642			69,895		4.86			1,588,542			81,790		5.15
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements		88,663			271		0.31			63,963			1,333		2.08			72,141			3,774		5.23
Total liquidity management assets (1) (2) (7)		2,086,653			62,936		3.02			1,532,282			71,569		4.67			1,674,719			86,405		5.16
Other earning assets (2) (3) (7)		23,979			659		2.75			23,052			1,147		4.98			24,721			1,943		7.86
Loans, net of unearned income (2) (4) (7)		8,335,421			466,239		5.59			7,245,609			444,494		6.13			6,824,880			526,436		7.71
Total earning assets (7)		10,446,053			529,834		5.07			8,800,943			517,210		5.88			8,524,320			614,784		7.21
Allowance for loan losses		(82,029	)							(57,656	)							(48,605	)
Cash and due from banks		108,471								117,923								131,271
Other assets		942,827								892,010								835,291
Total assets	$	11,415,322							$	9,753,220							$	9,442,277
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Deposits — interest bearing:
NOW accounts	$	1,136,008			8,168		0.72	%	$	1,011,402		$	13,101		1.30	%	$	938,960		$	25,033		2.67	%
Wealth management deposits		907,013			6,301		0.69			622,842			14,583		2.34			547,408			24,871		4.54
Money market accounts		1,375,767			17,779		1.29			904,245			20,357		2.25			696,760			22,427		3.22
Savings accounts		457,139			4,385		0.96			319,128			3,164		0.99			302,339			4,504		1.49
Time deposits		4,543,154			134,626		2.96			4,156,600			168,232		4.05			4,442,469			218,079		4.91
Total interest bearing deposits		8,419,081			171,259		2.03			7,014,217			219,437		3.13			6,927,936			294,914		4.26
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		434,520			18,002		4.14			435,761			18,266		4.19			400,552			17,558		4.38
Notes payable and other borrowings		258,322			7,064		2.73			387,377			10,718		2.77			318,540			13,794		4.33
Subordinated notes		66,205			1,627		2.42			74,589			3,486		4.60			75,000			5,181		6.81
Junior subordinated debentures		249,497			17,786		7.03			249,575			18,249		7.19			249,739			18,560		7.33
Total interest bearing liabilities		9,427,625			215,738		2.29			8,161,519			270,156		3.31			7,971,767			350,007		4.39
Non-interest bearing deposits		788,034								672,924								647,715
Other liabilities		117,871								139,340								94,823
Equity		1,081,792								779,437								727,972
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	11,415,322							$	9,753,220							$	9,442,277
Interest rate spread (5) (7)							2.78	%							2.57	%							2.82	%
Net free funds/contribution (6)	$	1,018,428					0.23	%	$	639,424					0.24	%	$	552,553					0.29	%
Net interest income/Net interest margin (7)				$	314,096		3.01	%				$	247,054		2.81	%				$	264,777		3.11	%

(1)	Liquidity management assets include available-for-sale securities, interest earning deposits with banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements.
(2)	Interest income on tax-advantaged loans, trading account securities and securities reflects a tax-equivalent adjustment based on a marginal federal corporate tax rate of 35%. The total adjustments for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $2.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively.
(3)	Other earning assets include brokerage customer receivables and trading account securities.
(4)	Loans, net of unearned income, include mortgages held-for-sale and non-accrual loans.
(5)	Interest rate spread is the difference between the yield earned on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
(6)	Net free funds are the difference between total average earning assets and total average interest-bearing liabilities. The estimated contribution to net interest margin from net free funds is calculated using the rate paid for total interest-bearing liabilities.
(7)	See “Supplemental Financial Measures/Ratios” for additional information on this performance measure/ratio.

43

Changes In Interest Income and Expense

The following table shows the dollar amount of changes in interest income (on a tax-equivalent basis) and expense by major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities attributable to changes in volume or rate for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009 Compared to 2008									2008 Compared to 2007
	Change			Change						Change			Change
	Due to			Due to			Total			Due to			Due to			Total
	Rate			Volume			Change			Rate			Volume			Change
Interest income:
Interest bearing deposits with banks	$	(256	)		3,490			3,234		$	(981	)		481			(500	)
Securities		(8,441	)		(2,363	)		(10,804	)		(4,550	)		(7,345	)		(11,895	)
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreement		(1,434	)		371			(1,063	)		(2,063	)		(378	)		(2,441	)
Total liquidity management assets		(10,131	)		1,498			(8,633	)		(7,594	)		(7,242	)		(14,836	)
Other earning assets		(530	)		42			(488	)		(676	)		(120	)		(796	)
Loans		(40,751	)		62,496			21,745			(114,120	)		32,178			(81,942	)
Total interest income		(51,412	)		64,036			12,624			(122,390	)		24,816			(97,574	)
Interest expense:
Deposits — interest bearing:
NOW accounts		(6,366	)		1,432			(4,934	)		(13,802	)		1,870			(11,932	)
Wealth management deposits		(13,058	)		4,776			(8,282	)		(13,412	)		3,124			(10,288	)
Money market accounts		(10,659	)		8,082			(2,577	)		(7,809	)		5,739			(2,070	)
Savings accounts		(99	)		1,320			1,221			(1,595	)		255			(1,340	)
Time deposits		(47,950	)		14,344			(33,606	)		(36,892	)		(12,955	)		(49,847	)
Total interest expense — deposits		(78,132	)		29,954			(48,178	)		(73,510	)		(1,967	)		(75,477	)
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		(173	)		(91	)		(264	)		(804	)		1,512			708
Notes payable and other borrowings		1,963			(5,617	)		(3,654	)		(5,683	)		2,607			(3,076	)
Subordinated notes		(1,496	)		(364	)		(1,860	)		(1,681	)		(14	)		(1,695	)
Junior subordinated debentures		(407	)		(56	)		(463	)		(350	)		39			(311	)
Total interest expense		(78,245	)		23,826			(54,419	)		(82,028	)		2,177			(79,851	)
Net interest income	$	26,833			40,210			67,043		$	(40,362	)		22,639			(17,723	)

The changes in net interest income are created by changes in both interest rates and volumes. In the table above, volume variances are computed using the change in volume multiplied by the previous year’s rate. Rate variances are computed using the change in rate multiplied by the previous year’s volume. The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated between factors in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each. The change in interest due to an additional day resulting from the 2008 leap year has been allocated entirely to the change due to volume.

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses totaled $167.9 million in 2009, $57.4 million in 2008, and $14.9 million in 2007. Net charge-offs totaled $137.4 million in 2009, $37.0 million in 2008 and $10.9 million in 2007. The provision for credit losses contains both a component related to funded loans (provision for loan losses) and a component related to lending-related commitments (provision for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit). The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was 1.17%, 0.92% and 0.74%, respectively. Non-performing loans were $131.8 million, $136.1 million and $71.9 million at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in the provision for credit losses and net charge-offs in 2009 as compared to 2008 was primarily the result of an increase in defaults by borrowers and the decline in fair value of collateral in the Company’s markets. The slight decline in non-performing loans in 2009 as compared to 2008 resulted from Management implementing a strategic effort to aggressively resolve problem loans through liquidation, rather than retention, of loans or real estate acquired as collateral through the foreclosure process. The Company attempted to liquidate as many non-performing loans as possible during 2009.

44

Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate to provide for inherent losses in the portfolio. There can be no assurances however, that future losses will not exceed the amounts provided for, thereby affecting future results of operations. The amount of future additions to the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for lending-related commitments will be dependent upon Management’s assessment of the adequacy of the allowance based on its evaluation of economic conditions, changes in real estate values, interest rates, the regulatory environment, the level of past-due and non-performing loans, and other factors.

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest income totaled $317.6 million in 2009, $99.7 million in 2008 and $79.9 million in 2007, reflecting an increase of 219% in 2009 compared to 2008 and an increase of 25% in 2008 compared to 2007.

The following table presents non-interest income by category for 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,								2009 compared to 2008						2008 compared to 2007
	2009			2008			2007		$ Change			% Change			$ Change			% Change
Brokerage	$	17,726			18,649			20,346	$	(923	)		(5	)%	$	(1,697	)		(8	)%
Trust and asset management		10,631			10,736			10,995		(105	)		(1	)		(259	)		(2	)
Total wealth management		28,357			29,385			31,341		(1,028	)		(3	)		(1,956	)		(6	)
Mortgage banking		68,527			21,258			14,888		47,269			222			6,370			43
Service charges on deposit accounts		13,037			10,296			8,386		2,741			27			1,910			23
Gain on sales of premium finance receivables		8,576			2,524			2,040		6,052			240			484			24
Fees from covered call options		1,998			29,024			2,628		(27,026	)		(93	)		26,396		NM
(Losses) gains on available-for-sale securities, net		(268	)		(4,171	)		2,997		3,903			(94	)		(7,168	)		(239	)
Gains on bargain purchase		156,013			—			—		156,013		NM				—		NM
Trading income — change in fair market value		27,692			291			265		27,401		NM				26			10
Other:
Bank Owned Life Insurance		2,044			1,622			4,909		422			26			(3,287	)		(67	)
Administrative services		1,975			2,941			4,006		(966	)		(33	)		(1,065	)		(27	)
Miscellaneous		9,696			6,508			8,483		3,188			49			(1,975	)		(23	)
Total other		13,715			11,071			17,398		2,644			24			(6,327	)		(36	)
Total non-interest income	$	317,647			99,678			79,943	$	217,969			219	%	$	19,735			25	%

NM — Not Meaningful

Wealth management is comprised of the trust and asset management revenue of Wayne Hummer Trust Company, the asset management fees, brokerage commissions, trading commissions and insurance product commissions at Wayne Hummer Investments and Wayne Hummer Asset Management Company.

Brokerage revenue is directly impacted by trading volumes. In 2009, brokerage revenue totaled $17.7 million, reflecting a decrease of $932,000, or 5%, compared to 2008. Overall uncertainties surrounding the equity markets in 2009 slowed the growth of the brokerage component of wealth management revenue. In 2008, brokerage revenue totaled $18.6 million reflecting a decrease of $1.7 million, or 8%, compared to 2007.

Trust and asset management revenue totaled $10.6 million in 2009, a decrease of $105,000, or 1%, compared to 2008. In 2008, trust and asset management fees totaled $10.7 million and decreased $259,000, or 2%, compared to 2007. Trust and asset management fees are based primarily on the market value of the assets under management or administration. Decreased asset valuations due to equity market declines in 2008, which continued into early 2009, hindered the revenue growth from trust and asset management activities.

45

Mortgage banking includes revenue from activities related to originating, selling and servicing residential real estate loans for the secondary market. Mortgage banking revenue totaled $68.5 million in 2009, $21.3 million in 2008, and $14.9 million in 2007, reflecting an increase of $47.3 million, or 222%, in 2009, and an increase of $6.4 million, or 43%, in 2008. The increase in 2009 was primarily attributable to gains recognized on loans sold to the secondary market. Mortgages sold totaled $4.5 billion in 2009 compared to $1.6 billion in 2008. The positive impact of the PMP transaction, completed at the end of 2008, contributed to the mortgage banking revenue growth in 2009. Future growth of mortgage banking is impacted by the interest rate environment and residential housing conditions and will continue to be dependent on both.

Service charges on deposit accounts totaled $13.0 million in 2009, $10.3 million in 2008 and $8.4 million in 2007, reflecting an increase of 27% in 2009 and 23% in 2008. The majority of deposit service charges relates to customary fees on overdrawn accounts and returned items. The level of service charges received is substantially below peer group levels, as management believes in the philosophy of providing high quality service without encumbering that service with numerous activity charges.

Gain on sales of premium finance receivables of $8.6 million in 2009 is mainly attributable to the transfer of $1.2 billion of premium finance receivables – commercial to a revolving securitization during the year. See Note 6 – Loan Securitization, for details on the off-balance sheet securitization of premium finance receivables — commercial. Further transfers of loans into securitization will not result in the recognition of gain on sales as the adoption of new accounting standards require that the securitization be consolidated in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Condition as of January 1, 2010. The gain on sales of premium finance receivables of $2.5 million in 2008 and $2.0 million in 2007 relate to the sale of premium finance receivables to unrelated third parties. Premium finance receivables sold to unrelated third parties totaled $217.8 million in 2008 and $230.0 million in 2007. Prior to the Company entering into a securitization transaction in 2009, the majority of premium finance receivables – commercial were purchased by the banks in order to more fully utilize their lending capacity as these loans generally provided the banks with higher yields than alternative investments. Historically, FIFC originations that were not purchased by the banks were sold to unrelated third parties with servicing retained.

Fees from covered call option transactions totaled $2.0 million in 2009, $29.0 million in 2008 and $2.6 million in 2007. The Company has typically written call options with terms of less than three months against certain U.S. Treasury and agency securities held in its portfolio for liquidity and other purposes. Historically, Management has effectively entered into these transactions with the goal of enhancing its overall return on its investment portfolio by using fees generated from these options to compensate for net interest margin compression. These option transactions are designed to increase the total return associated with holding certain investment securities and do not qualify as hedges pursuant to accounting guidance. In 2009, Management chose to engage in minimal covered call option activity due to lower than acceptable security yields. In 2008, the interest rate environment was conducive to entering into a significantly higher level of covered call option transactions. There were no outstanding call option contracts at December 31, 2009 or December 31, 2008.

The Company recognized $268,000 of net losses on available-for-sale securities in 2009 compared to a net loss of $4.2 million in 2008 and a $3.0 million net gain in 2007. Included in net gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities are non-cash other-than-temporary (“OTTI”) charges recognized in income. OTTI charges on certain corporate debt investment securities was $2.6 million in 2009 and $8.2 million in 2008. In 2007, the Company recognized a $2.5 million gain on its investment in an unaffiliated bank holding company that was acquired by another bank holding company.

The gain on bargain purchase of $156.0 million recognized in 2009 resulted from the acquisition of the life insurance premium finance receivable portfolio. See Note 8 – Business Combinations for a discussion of the transaction and gain calculation.

The Company recognized $27.7 million of trading income in 2009, $291,000 in 2008 and $265,000 in 2007. The increase in trading income in 2009 resulted primarily from the increase in market value of certain collateralized mortgage obligations. The Company purchased these securities at a significant discount in the first quarter of 2009. These securities have increased in value since their purchase due to market spreads tightening, increased mortgage prepayments due to the favorable mortgage rate environment and lower than projected default rates.

Bank Owned life Insurance (“BOLI”) generated non-interest income of $2.0 million in 2009, $1.6 million in 2008 and $4.9 million in 2007. This income typically represents adjustments to the cash surrender value of BOLI policies. The Company initially purchased BOLI to consolidate existing term life insurance contracts of executive officers and to mitigate the mortality risk associated with death benefits provided for in executive employment contracts and in connection with certain deferred compensation arrangements. The Company has also purchased additional BOLI since then as the result of the acquisition of certain banks. BOLI totaled $89.0 million at December 31, 2009 and $86.5 million at December 31, 2008, and is included in other assets. In 2007, the Company recorded a non-taxable $1.4 million death benefit gain.

46

Administrative services revenue generated by Tricom was $2.0 million in 2009, $2.9 million in 2008 and $4.0 million in 2007. This revenue comprises income from administrative services, such as data processing of payrolls, billing and cash management services, to temporary staffing service clients located throughout the United States. Tricom also earns interest and fee income from providing high-yielding, short-term accounts receivable financing to this same client base, which is included in the net interest income category. The decrease in revenue in 2009 and 2008 reflects the general staffing trends in the economy and the entrance of new competitors in most markets served by Tricom.

Miscellaneous other non-interest income totaled $9.7 million in 2009, $6.5 million in 2008 and $8.5 million in 2007. Miscellaneous income includes loan servicing fees, service charges and miscellaneous other income. In 2009, the Company realized an increase of $2.6 million of servicing fees and miscellaneous income compared to 2008 primarily from loans transferred to the revolving securitization. In 2008 the Company recognized $1.2 million of net losses on certain limited partnership interests. In 2007, the Company recognized a $2.6 million gain from the sale of property held by the Company, which was partially offset by $1.4 million of losses recognized on certain limited partnership interests.

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense totaled $344.1 million in 2009, and increased $87.9 million, or 34%, compared to 2008. In 2008, non-interest expense totaled $256.2 million, and increased $13.4 million, or 6%, compared to 2007.

The following table presents non-interest expense by category for 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):

	Years ended December 31,							2009 compared to 2008						2008 compared to 2007
	2009		2008		2007			$ Change			% Change			$ Change			% Change
Salaries and employee benefits	$	186,878		145,087		141,816		$	41,791			29	%	$	3,271			2	%
Equipment		16,119		16,215		15,363			(96	)		(1	)		852			6
Occupancy, net		23,806		22,918		21,987			888			4			931			4
Data processing		12,982		11,573		10,420			1,409			12			1,153			11
Advertising and marketing		5,369		5,351		5,318			18			—			33			1
Professional fees		13,399		8,824		7,090			4,575			52			1,734			24
Amortization of other intangible assets		2,784		3,129		3,861			(345	)		(11	)		(732	)		(19	)
FDIC Insurance		21,199		5,600		3,713			15,599			279			1,887			51
OREO expense, net		18,963		2,023		(34	)		16,940		NM				2,057		NM
Other:
Commissions - 3rd party brokers		3,095		3,769		3,854			(674	)		(18	)		(85	)		(2	)
Postage		4,833		4,120		3,841			713			17			279			7
Stationery and supplies		3,189		3,005		3,159			184			6			(154	)		(5	)
Miscellaneous		31,471		24,549		22,402			6,922			28			2,147			10
Total other		42,588		35,443		33,256			7,145			20			2,187			7
Total non-interest expense	$	344,087		256,163		242,790		$	87,924			34	%	$	13,373			6	%

NM — Not Meaningful 

Salaries and employee benefits is the largest component of non-interest expense, accounting for 54% of the total in 2009, 57% of the total in 2008 and 58% in 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2009, salaries and employee benefits totaled $186.9 million and increased $41.8 million, or 29%, compared to 2008. An increase in variable pay commissions resulting from higher loan origination volumes and incremental base pay salaries resulting from the PMP transaction added $22.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively, to 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2008, salaries and employee benefits totaled $145.1 million, and increased $3.3 million, or 2%, compared to 2007.

Equipment expense, which includes furniture, equipment and computer software depreciation and repairs and maintenance costs, totaled $16.1 million in 2009, $16.2 million in 2008 and $15.4 million in 2007, reflecting a decrease of 1% in 2009 and an increase of 6% in 2008. Increases in 2008 were caused by higher levels of expense related to the furniture, equipment and computer software required at new and expanded facilities and at existing facilities due to increased staffing.

47

Occupancy expense for the years 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $23.8 million, $22.9 million and $22.0 million, respectively, reflecting increases of 4% in 2009 and 4% in 2008. Occupancy expense includes depreciation on premises, real estate taxes, utilities and maintenance of premises, as well as net rent expense for leased premises

Data processing expenses totaled $13.0 million in 2009, $11.6 million in 2008 and $10.4 million in 2007, representing increases of 12% in 2009 and 11% in 2008. The increases are primarily due to the overall growth of loan and deposit accounts.

Advertising and marketing expenses totaled $5.4 million for 2009, $5.4 million for 2008 and $5.3 million for 2007. Marketing costs are necessary to promote the Company’s commercial banking capabilities, the Company’s MaxSafe^® suite of products, to announce new branch openings as well as the expansion of the wealth management business, to continue to promote community-based products at the more established locations and to attract loans and deposits at the newly chartered banks. The level of marketing expenditures depends on the type of marketing programs utilized which are determined based on the market area, targeted audience, competition and various other factors. Management continues to utilize targeted marketing programs in the more mature market areas.

Professional fees include legal, audit and tax fees, external loan review costs and normal regulatory exam assessments. These fees totaled $13.4 million in 2009, $8.8 million in 2008 and $7.1 million in 2007. The increases for 2009 and 2008 are primarily related to increased legal costs related to non-performing assets and acquisition related activities.

Amortization of other intangibles assets relates to the amortization of core deposit premiums and customer list intangibles established in connection with certain business combinations. See Note 9 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on these intangible assets.

FDIC insurance totaled $21.2 million in 2009, $5.6 million in 2008 and $3.7 million in 2007. The significant increase in 2009 is the result of an increase in FDIC insurance rates at the beginning of the year and growth in the assessable deposit base as well as the industry wide special assessment on financial institutions in the second quarter of 2009. On December 30, 2009, FDIC insured institutions were required to prepay 13 quarters of estimated deposit insurance premiums. Therefore, the Company prepaid approximately $59.8 million of estimated deposit insurance premiums and recorded this amount as an asset on its Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. No expense for this prepayment occurred in 2009 as it will be expensed over the three year assessment period.

OREO expenses include all costs associated with obtaining, maintaining and selling other real estate owned properties. This expense was $19.0 million in 2009 and $2.0 million in 2008, while 2007 provided income of $34,000. The increase in 2009 is primarily due to the higher number of OREO properties and losses on sales of such properties as real estate values continued to decline in 2009.

Commissions paid to 3rd party brokers primarily represent the commissions paid on revenue generated by WHI through its network of unaffiliated banks.

Miscellaneous non-interest expense includes ATM expenses, correspondent banking charges, directors’ fees, telephone, travel and entertainment, corporate insurance, dues and subscriptions and lending origination costs that are not deferred. This category increased $6.9 million, or 28%, in 2009 and increased $2.1 million, or 10%, in 2008. The increase in 2009 compared to 2008 is primarily attributable to increased loan expenses related to mortgage banking activities, a higher level of problem loan expenses and the general growth in the Company’s business. The increase in 2008 compared to 2007 is mainly attributable to the general growth in the Company’s business.

Income Taxes

The Company recorded income tax expense of $44.4 million in 2009, $10.2 million in 2008 and $28.2 million in 2007. The effective tax rates were 37.8%, 33.1% and 33.6% in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate in 2009 compared to 2008 is primarily a result of a higher level of pre-tax net income in 2009 compared to 2008. The effective tax rate in 2007 reflects benefits from higher levels of tax-advantaged income compared to 2008. Please refer to Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion and analysis of the Company’s tax position, including a reconciliation of the tax expense computed at the statutory tax rate to the Company’s actual tax expense.

Operating Segment Results

As described in Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company’s operations consist of three primary segments: community banking, specialty finance and wealth management. The Company’s profitability is primarily dependent on the net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses of its community banking segment. The net interest income of the community banking segment includes interest income and related interest costs from portfolio loans that were purchased from the specialty finance segment. For purposes of internal segment profitability analysis, management reviews the results of its specialty finance segment as if all loans originated and sold to the community banking segment were retained within that segment’s operations.

48

Similarly, for purposes of analyzing the contribution from the wealth management segment, management allocates a portion of the net interest income earned by the community banking segment on deposit balances of customers of the wealth management segment to the wealth management segment. (See “wealth management deposits” discussion in the Deposits and Other Funding Sources section of this report for more information on these deposits.)

The community banking segment’s net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2009 totaled $300.6 million as compared to $237.4 million for the same period in 2008, an increase of $63.2 million, or 27%. The increase in 2009 compared to 2008 was primarily attributable to the acquisition of the life insurance premium finance portfolio and lower costs of interest-bearing deposits. The decrease in net interest income in 2008 when compared to the total of $259.0 million in 2007 was $21.6 million, or 8%. The decrease in 2008 compared to 2007 is directly attributable to two factors: first, interest rate compression as certain variable rate retail deposit rates were unable to decline at the same magnitude as variable rate earning assets and second, the negative impact of an increased balance of nonaccrual loans. Total loans increased 18% in 2009, and 7% in 2008. Provision for credit losses increased to $165.3 million in 2009 compared to $56.6 million in 2008 and $14.3 million in 2007. This increase reflects the current credit quality levels and additional provision for loan losses to accommodate for the additional net charge-offs and the expense related to write downs of other real estate owned. The community banking segment’s non-interest income totaled $92.6 million in 2009, an increase of $21.4 million, or 30%, when compared to the 2008 total of $71.2 million. These increases were primarily attributable to an increase in mortgage banking revenue offset by lower levels of fees from covered call options. In 2008, non-interest income for the community banking segment increased $35.0 million, or 97% when compared to the 2007 total of $36.2 million. The increase in 2008 compared to 2007 is primarily a result of lower mortgage banking revenues which were impacted by mortgage banking valuation and recourse obligation adjustments totaling $6.0 million. The community banking segment’s net loss for the year ended December 31, 2009 totaled $25.9 million, a decrease of $63.9 million, or 168%, as compared to 2008 net income of $38.0 million. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased $24.3 million, or 39%, as compared to the 2007 total of $62.3 million.

The specialty finance segment’s net interest income totaled $84.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and increased $9.9 million, or 13%, over the $74.3 million in 2008. The increase in net interest income in 2008 when compared to the total of $64.4 million in 2007 was $9.9 million, or 15%. The specialty finance segment’s non-interest income totaled $164.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and increased $159.1 million over the $5.5 million in 2008. The increase in non-interest income in 2009 is primarily a result of the bargain purchase gain from the acquisition of the life insurance premium finance receivable portfolio and the gains recognized on the securitization of commercial premium finance receivables. See the “Overview and Strategy – Specialty Finance” section of this report and Note 8 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the bargain purchase.

In November 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of Broadway Premium Funding Corporation which is now included in the specialty finance segment results since the date of acquisition. FIFC began selling loans to an unrelated third party in 1999. Sales of these receivables were dependent upon market conditions impacting both sales of these loans and the opportunity for securitizing these loans as well as liquidity and capital management considerations. Wintrust did not sell any premium finance receivables to unrelated third party financial institutions in first three quarters of 2007. Wintrust sold approximately $217.8 million of premium finance receivables in 2008 to unrelated third parties. The premium finance segment’s non-interest income of $5.5 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, reflect the gains from the sale of premium finance receivables to unrelated third parties.

Net after-tax profit of the premium finance segment totaled $120.8 million, $34.9 million and $31.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. New receivable originations totaled $3.7 billion in 2009, $3.2 billion in 2008 and $3.1 billion in 2007. The increases in new volumes each year is indicative of this segment’s ability to increase market penetration in existing markets and establish a presence in new markets.

The wealth management segment reported net interest income of $12.3 million for 2009 compared to $10.4 million for 2008 and $5.5 million for 2007. Net interest income is comprised of the net interest earned on brokerage customer receivables at Wayne Hummer Investments and an allocation of a portion of the net interest income earned by the community banking segment on non-interest bearing and interest-bearing wealth management customer account balances on deposit at the Banks. The allocated net interest income included in this segment’s profitability was $11.8 million ($7.3 million after tax) in 2009, $9.4 million ($5.9 million after tax) in 2008 and $4.2 million ($2.6 million after tax) in 2007. The increase is mainly due to the recent equity market improvements that have helped revenue growth from trust and asset management activities. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the contribution attributable to the wealth management deposits was redefined to measure the value as an alternative source of funding for each bank. In previous periods, the contribution from these deposits was measured as the full net interest income contribution. The redefined measure better reflects the value of these deposits to the Company.

49

Wealth management customer account balances on deposit at the Banks averaged $634.4 million, $624.4 million and $538.7 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. This segment recorded non-interest income of $38.3 million for 2009 as compared to $36.3 million for 2008 and $39.3 million for 2007. Distribution of wealth management services through each Bank continues to be a focus of the Company as the number of brokers in its Banks continues to increase. Wintrust is committed to growing the wealth management segment in order to better service its customers and create a more diversified revenue stream and continues to focus on reducing the fixed cost structure of this segment to a variable cost structure. This segment reported net income of $5.6 million for 2009 compared to $5.3 million for 2008 and $3.1 million for 2007.

ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

Total assets were $12.2 billion at December 31, 2009, representing an increase of $1.6 billion, or 15%, when compared to December 31, 2008. Total funding, which includes deposits, all notes and advances, including the junior subordinated debentures, was $10.9 billion at December 31, 2009 and $9.5 billion at December 31, 2008. See Notes 3, 4, and 11 through 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional period-end detail on the Company’s interest-earning assets and funding liabilities.

Interest-Earning Assets

The following table sets forth, by category, the composition of average earning assets and the relative percentage of each category to total average earning assets for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009					2008						2007
	Average		Percent			Average		Percent			Average		Percent
	Balance		of Total			Balance		of Total			Balance		of Total
Loans:
Commercial and commercial real estate	$	4,990,004		48	%	$	4,580,524		52	%	$	4,182,205		49	%
Home equity		919,233		9			772,361		9			652,034		8
Residential real estate (1)		503,910		5			335,714		4			335,894		4
Premium finance receivables		1,653,786		16			1,178,421		13			1,264,941		15
Indirect consumer loans		134,757		1			215,453		2			248,203		3
Other loans		133,731		1			163,136		2			141,603		1
Total loans, net of unearned income (2)		8,335,421		80			7,245,609		82			6,824,880		80
Liquidity management assets (3)		2,086,653		20			1,532,282		18			1,674,719		20
Other earning assets (4)		23,979		—			23,052		—			24,721		—
Total average earning assets	$	10,446,053		100	%	$	8,800,943		100	%	$	8,524,320		100	%
Total average assets	$	11,415,322				$	9,753,220				$	9,442,277
Total average earning assets to total average assets				92	%				90	%				90	%

(1)	Includes mortgage loans held-for-sale
(2)	Includes non-accrual loans
(3)	Includes available-for-sale securities, interest earning deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
(4)	Includes brokerage customer receivables and trading account securities

Average earning assets increased $1.6 billion, or 19%, in 2009 and $276.6 million, or 3%, in 2008.

Loans. Average total loans, net of unearned income, increased $1.1 billion, or 15%, in 2009 and $420.7 million, or 6%, in 2008. Average commercial and commercial real estate loans, the largest loan category, totaled $5.0 billion in 2009, and increased $409.5 million, or 9%, over the average balance in 2008. The average balance in 2008 increased $398.3 million, or 10%, over the average balance in 2007. This category comprised 60% of the average loan portfolio in 2009 and 63% in 2008. The growth realized in this category for 2009 and 2008 is attributable to increased business development efforts, the purchase of a portfolio of domestic life insurance premium finance loans in the third and fourth quarters of 2009, partially offset by the securitization transaction in September 2009. While many other banks saw 2009 as a year of retraction or stagnation as it relates to lending activities, the capital from the CPP positioned Wintrust to expand lending.

50

Home equity loans averaged $919.2 million in 2009, and increased $146.9 million, or 19%, when compared to the average balance in 2008. Home equity loans averaged $772.4 million in 2008, and increased $120.3 million, or 19%, when compared to the average balance in 2007. Unused commitments on home equity lines of credit totaled $854.2 million at December 31, 2009 and $897.9 million at December 31, 2008. The increase in average home equity loans in 2009 is primarily a result of new loan originations and borrowers exhibiting a greater propensity to borrow on their existing lines of credit. As a result of economic conditions, the Company has been actively managing its home equity portfolio to ensure that diligent pricing, appraisal and other underwriting activities continue to exist. The Company has not sacrificed asset quality or pricing standards to grow outstanding loan balances.

Residential real estate loans averaged $503.9 million in 2009, and increased $168.2 million, or 50%, from the average balance of $335.7 million in 2008. In 2008, residential real estate loans were essentially unchanged from the average balance in 2007. This category includes mortgage loans held-for-sale. By selling residential mortgage loans into the secondary market, the Company eliminates the interest-rate risk associated with these loans, as they are predominantly long-term fixed rate loans, and provides a source of non-interest revenue. The majority of the increase in residential mortgage loans in 2009 as compared to 2008 is a result of higher mortgage loan originations.

The increase in originations resulted from the interest rate environment and the positive impact of the PMP transaction, completed at the end of 2008. The remaining loans in this category are maintained within the Banks’ loan portfolios and represent mostly adjustable rate mortgage loans and shorter-term fixed rate mortgage loans.

Average premium finance receivables totaled $1.7 billion in 2009, and accounted for 20% of the Company’s average total loans. In 2009, average premium finance receivables increased $475.4 million, or 40%, from the average balance of $1.2 billion in 2008. In 2008, average premium finance receivables decreased $86.5 million, or 7%, compared to 2007. The increase in the average balance of premium finance receivables in 2009 is a result of FIFC’s purchase of a portfolio of domestic life insurance premium finance loans in 2009 with a fair value of $910.9 million. Historically, the majority of premium finance receivables, commercial and life insurance, were purchased by the banks in order to more fully utilize their lending capacity as these loans generally provide the banks with higher yields than alternative investments. FIFC originations of commercial premium finance receivables that were not purchased by the banks were typically sold to unrelated third parties with servicing retained. However, during the third quarter of 2009, FIFC initially sold $695 million in commercial premium finance receivables to our indirect subsidiary, FIFC Premium Funding I, LLC, which in turn sold $600 million in aggregate principal amount of notes backed by such commercial premium finance receivables in a securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. Under the terms of the securitization, FIFC has the right, but not the obligation, to securitize additional receivables in the future and is responsible for the servicing, administration and collection of securitized receivables and related security in accordance with FIFC’s credit and collection policy. FIFC’s obligations under the securitization are subject to customary covenants, including the obligation to file and amend financing statements; the obligation to pay costs and expenses; the obligation to indemnify other parties for its breach or failure to perform; the obligation to defend the right, title and interest of the transferee of the conveyed receivables against third party claims; the obligation to repurchase the securitized receivables if certain representations fail to be true and correct and receivables are materially and adversely affected thereby; the obligation to maintain its corporate existence and licenses to operate; and the obligation to qualify the securitized notes under the securities laws. In the event of a default by FIFC under certain of these obligations, the ability to add loans to securitization facility could terminate.

The decrease in the average balance of premium finance receivables in 2008 compared to 2007 is a result of higher sales of premium finance receivables to unrelated third parties in 2008 compared to 2007. The Company suspended the sale of premium finance receivables to unrelated third parties from the third quarter of 2006 to the third quarter of 2007. Due to the Company’s average loan-to-average deposit ratio being consistently above the target range of 85% to 90%, the Company reinstated its program of selling premium finance receivables to unrelated third parties in the fourth quarter of 2007.

Indirect consumer loans are comprised primarily of automobile loans originated at Hinsdale Bank. These loans are financed from networks of unaffiliated automobile dealers located throughout the Chicago metropolitan area with which the Company had established relationships. The risks associated with the Company’s portfolios are diversified among many individual borrowers. Like other consumer loans, the indirect consumer loans are subject to the Banks’ established credit standards. Management regards substantially all of these loans as prime quality loans. In the third quarter of 2008, the Company ceased the origination of indirect automobile loans at Hinsdale Bank. This niche business served the Company well in helping de novo banks quickly and profitably, grow into their physical structures. Competitive pricing pressures significantly reduced the long term potential profitably of this niche business. Given the current economic environment, the retirement of the founder of this niche business and the Company’s belief that interest rates may rise over the longer-term, exiting the origination of this business was deemed to be in the best interest of the Company. The Company will continue to service its existing portfolio during

51

the duration of the credits. At December 31, 2009, the average maturity of indirect automobile loans is estimated to be approximately 31 months. During 2009, 2008 and 2007 average indirect consumer loans totaled $134.8 million, $215.5 million and $248.2 million, respectively.

Other loans represent a wide variety of personal and consumer loans to individuals as well as high-yielding short-term accounts receivable financing to clients in the temporary staffing industry located throughout the United States. Consumer loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates than mortgage loans but generally involve more credit risk due to the type and nature of the collateral. Additionally, short-term accounts receivable financing may also involve greater credit risks than generally associated with the loan portfolios of more traditional community banks depending on the marketability of the collateral. Lower activity from existing clients and slower growth in new customer relationships due to sluggish economic conditions have led to a decrease in short-term accounts receivable financing in the last few years.

Liquidity Management Assets. Funds that are not utilized for loan originations are used to purchase investment securities and short-term money market investments, to sell as federal funds and to maintain in interest-bearing deposits with banks. The balances of these assets fluctuate frequently based on deposit inflows, the level of other funding services and loan demand. Average liquidity management assets accounted for 20% of total average earning assets in 2009, 17% in 2008 and 20% in 2007. Average liquidity management assets increased $554.4 million in 2009 compared to 2008, and decreased $142.4 million in 2008 compared to 2007. The balances of liquidity management assets can fluctuate based on management’s ongoing effort to manage liquidity and for asset liability management purposes.

Other earning assets. Other earning assets include brokerage customer receivables and trading account securities at WHI. Trading securities are also held at the Wintrust corporate level. In the normal course of business, WHI activities involve the execution, settlement, and financing of various securities transactions. WHI’s customer securities activities are transacted on either a cash or margin basis. In margin transactions, WHI, under an agreement with the out-sourced securities firm, extends credit to its customers, subject to various regulatory and internal margin requirements, collateralized by cash and securities in customer’s accounts. In connection with these activities, WHI executes and the out-sourced firm clears customer transactions relating to the sale of securities not yet purchased, substantially all of which are transacted on a margin basis subject to individual exchange regulations. Such transactions may expose WHI to off-balance-sheet risk, particularly in volatile trading markets, in the event margin requirements are not sufficient to fully cover losses that customers may incur. In the event a customer fails to satisfy its obligations, WHI under an agreement with the outsourced securities firm, may be required to purchase or sell financial instruments at prevailing market prices to fulfill the customer’s obligations. WHI seeks to control the risks associated with its customers’ activities by requiring customers to maintain margin collateral in compliance with various regulatory and internal guidelines. WHI monitors required margin levels daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral or to reduce positions when necessary.

52

Deposits and Other Funding Sources

The dynamics of community bank balance sheets are generally dependent upon the ability of management to attract additional deposit accounts to fund the growth of the institution. As the Banks and branch offices are still relatively young, the generation of new deposit relationships to gain market share and establish themselves in the community as the bank of choice is particularly important. When determining a community to establish a de novo bank, the Company generally will enter a community where it believes the new bank can gain the number one or two position in deposit market share. This is usually accomplished by initially paying competitively high deposit rates to gain the relationship and then by introducing the customer to the Company’s unique way of providing local banking services.

Deposits. Total deposits at December 31, 2009, were $9.9 billion, increasing $1.5 billion, or 18%, compared to the $8.4 billion at December 31, 2008. Average deposit balances in 2009 were $9.2 billion, reflecting an increase of $1.5 billion, or 20%, compared to the average balances in 2008. During 2008, average deposits increased $111 million, or 1.5%, compared to the prior year.

The increase in year end and average deposits in 2009 over 2008 reflects the Company’s efforts to increase its deposit base. During 2009, the Company aggressively advertised its MaxSafe ^® deposit products which provided customers with 15 times the FDIC insurance of a single bank. During 2009, the average balance in money market accounts increased approximately $230 million and the average time certificates of deposit increased approximately $253 million as a result of the MaxSafe ^® deposit products.

The following table presents the composition of average deposits by product category for each of the last three years (dollars in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009					2008					2007
	Average		Percent			Average		Percent			Average		Percent
	Balance		of Total			Balance		of Total			Balance		of Total
Non-interest bearing deposits	$	788,034		9	%	$	672,924		9	%	$	647,715		9	%
NOW accounts		1,136,008		12			1,011,402		13			938,960		12
Wealth management deposits		907,013		10			622,842		8			547,408		7
Money market accounts		1,375,767		15			904,245		12			696,760		9
Savings accounts		457,139		5			319,128		4			302,339		4
Time certificates of deposit		4,543,154		49			4,156,600		54			4,442,469		59
Total deposits	$	9,207,115		100	%	$	7,687,141		100	%	$	7,575,651		100	%

Wealth management deposits are funds from the brokerage customers of WHI, the trust and asset management customers of WHTC and brokerage customers from unaffiliated companies which have been placed into deposit accounts (primarily money market accounts) of the Banks (“Wealth management deposits” in table above). Average Wealth management deposits increased $284 million in 2009, of which $274 million was attributable to brokerage customers from unaffiliated companies. Consistent with reasonable interest rate risk parameters, the funds have generally been invested in loan production of the Banks as well as other investments suitable for banks.

53

The following table presents average deposit balances for each Bank and the relative percentage of total consolidated average deposits held by each Bank during each of the past three years (dollars in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009					2008					2007
	Average		Percent			Average		Percent			Average		Percent
	Balance		of Total			Balance		of Total			Balance		of Total
Lake Forest Bank	$	1,146,196		12	%	$	1,046,069		14	%	$	1,060,954		14	%
Hinsdale Bank		1,086,748		12			949,658		12			1,037,514		14
North Shore Bank		980,079		11			768,081		10			781,699		10
Libertyville Bank		882,366		10			781,708		10			798,522		11
Barrington Bank		776,009		8			694,471		9			700,728		9
Northbrook Bank		692,329		8			570,401		7			613,943		8
Village Bank		592,043		6			463,433		6			491,307		6
Town Bank		571,568		6			483,331		6			399,857		6
State Bank of the Lakes		546,774		6			467,857		6			428,653		6
Crystal Lake Bank		536,091		6			469,022		6			470,586		6
Advantage Bank		353,938		4			286,722		4			241,117		3
Wheaton Bank		353,845		4			268,174		4			244,158		3
Old Plank Trail Bank		248,121		3			166,675		2			108,887		1
Beverly Bank		246,474		3			169,732		2			141,186		2
St. Charles Bank		194,534		1			101,807		2			56,540		1
Total deposits	$	9,207,115		100	%	$	7,687,141		100	%	$	7,575,651		100	%
Percentage increase from prior year				20	%				5	%				4	%

Other Funding Sources. Although deposits are the Company’s primary source of funding its interest-earning assets, the Company’s ability to manage the types and terms of deposits is somewhat limited by customer preferences and market competition. As a result, in addition to deposits and the issuance of equity securities, as well as the retention of earnings, the Company uses several other funding sources to support its growth. These other sources include short-term borrowings, notes payable, FHLB advances, subordinated debt and junior subordinated debentures. The Company evaluates the terms and unique characteristics of each source, as well as its asset-liability management position, in determining the use of such funding sources.

The composition of average other funding sources in 2009, 2008 and 2007 is presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009					2008					2007
	Average		Percent			Average		Percent			Average		Percent
	Balance		of Total			Balance		of Total			Balance		of Total
Notes payable	$	1,000		—	%	$	50,799		4	%	$	51,979		5	%
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		434,520		43			435,761		38			400,552		38
Subordinated notes		66,205		7			74,589		7			75,000		7
Short-term borrowings		255,504		25			334,714		29			264,743		25
Junior subordinated debentures		249,497		25			249,575		22			249,739		25
Other		1,818		—			1,863		—			1,818		—
Total other funding sources	$	1,008,544		100	%	$	1,147,301		100	%	$	1,043,831		100	%

Notes payable balances represent the balances on a credit agreement with an unaffiliated bank. This credit facility is available for corporate purposes such as to provide capital to fund continued growth at existing bank subsidiaries, possible future acquisitions and for other general corporate matters. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had $1.0 million of notes payable outstanding. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the terms of this credit facility.

54

FHLB advances provide the Banks with access to fixed rate funds which are useful in mitigating interest rate risk and achieving an acceptable interest rate spread on fixed rate loans or securities. FHLB advances to the Banks totaled $431.0 million at December 31, 2009, and $436.0 million at December 31, 2008. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the terms of these advances.

The Company borrowed $75.0 million under three separate $25.0 million subordinated note agreements. Each subordinated note requires annual principal payments of $5.0 million beginning in the sixth year of the note and has terms of ten years with final maturity dates in 2012, 2013 and 2015. These notes qualify as Tier II regulatory capital. Subordinated notes totaled $60.0 million and $70.0 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the terms of the notes.

Short-term borrowings include securities sold under repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased. These borrowings totaled $245.6 million and $334.9 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent sweep accounts for certain customers in connection with master repurchase agreements at the banks as well as short-term borrowings from banks and brokers. This funding category fluctuates based on customer preferences and daily liquidity needs of the banks, their customers and the Banks’ operating subsidiaries. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of these borrowings.

The Company has $249.5 million of junior subordinated debentures outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. The amounts reflected on the balance sheet represent the junior subordinated debentures issued to nine trusts by the Company and equal the amount of the preferred and common securities issued by the trusts. See Note 16 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. Junior subordinated debentures, subject to certain limitations, currently qualify as Tier 1 regulatory capital. Interest expense on these debentures is deductible for tax purposes, resulting in a cost-efficient form of regulatory capital.

Shareholders’ Equity. Total shareholders’ equity was $1.1 billion at December 31, 2009, relatively unchanged from the December 31, 2008 total of $1.1 billion.

Changes in shareholders’ equity from 2008 to 2009 included approximately $50.0 million of earnings (net income of $73.1 million less preferred stock dividends of $16.6 million and common stock dividends of $6.5 million), $11.7 million increase from the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock (and related tax benefit) pursuant to various stock compensation plans and $6.9 million credited to surplus for stock-based compensation costs, and $4.0 million in net unrealized gains from available-for-sale securities and cash flow hedges, net of tax.

In 2008, shareholders’ equity increased $328.0 million when compared to the December 31, 2007 balance. The increase from December 31, 2007, was the result of the retention of approximately $9.9 million of earnings (net income of $20.5 million less preferred stock dividends of $2.1 million and common stock dividends of $8.5 million), a $299.4 million increase from the issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs, a $5.2 million increase from the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock (and related tax benefit) pursuant to various stock compensation plans and $9.9 million credited to surplus for stock-based compensation costs, a $3.4 million increase in net unrealized gains from available-for-sale securities and the mark-to-market adjustment on cash flow hedges, net of tax, partially offset by a $688,000 cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings from the adoption of a new accounting standard.

55

LOAN PORTFOLIO AND ASSET QUALITY

Loan Portfolio

The following table shows the Company’s loan portfolio by category as of December 31 for each of the five previous fiscal years (in thousands):

	2009					2008				2007				2006				2005
			% of					% of				% of				% of				% of
	Amount		Total			Amount		Total		Amount		Total		Amount		Total		Amount		Total
Commercial and commercial real estate	$	5,039,906		60	%		4,778,664		63		4,408,661		65		4,068,437		63		3,161,734		61
Home equity		930,482		11			896,438		12		678,298		10		666,471		10		624,337		12
Residential real estate		306,296		4			262,908		3		226,686		3		207,059		3		275,729		5
Premium finance receivables — commercial		730,144		9			1,243,858		16		1,069,781		16		1,165,846		18		814,681		16
Premium finance receivables — life insurance		1,197,893		14			102,728		2		8,404		—		—		—		—		—
Indirect consumer loans		98,134		1			175,955		2		241,393		4		249,534		4		203,002		4
Other loans		108,916		1			160,518		2		168,379		2		139,133		2		134,388		2
Total loans, net of unearned income	$	8,411,771		100	%		7,621,069		100		6,801,602		100		6,496,480		100		5,213,871		100

Commercial and commercial real estate loans. Our commercial and commercial real estate loan portfolios are comprised primarily of commercial real estate loans and lines of credit for working capital purposes. The Company enhanced its loan classification system and began presenting data regarding commercial and commercial real estate on a disaggregated basis in the third quarter of 2009. Prior to that time, the Company did not gather information disaggregated by these loan category types. The table below sets forth information regarding the types, amounts and performance of our loans within these portfolios as of December 31, 2009:

								>90 Days		Allowance
			% of			Non-		Past Due and		for Loan Losses
(Dollars in thousands)	Balance		Total Loans			accrual		still accruing		Allocation
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	1,361,225		16.2	%	$	15,094	$	561	$	22,579
Franchise		133,953		1.6			—		—		2,118
Mortgage warehouse lines of credit		121,781		1.4			—		—		1,643
Community Advantage – homeowner associations		67,086		0.8			—		—		161
Aircraft		41,654		0.5			—		—		167
Other		17,510		0.2			1,415		—		1,344
Total Commercial	$	1,743,209		20.7	%	$	16,509	$	561	$	28,012
Commercial Real Estate:
Land and development	$	1,003,728		11.9	%	$	65,762	$	—	$	21,634
Office		529,856		6.3			3,222		—		6,273
Industrial		463,526		5.6			5,686		—		6,316
Retail		554,934		6.6			1,593		—		7,487
Mixed use and other		744,653		8.8			4,376		—		9,242
Total Commercial Real Estate Loans	$	3,296,697		39.2	%	$	80,639	$	—	$	50,952
Total Commercial and Commercial Real Estate	$	5,039,906		59.9	%	$	97,148	$	561	$	78,964
Commercial Real Estate–collateral location by state:
Illinois	$	2,641,291		80.1	%
Wisconsin		366,862		11.1
Total primary markets	$	3,008,153		91.2	%
Arizona		46,257		1.4
Indiana		46,099		1.4
Florida		45,655		1.4
Other (no individual state greater than 0.9%)		150,533		4.6
Total	$	3,296,697		100.0	%

56

Our commercial real estate loan portfolio predominantly relates to owner-occupied real estate, and our loans are generally secured by a first mortgage lien and assignment of rents on the property. Since most of our bank branches are located in the Chicago, Illinois metropolitan area and southeastern Wisconsin, 91.2% of our commercial real estate loan portfolio is located in this region. Commercial real estate market conditions continued to be under stress in 2009, and we expect this trend to continue. These conditions have negatively affected our commercial real estate loan portfolio, and as of December 31, 2009, our allowance for loan losses related to this portfolio is $51.0 million.

We make commercial loans for many purposes, including: working capital lines, which are generally renewable annually and supported by business assets, personal guarantees and additional collateral; loans to condominium and homeowner associations originated through Barrington Bank’s Community Advantage program; small aircraft financing, an earning asset niche developed at Crystal Lake Bank; and franchise lending at Lake Forest Bank. Commercial business lending is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk than traditional consumer bank lending, and as a result of the economic recession, allowance for loan losses in our commercial loan portfolio is $28.0 million as of December 31, 2009.

The Company also participates in mortgage warehouse lending by providing interim funding to unaffiliated mortgage bankers to finance residential mortgages originated by such bankers for sale into the secondary market. The Company’s loans to the mortgage bankers are secured by the business assets of the mortgage companies as well as the specific mortgage loans funded by the Company, after they have been pre-approved for purchase by third party end lenders. End lender re-payments are sent directly to the Company upon end-lenders’ acceptance of final loan documentation. The Company may also provide interim financing for packages of mortgage loans on a bulk basis in circumstances where the mortgage bankers desire to competitively bid on a number of mortgages for sale as a package in the secondary market. Typically, the Company will serve as sole funding source for its mortgage warehouse lending customers under short-term revolving credit agreements. Amounts advanced with respect to any particular mortgage loan are usually required to be repaid within 21 days.

Despite poor economic conditions generally, and the particularly difficult conditions in the U.S. residential real estate market experienced since 2008, our mortgage warehouse lending business has expanded during 2009 due to the high demand for mortgage re-financings given the historically low interest rate environment and the fact that many of our competitors exited the market in late 2008 and early 2009. The expansion of this business has caused our mortgage warehouse lines to increase to $121.8 million as of December 31, 2009 from $55.3 million as of December 31, 2008. Additionally, our allowance for loan losses with respect to these loans is $1.6 million as of December 31, 2009. Since the inception of this business, the Company has not suffered any related loan losses on these loans.

Home equity loans. Our home equity loans and lines of credit are originated by each of our banks in their local markets where we have a strong understanding of the underlying real estate value. Our banks monitor and manage these loans, and we conduct an automated review of all home equity loans and lines of credit at least twice per year. This review collects current credit performance for each home equity borrower and identifies situations where the credit strength of the borrower is declining, or where there are events that may influence repayment, such as tax liens or judgments. Our banks use this information to manage loans that may be higher risk and to determine whether to obtain additional credit information or updated property valuations. As a result of this work in 2009 and general market conditions, we modified our home equity offerings and changed our policies regarding home equity renewals and requests for subordination. In a limited number of situations, the unused availability on home equity lines of credit was frozen.

The rates we offer on new home equity lending are based on several factors, including appraisals and valuation due diligence, in order to reflect inherent risk, and we place additional scrutiny on larger home equity requests. In a limited number of cases, we issue home equity credit together with first mortgage financing, and requests for such financing are evaluated on a combined basis. It is not our practice to advance more than 85% of the appraised value of the underlying asset, which ratio we refer to as the loan-to-value ratio, or LTV ratio, and a majority of the credit we previously extended, when issued, had an LTV ratio of less than 80%.

Our home equity loan portfolio has performed well in light of the deterioration in the overall residential real estate market. The number of new home equity line of credit commitments originated by us has decreased in 2009 due to declines in housing valuations that have decreased the amount of equity against which homeowners may borrow, and a decline in homeowners’ desire to use their remaining equity as collateral. However, our total outstanding home equity loan balances have increased as a result of new originations and borrowers exhibiting a greater propensity to borrow on their existing lines of credit.

Residential real estate mortgages. Our residential real estate portfolio predominantly includes one- to four-family adjustable rate mortgages that have repricing terms generally from one to three years, construction loans to individuals and bridge financing loans for qualifying customers. As of December 31, 2009, our residential loan portfolio totaled $306.3 million, or 4% of our total outstanding loans.

57

Our adjustable rate mortgages relate to properties located principally in the Chicago metropolitan area and southeastern Wisconsin or vacation homes owned by local residents, and may have terms based on differing indexes. These adjustable rate mortgages are often non-agency conforming because the outstanding balance of these loans exceeds the maximum balance that can be sold into the secondary market. Adjustable rate mortgage loans decrease the interest rate risk we face on our mortgage portfolio. However, this risk is not eliminated because, among other things, such loans generally provide for periodic and lifetime limits on the interest rate adjustments. Additionally, adjustable rate mortgages may pose a higher risk of delinquency and default because they require borrowers to make larger payments when interest rates rise. To date, we have not seen a significant elevation in delinquencies and foreclosures in our residential loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2009, $3.8 million of our residential real estate mortgages, or 1% of our residential real estate loan portfolio, were classified as nonaccrual, $412,000 were more than 90 days past due and still accruing (less than 1%), $3.4 million were 30 to 89 days past due (1%) and $298.7 million were current (98%). We believe that since our loan portfolio consists primarily of locally originated loans, and since the majority of our borrowers are longer-term customers with lower LTV ratios, we face a relatively low risk of borrower default and delinquency.

While we generally do not originate loans for our own portfolio with long-term fixed rates due to interest rate risk considerations, we can accommodate customer requests for fixed rate loans by originating such loans and then selling them into the secondary market, for which we receive fee income, or by selectively retaining certain of these loans within the banks’ own portfolios where they are non-agency conforming, or where the terms of the loans make them favorable to retain. A portion of the loans we sold into the secondary market were sold to FNMA with the servicing of those loans retained. The amount of loans serviced for FNMA as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $738 million and $528 million, respectively. All other mortgage loans sold into the secondary market were sold without the retention of servicing rights.

It is not our practice to underwrite, and we have no plans to underwrite, subprime, Alt A, no or little documentation loans, or option ARM loans. As of December 31, 2009, approximately $48.2 million of our mortgages consist of interest-only loans. To date, we have not participated in any mortgage modification programs.

Premium finance receivables – commercial. FIFC originated approximately $3.3 billion in commercial insurance premium finance receivables during 2009. FIFC makes loans to businesses to finance the insurance premiums they pay on their commercial insurance policies. The loans are originated by FIFC working through independent medium and large insurance agents and brokers located throughout the United States. The insurance premiums financed are primarily for commercial customers’ purchases of liability, property and casualty and other commercial insurance.

This lending involves relatively rapid turnover of the loan portfolio and high volume of loan originations. Because of the indirect nature of this lending and because the borrowers are located nationwide, this segment may be more susceptible to third party fraud than relationship lending; however, management has established various control procedures to mitigate the risks associated with this lending. The majority of these loans are purchased by the banks in order to more fully utilize their lending capacity as these loans generally provide the banks with higher yields than alternative investments. Historically, FIFC originations that were not purchased by the banks were sold to unrelated third parties with servicing retained. However, during the third quarter of 2009, FIFC initially sold $695 million in commercial premium finance receivables to our indirect subsidiary, FIFC Premium Funding I, LLC, which in turn sold $600 million in aggregate principal amount of notes backed by such premium finance receivables in a securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. See Note 6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of this securitization transaction.

Premium finance receivables – life insurance. In 2007, FIFC began financing life insurance policy premiums generally for high net-worth individuals. FIFC originated approximately $382.0 million in life insurance premium finance receivables in 2009, excluding receivables purchased during the year. These loans are originated directly with the borrowers with assistance from life insurance carriers, independent insurance agents, financial advisors and legal counsel. The life insurance policy is the primary form of collateral. In addition, these loans often are secured with a letter of credit, marketable securities or certificates of deposit. In some cases, FIFC may make a loan that has a partially unsecured position. In 2009, FIFC expanded this niche lending business segment when it purchased a portfolio of domestic life insurance premium finance loans for a total aggregate purchase price of $745.9 million. See Note 8 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of this business combination.

58

Indirect consumer loans. As part of its strategy to pursue specialized earning asset niches to augment loan generation within the Banks’ target markets, the Company established fixed-rate automobile loan financing at Hinsdale Bank funded indirectly through unaffiliated automobile dealers. The risks associated with the Company’s portfolios are diversified among many individual borrowers. Like other consumer loans, the indirect consumer loans are subject to the Banks’ established credit standards. Management regards substantially all of these loans as prime quality loans. In the third quarter of 2008, the Company ceased the origination of indirect automobile loans through Hinsdale Bank. This niche business served the Company well over the past twelve years in helping de novo banks quickly and profitably, grow into their physical structures. Competitive pricing pressures significantly reduced the long-term potential profitably of this niche business. Given the current economic environment, the retirement of the founder of this niche business and the Company’s belief that interest rates may rise over the longer-term, exiting the origination of this business was deemed to be in the best interest of the Company. The Company continues to service its existing portfolio during the duration of the credits. At December 31, 2009, the average actual maturity of indirect automobile loans is estimated to be approximately 31 months.

Other Loans. Included in the other loan category is a wide variety of personal and consumer loans to individuals as well as high yielding short-term accounts receivable financing to clients in the temporary staffing industry located throughout the United States. The Banks originate consumer loans in order to provide a wider range of financial services to their customers.

Consumer loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates than mortgage loans but generally involve more credit risk than mortgage loans due to the type and nature of the collateral. Additionally, short-term accounts receivable financing may also involve greater credit risks than generally associated with the loan portfolios of more traditional community banks depending on the marketability of the collateral.

Foreign. The Company had no loans to businesses or governments of foreign countries at any time during 2009.

Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes In Interest Rates

The following table classifies the commercial loan portfolios at December 31, 2009 by date at which the loans reprice (in thousands):

	One year		From one		Over
	or less		to five years		five years		Total
Commercial	$	1,413,459		269,268		60,482		1,743,209
Commercial real estate		2,445,764		815,560		35,373		3,296,697
Total premium finance receivables, net of unearned income		1,920,089		7,948		—		1,928,037

Of those loans repricing after one year, approximately $1.1 billion have fixed rates.

59

Past Due Loans and Non-performing Assets

Our ability to manage credit risk depends in large part on our ability to properly identify and manage problem loans. To do so, we operate a credit risk rating system under which our credit management personnel assign a credit risk rating to each loan at the time of origination and review loans on a regular basis to determine each loan’s credit risk rating on a scale of 1 through 9 with higher scores indicating higher risk. The credit risk rating structure used is shown below:

1 Rating	—	Minimal Risk (Loss Potential — none or extremely low) (Superior asset quality, excellent liquidity, minimal leverage)
2 Rating	—	Modest Risk (Loss Potential demonstrably low) (Very good asset quality and liquidity, strong leverage capacity)
3 Rating	—	Average Risk (Loss Potential low but no longer refutable) (Mostly satisfactory asset quality and liquidity, good leverage capacity)
4 Rating	—	Above Average Risk (Loss Potential variable, but some potential for deterioration) (Acceptable asset quality, little excess liquidity, modest leverage capacity)
5 Rating	—	Management Attention Risk (Loss Potential moderate if corrective action not taken) (Generally acceptable asset quality, somewhat strained liquidity, minimal leverage capacity)
6 Rating	—	Special Mention (Loss Potential moderate if corrective action not taken) (Assets in this category are currently protected, potentially weak, but not to the point of substandard classification)
7 Rating	—	Substandard (Loss Potential distinct possibility that the bank may sustain some loss) (Must have well defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt)
8 Rating	—	Doubtful (Loss Potential extremely high) (These assets have all the weaknesses in those classified “substandard” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current existing facts, conditions, and values, highly improbable)
9 Rating	—	Loss (fully charged-off) (Loans in this category are considered full uncollectible.)

Each loan officer is responsible for monitoring his or her loan portfolio, recommending a credit risk rating for each loan in his or her portfolio and ensuring the credit risk ratings are appropriate. These credit risk ratings are then ratified by the bank’s chief credit officer or the directors’ loan committee. Credit risk ratings are determined by evaluating a number of factors including, a borrower’s financial strength, cash flow coverage, collateral protection and guarantees. A third party loan review firm independently reviews a significant portion of the loan portfolio at each of the Company’s subsidiary banks to evaluate the appropriateness of the management-assigned credit risk ratings. These ratings are subject to further review at each of our bank subsidiaries by the applicable regulatory authority, including the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the State of Illinois and the State of Wisconsin and our internal audit staff.

The Company’s Problem Loan Reporting system automatically includes all loans with credit risk ratings of 6, 7 or 8. This system is designed to provide an on-going detailed tracking mechanism for each problem loan. Once management determines that a loan has deteriorated to a point where it has a credit risk rating of 6 or worse, the Company’s Managed Asset Division performs an overall credit and collateral review. As part of this review, all underlying collateral is identified, the valuation methodology analyzed and tracked. As a result of this initial review by the Company’s Managed Asset Division, the credit risk rating is reviewed and a portion of the outstanding loan balance may be deemed uncollectible or an impairment reserve may be established. The Company’s impairment analysis utilizes an independent re-appraisal of the collateral (unless such a third-party evaluation is not possible due to the unique nature of the collateral, such as a closely-held business or thinly traded securities). In the case of commercial real estate collateral, an independent third party appraisal is ordered by the Company’s Real Estate Services Group to determine if there has been any change in the underlying collateral value. These independent appraisals are reviewed by the Real Estate Services Group and often by independent third party valuation experts and may be adjusted depending upon market conditions. An appraisal is ordered at least once a year for these loans, or more often if market conditions dictate. In the event that the underlying value of the collateral cannot be easily determined, a detailed valuation methodology is prepared by the Managed Asset Division. A summary of this analysis is provided to the directors’ loan committee of the bank which originated the credit for approval of a charge-off, if necessary.

Through the credit risk rating process, loans are reviewed to determine if they are performing in accordance with the original contractual terms. If the borrower has failed to comply with the original contractual terms, further action may be required by the

60

Company, including a downgrade in the credit risk rating, movement to non-accrual status, a charge-off or the establishment of a specific impairment reserve. In the event a collateral shortfall is identified during the credit review process, the Company will work with the borrower for a principal reduction and/or a pledge of additional collateral and/or additional guarantees. In the event that these options are not available, the loan may be subject to a downgrade of the credit risk rating. If we determine that a loan amount or portion thereof, is uncollectible the loan’s credit risk rating is immediately downgraded to an 8 and the uncollectible amount is charged-off. Any loan that has a partial charge-off continues to be assigned a credit risk rating of an 8 for the duration of time that a balance remains outstanding. The Managed Asset Division undertakes a thorough and ongoing analysis to determine if additional impairment and/or charge-offs are appropriate and to begin a workout plan for the credit to minimize actual losses.

If, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due to it according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, a specific impairment reserve is established. In determining the appropriate charge-off for collateral-dependent loans, the Company considers the results of appraisals for the associated collateral. As a result of the loan-by-loan nature of the Company’s review process, no significant time lapses have occurred during the review process. The following table classifies the Company’s non-performing assets as of December 31 for each of the last five years.

Non-Performing Loans

(Dollars in thousands)

	2009			2008			2007			2006			2005
Loans past due greater than 90 days and still accruing:
Residential real estate and home equity	$	412			617			51			308			159
Commercial, consumer and other		656			14,750			14,742			8,454			1,898
Premium finance receivables – commercial		6,271			9,339			8,703			4,306			5,211
Premium finance receivables – life insurance		—			—			—			—			—
Indirect consumer loans		461			679			517			297			228
Total loans past due greater than 90 days and still accruing		7,800			25,385			24,013			13,365			7,496
Non-accrual loans:
Residential real estate and home equity		12,662			6,528			3,215			1,738			457
Commercial, consumer and other		97,765			91,814			33,341			13,283			11,712
Premium finance receivables – commercial		11,878			11,454			10,725			8,112			6,189
Premium finance receivables – life insurance		704			—			—			—			—
Indirect consumer loans		995			913			560			376			335
Total non-accrual		124,004			110,709			47,841			23,509			18,693
Total non-performing loans:
Residential real estate and home equity		13,074			7,145			3,266			2,046			616
Commercial, consumer and other		98,421			106,564			48,083			21,737			13,610
Premium finance receivables – commercial		18,149			20,793			19,428			12,418			11,400
Premium finance receivables – life insurance		704			—			—			—			—
Indirect consumer loans		1,456			1,592			1,077			673			563
Total non-performing loans		131,804			136,094			71,854			36,874			26,189
Total non-performing loans by category as a percent of its own respective category’s year end balance:
Residential real estate and home equity		1.06	%		0.62			0.36	%		0.23	%		0.07	%
Commercial, consumer and other		1.91			2.16			1.05			0.52			0.41
Premium finance receivables – commercial		2.49			1.67			1.82			1.07			1.40
Premium finance receivables – life insurance		0.06			—			—			—			—
Indirect consumer loans		1.48			0.90			0.45			0.27			0.28
Total non-performing loans		1.57	%		1.79	%		1.06	%		0.57	%		0.50	%
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans		74.56	%		51.26	%		70.13	%		124.90	%		153.82	%

61

As the above table reflects, there was a slight decline in non-performing loans in 2009 as compared to 2008. During 2009, Management implemented a strategic effort to aggressively resolve problem loans through liquidation, rather than retention, of loans. Management believed that the distressed macro-economic conditions would continue to exist in 2009 and 2010 and that the banking industry’s increase in non-performing loans would eventually lead to many properties being sold by financial institutions, thus saturating the market and possibly driving fair values of non-performing loans and foreclosed collateral further downwards. Accordingly, the Company attempted to liquidate as many non-performing loans and assets as possible during 2009. The impact of those decisions and actions included a slight decline in non-performing loans from the prior year-end, a significant increase in the provision for credit losses and net charge-offs in 2009 compared to 2008, an increase in the overall level of the allowance for loan losses.

As of December 31, 2009, only 1.6% of the entire portfolio is in a non-performing (non-accrual or greater than 90 days past due and still accruing interest) with only 1.2% either one or two payments past due. In total, 97.2% of the Company’s total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2009 is current according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreements.

The tables below show the aging of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2009:

As of December 31, 2009

(Dollars in thousands)

				90+ days
	Non-			and still			60-89 days			30-59 days
	Accrual			accruing			past due			past due			Current			Total Loans
Loan Balances:
Commercial and commercial real estate loans	$	97,148			561			25,293			44,389			4,872,515			5,039,906
Home equity loans		8,883			—			894			2,107			918,598			930,482
Residential real estate loans		3,779			412			406			3,043			298,656			306,296
Premium finance receivables – commercial		11,878			6,271			3,975			9,639			698,381			730,144
Premium finance receivables – life insurance		704			—			5,385			1,854			1,189,950			1,197,893
Indirect consumer loans		995			461			614			2,143			93,921			98,134
Consumer and other loans		617			95			511			537			107,156			108,916
Total loans, net of unearned income	$	124,004			7,800			37,078			63,712			8,179,177			8,411,771
Aging as a % of Loan Balance:
Commercial and commercial real estate loans		1.9	%		—	%		0.5	%		0.9	%		96.7	%		100.0	%
Home equity loans		1.0			—			0.1			0.2			98.7			100.0
Residential real estate loans		1.2			0.1			0.1			1.0			97.6			100.0
Premium finance receivables – commercial		1.6			0.9			0.5			1.3			95.7			100.0
Premium finance receivables – life insurance		0.1			—			0.4			0.2			99.3			100.0
Indirect consumer loans		1.0			0.5			0.6			2.2			95.7			100.0
Consumer and other loans		0.6			0.1			0.5			0.5			98.4			100.0
Total loans, net of unearned income		1.5	%		0.1	%		0.4	%		0.8	%		97.2			100.0	%

The following table shows the value of non-performing loans, impaired loans, the specific impairment reserves and the total allowance for credit losses at December 31 for each of the last five years:

(Dollars in thousands)

							Specific Impairment
					Allowance for		Reserves on
	Non-Performing		Impaired Loans		Credit Losses		Impaired Loans
	Loans (NPLs)		(included in NPLs)		(“ACL”)		(incl. in ACL)
As of December 31, 2009	$	131,804		73,176		139,154		17,567
As of December 31, 2008		136,094		113,709		71,353		16,639
As of December 31, 2007		71,854		28,759		50,882		2,308
As of December 31, 2006		36,874		11,191		46,512		1,400
As of December 31, 2005		26,189		11,530		40,774		1,319

62

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of the probable and reasonably estimable loan losses that our loan portfolio is expected to incur. The allowance for loan losses is determined quarterly using a methodology that incorporates important risk characteristics of each loan, as described below under “How We Determine the Allowance for Credit Losses.” This process is subject to review at each of our bank subsidiaries by the applicable regulatory authority, including the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the State of Illinois and the State of Wisconsin.

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for losses on lending-related commitments by major loan type and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans (dollars in thousands):

	2009						2008						2007						2006						2005
				% of Loan						% of Loan						% of Loan						% of Loan						% of Loan
				Type to						Type to						Type to						Type to						Type to
				Total						Total						Total						Total						Total
	Amount			Loans			Amount			Loans			Amount			Loans			Amount			Loans			Amount			Loans
Allowance for loan losses allocation:
Commercial and commercial real estate	$	78,964			60	%	$	56,985			63	%	$	38,995			65	%	$	32,943			63	%	$	28,288			61	%
Home equity		9,013			11			3,067			12			2,057			10			1,985			10			1,835			12
Residential real estate		3,139			4			1,698			3			1,290			3			1,381			3			1,372			5
Consumer and other		1,977			1			1,661			2			1,475			2			1,889			2			1,664			2
Premium finance receivables – commercial		2,836			9			4,358			16			3,643			16			4,838			18			4,586			16
Premium finance receivables – life insurance		980			14			308			2			29			—			—			—			—			—
Indirect consumer loans		1,368			1			1,690			2			2,900			4			3,019			4			2,538			4
Total allowance for loan losses	$	98,277			100	%	$	69,767			100	%	$	50,389			100	%	$	46,055			100	%	$	40,283			100	%
Allowance category as a percent of total allowance:
Commercial and commercial real estate		81	%					82	%					77	%					72	%					70	%
Home equity		9						5						4						4						5
Residential real estate		3						2						3						3						4
Consumer and other		2						2						3						4						4
Premium finance receivables – commercial		3						6						7						10						11
Premium finance receivables – life insurance		1						1						—						—						—
Indirect consumer loans		1						2						6						7						6
Total allowance for loan losses		100	%					100	%					100	%					100	%					100	%
Allowance for losses on lending-related commitments:
Commercial and commercial real estate	$	3,554					$	1,586					$	493					$	457					$	491
Total allowance for credit losses	$	101,831					$	71,353					$	50,882					$	46,512					$	40,774
Credit-related discounts on purchased loans	$	37,323					$	—					$	—					$	—					$	—
Total credit reserves	$	139,154					$	71,353					$	50,882					$	46,512					$	40,774

Management has determined that the allowance for loan losses was adequate at December 31, 2009, and that the loan portfolio is well diversified and well secured, without undue concentration in any specific risk area. This process involves a high degree of management judgment, however the allowance for credit losses is based on a comprehensive, well documented, and consistently applied analysis of the Company’s loan portfolio. This analysis takes into consideration all available information existing as of the financial statement date, including environmental factors such as economic, industry, geographical and political factors. The relative level of allowance for credit losses is reviewed and compared to industry peers. This review encompasses levels of total nonperforming loans, portfolio mix, portfolio concentrations, current geographic risks and overall levels of net charge-offs. Historical trending of both the Company’s results and the industry peers is also reviewed to analyze comparative significance.

63

The following table summarizes the activity in our allowance for credit losses during the last five years.

Allowance for Credit Losses

(Dollars in thousands)

	2009			2008			2007			2006			2005
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of year	$	69,767			50,389			46,055			40,283			34,227
Provision for credit losses		167,932			57,441			14,879			7,057			6,676
Allowance acquired in business combinations		—			—			362			3,852			4,792
Reclassification from/(to) allowance for lending-related commitments		(2,037	)		(1,093	)		(36	)		92			(491	)
Charge-offs:
Commercial and commercial real estate loans		124,136			30,469			8,958			4,534			3,252
Home equity loans		4,605			284			289			97			88
Residential real estate loans		1,067			1,631			147			81			198
Premium finance receivables – commercial		8,153			4,073			2,425			2,760			2,067
Premium finance receivables – life insurance		—			—			—			—			—
Indirect consumer loans		1,848			1,322			873			584			555
Consumer and other loans		644			618			845			421			363
Total charge-offs		140,453			38,397			13,537			8,477			6,523
Recoveries:
Commercial and commercial real estate loans		1,242			496			1,732			2,299			527
Home equity loans		815			1			61			31			—
Residential real estate loans		—			—			6			2			—
Premium finance receivables – commercial		651			662			514			567			677
Premium finance receivables – life insurance		—			—			—			—			—
Indirect consumer loans		179			173			172			191			155
Consumer and other loans		181			95			181			158			243
Total recoveries		3,068			1,427			2,666			3,248			1,602
Net charge-offs		(137,385	)		(36,970	)		(10,871	)		(5,229	)		(4,921	)
Allowance for loan losses at end of year	$	98,277			69,767			50,389			46,055			40,283
Allowance for lending-related commitments at end of year		3,554			1,586			493			457			491
Allowance for credit losses at end of year	$	101,831			71,353			50,882			46,512			40,774
Credit-related discounts on purchased loans		37,323			—			—			—			—
Total credit reserves	$	139,154			71,353			50,882			46,512			40,774
Net charge-offs by category as a percentage of its own respective category’s average:
Commercial and commercial real estate loans		2.46	%		0.65	%		0.17	%		0.06	%		0.09	%
Home equity loans		0.41			0.04			0.04			0.01			0.01
Residential real estate loans		0.21			0.49			0.04			0.02			—
Premium finance receivables – commercial		0.67			0.29			0.15			0.22			0.16
Premium finance receivables – life insurance		—			—			—			—			—
Indirect consumer loans		1.24			0.53			0.28			0.17			0.20
Consumer and other loans		0.35			0.32			0.47			0.19			0.09
Total loans, net of unearned income		1.65	%		0.51	%		0.16	%		0.09	%		0.10	%
Net charge-offs as a percentage of the provision for credit losses		81.81	%		68.36	%		73.07	%		74.10	%		73.71	%
Year-end total loans	$	8,411,771			7,621,069			6,801,602			6,496,480			5,213,871
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans at end of year		1.17	%		0.92	%		0.74	%		0.71	%		0.77	%
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of loans at end of year		1.21	%		0.94	%		0.75	%		0.72	%		0.78	%
Total credit reserves as a percentage of loans at end of year		1.65	%		0.94	%		0.75	%		0.72	%		0.78	%

64

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of an allowance for loan losses, which is determined with respect to loans that we have issued, and an allowance for lending-related commitments. Our allowance for lending-related commitments is determined with respect to funds that we have committed to lend but for which funds have not yet been disbursed and is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan losses. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are charged to earnings through the provision for credit losses. Charge-offs represent the amount of loans that have been determined to be uncollectible during a given period, and are deducted from the allowance for loan losses, and recoveries represent the amount of collections received from loans that had previously been charged off, and are credited to the allowance for loan losses.

How We Determine the Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for loan losses includes an element for estimated probable but undetected losses and for imprecision in the credit risk models used to calculate the allowance. As part of the Problem Loan Reporting system review, the Company analyzes the loan for purposes of calculating our specific impairment reserves and a general reserve.

Specific Impairment Reserves:

Loans with a credit risk rating of a 6, 7 or 8 are reviewed on a monthly basis to determine if (a) an amount is deemed uncollectible (a charge-off) or (b) there is an amount with respect to which it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan (a specific impairment reserve). Loans which are not assigned a specific reserve are included in the determination of the general reserve.

General Reserves:

For loans with a credit risk rating of 5 or better and loans with a risk rating of 6, 7 or 8 with no specific reserve, reserves are established based on the type of loan collateral, if any, and the assigned credit risk rating. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current environmental factors and economic trends, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.

We determine this component of the allowance for loan losses by classifying each loan into (i) one of 87 categories based on the type of collateral that secures the loan (if any), and (ii) one of nine categories based on the credit risk rating of the loan, as described above under “Past Due Loans and Non-Performing Assets.” Each combination of collateral and credit risk rating is then assigned a specific loss factor that incorporates the following factors:

	•	historical underwriting loss factor;
	•	changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices not considered elsewhere in estimating credit losses;
	•	changes in national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectibility of the portfolio;
	•	changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and in the terms of the loans;
	•	changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;
	•	changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of non-accrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;
	•	changes in the quality of the bank’s loan review system;
	•	changes in the underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans;
	•	the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and
	•	the effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the bank’s existing portfolio.
Recent Refinements to the Methodology:

The Company’s methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses was refined in the second quarter of 2008, in order to:

• expand and standardize the classification of collateral at each of the Company’s 15 subsidiary banks;

• comply with emerging regulatory guidance to modify our credit risk rating processes; and

• facilitate the development of a model for determining the allowance for loan losses on a loan-by-loan basis.

The refined methodology was developed in consultation with the examination teams of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the State of Illinois and the State of Wisconsin, and we believe it provides a greater level of detail to management within the existing process. The refined methodology did not result in a materially different determination of the allowance for loan losses, but has given our management a greater level of detail by providing the appropriate allowance for loan losses on a loan-by-loan basis.

Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Loans:

The determination of the appropriate allowance for loan losses for residential real estate and home equity loans differs slightly from the process used for commercial and commercial real estate loans. The same credit risk rating system, Problem Loan Reporting system, collateral coding methodology and loss factor assignment are used. The only significant difference is in how the credit risk ratings are assigned to these loans.

65

The home equity loan portfolio is reviewed on a loan by loan basis by analyzing current FICO scores of the borrowers, line availability, recent line usage and the aging status of the loan. Certain of these factors, or combination of these factors, may cause a portion of the credit risk ratings of home equity loans across all banks to be downgraded. Similar to commercial and commercial real estate loans, once a home equity loan’s credit risk rating is downgraded to a 6 or worse, the Company’s Managed Asset Division reviews and advises the subsidiary banks as to collateral valuations and as to the ultimate resolution of the credits that deteriorate to a non-accrual status to minimize losses. Residential real estate loans that are downgraded to a credit risk rating of 6 or worse also enter the Problem Loan Reporting system and have the underlying collateral evaluated by the Managed Assets Division.

Premium Finance Receivables and Indirect Consumer Loans:

The determination of the appropriate allowance for loan losses for premium finance receivables and indirect consumer loans is based solely on the aging (collection status) of the portfolios. Due to the large number of generally smaller sized and homogenous credits in these portfolios, these loans are not individually assigned a credit risk rating. Loss factors are assigned to each delinquency category in order to calculate an allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses for these categories is entirely a general reserve.

Effects of Economic Recession and Real Estate Market:

The Company’s primary markets, which are mostly in suburban Chicago, have not experienced the same levels of credit deterioration in residential mortgage and home equity loans as certain other major metropolitan markets, such as Miami, Phoenix or Southern California, however the Company’s markets have clearly been under stress. As of December 31, 2009, home equity loans and residential mortgages comprised 11% and 4%, respectively, of the Company’s total loan portfolio. At present, approximately only 2% of all of the Company’s residential mortgage loans and approximately only 1% of all of the Company’s home equity loans are more than one payment past due. Although there is stress in the Chicago metropolitan and southeastern Wisconsin markets, our portfolios of residential mortgages and home equity loans are performing reasonably well as reflected in the aging of the Company’s loan portfolio table shown earlier in this section.

Methodology in Assessing Impairment and Charge-off Amounts

In determining the amount of impairment or charge-offs associated with a loan, the Company values the loan generally by starting with a valuation obtained from an appraisal of the underlying collateral and then deducting estimated selling costs to arrive at a net appraised value. We obtain the appraisals of the underlying collateral from one of a pre-approved list of independent, third party appraisal firms.

In many cases, the Company simultaneously values the underlying collateral by marketing the property or related note to market participants interested in purchasing properties of the same type. If the Company receives offers or indications of interest, we will analyze the price and review market conditions to assess whether in light of such information the appraised value overstates the likely price and that a lower price would be a better assessment of the market value of the property and would enable us to liquidate the collateral. Additionally, the Company takes into account the strength of any guarantees and the ability of the borrower to provide value related to those guarantees in determining the ultimate charge-off or reserve associated with any impaired loans. Accordingly, the Company may charge-off a loan to a value below the net appraised value if it believes that an expeditious liquidation is desirable in the circumstance and it has legitimate offers or other indications of interest to support a value that is less than the net appraised value. Alternatively, the Company may carry a loan at a value that is in excess of the appraised value if the Company has a guarantee from a borrower that the Company believes has realizable value. In evaluating the strength of any guarantee, the Company evaluates the financial wherewithal of the guarantor, the guarantor’s reputation, and the guarantor’s willingness and desire to work with the Company. The Company then conducts a review of the strength of a guarantee on a frequency established as the circumstances and conditions of the borrower warrant.

In circumstances where the Company has received an appraisal but has no third party offers or indications of interest, the Company may enlist the input of realtors in the local market as to the highest valuation that the realtor believes would result in a liquidation of the property given a reasonable marketing period of approximately 90 days. To the extent that the realtors’ indication of market clearing price under such scenario is less than the net appraised valuation, the Company may take a charge-off on the loan to a valuation that is less than the net appraised valuation.

The Company may also charge-off a loan below the net appraised valuation if the Company holds a junior mortgage position in a piece of collateral whereby the risk to acquiring control of the property through the purchase of the senior mortgage position is deemed to potentially increase the risk of loss upon liquidation due to the amount of time to ultimately market the property and the volatile market conditions. In such cases, the Company may abandon its junior mortgage and charge-off the loan balance in full.

66

In other cases, the Company may allow the borrower to conduct a “short sale,” which is a sale where the Company allows the borrower to sell the property at a value less than the amount of the loan. Many times, it is possible for the current owner to receive a better price than if the property is marketed by a financial institution which the market place perceives to have a greater desire to liquidate the property at a lower price. To the extent that we allow a short sale at a price below the value indicated by an appraisal, we may take a charge-off beyond the value that an appraisal would have indicated.

Other market conditions may require a reserve to bring the carrying value of the loan below the net appraised valuation such as litigation surrounding the borrower and/or property securing our loan or other market conditions impacting the value of the collateral.

Having determined the net value based on the factors such as noted above and compared that value to the book value of the loan, the Company arrives at a charge-off amount or a specific reserve included in the allowance for loan losses. In summary, for collateral dependent loans, appraisals are used as the fair value starting point in the estimate of net value. Estimated costs to sell are deducted from the appraised value to arrive at the net appraised value. Although an external appraisal is the primary source of valuation utilized for charge-offs on collateral dependent loans, we may utilize values obtained through purchase and sale agreements, legitimate indications of interest, negotiated short sales, realtor price opinions, sale of the note or support from guarantors as the basis for charge-offs. These alternative sources of value are used only if deemed to be more representative of value based on updated information regarding collateral resolution. In addition, if an appraisal is not deemed current, a discount to appraised value may be utilized. Any adjustments from appraised value to net value are detailed and justified in an impairment analysis, which is reviewed and approved by the Company’s Managed Assets Division.

Restructured Loans

During the fourth quarter of 2009, primarily in December, the Company restructured 30 credit relationships in which economic concessions were granted to financially distressed borrowers to better align the terms of their loans with their current ability to pay. These actions were taken on a case-by-case basis working with financially distressed borrowers to find a concession that would assist them in retaining their businesses or their homes and keep these loans in an accruing status for the Company. In each case, the Company reduced the interest rates to a level below the available market rate for the borrower.

These 30 credits totaled $32.4 million, comprised of $10.9 million of commercial, $21.3 million of commercial real estate and $0.2 million of residential real estate. Only one credit, totaling $679,000 was in a nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2009 with the remaining $31.7 million in an accruing status. Any restructured loan with a below market rate concession that becomes nonaccrual subsequent to its restructuring will remain classified by he Company as a restructured loan for its duration.

Since all but one of the restructured loans was in an accruing status at all times prior to its restructuring and was in an accruing status as of December 31, 2009, the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is maintained through the Company’s normal reserving methodology.

Each restructured loan was reviewed for collateral impairment at December 31, 2009 and no such collateral impairment was present. Additionally, none of these loans at December 31, 2009 had impairment based on the present value of expected cash flows, thus there was no impact on interest income.

Potential Problem Loans

Management believes that any loan where there are serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms should be identified as a non-performing loan and should be included in the disclosure of “Past Due Loans and Non-performing Assets.” Accordingly, at the periods presented in this report, the Company has no potential problem loans as defined by SEC regulations.

Loan Concentrations

Loan concentrations are considered to exist when there are amounts loaned to multiple borrowers engaged in similar activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions. The Company had no concentrations of loans exceeding 10% of total loans at December 31, 2009, except for loans included in the specialty finance operating segment, which are diversified throughout the United States.

67

Other Real Estate Owned

The table below presents a summary of other real estate owned as of December 31, 2009 and shows the changes in the balance from December 31, 2008 for each property type:

							Residential
	Residential						Real Estate						Commercial						Total
	Real Estate						Development						Real Estate						Balance
(Dollars in Thousands)	Amount			R			Amount			R			Amount			R			Amount			R
Balance at December 31, 2008	$	6,907			12		$	21,712			14		$	3,953			4		$	32,572			30
Transfers in at Fair Value less estimated costs to sell		14,422			23			60,062			26			37,531			36			112,015			85
Fair Value adjustments		(72	)		—			(7,894	)		—			(458	)		—			(8,424	)		—
Resolved		(15,368	)		(29	)		(31,888	)		(22	)		(8,744	)		(14	)		(56,000	)		(65	)
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	5,889			6		$	41,992			18		$	32,282			26		$	80,163			50

R — Number of relationships

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company and the Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements established by the federal banking agencies that take into account risk attributable to balance sheet and off-balance sheet activities. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly discretionary — actions by regulators, that if undertaken could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, of which at least 4.0% must be in the form of Tier 1 Capital. The Federal Reserve also requires a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total assets of 3.0% for strong bank holding companies (those rated a composite “1” under the Federal Reserve’s rating system). For all other bank holding companies, the minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total assets is 4.0%. In addition the Federal Reserve continues to consider the Tier 1 leverage ratio in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

The following table summarizes the capital guidelines for bank holding companies, as well as certain ratios relating to the Company’s equity and assets as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

							Wintrust’s			Wintrust’s			Wintrust’s
				Well			Ratios at			Ratios at			Ratios at
	Minimum			Capitalized			Year-end			Year-end			Year-end
	Ratios			Ratios			2009			2008			2007
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio		4.0	%		5.0	%		9.3	%		10.6	%		7.7	%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets		4.0	%		6.0	%		11.0	%		11.6	%		8.7	%
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets		8.0	%		10.0	%		12.4	%		13.1	%		10.2	%
Total average equity to total average assets		N/A			N/A			9.5	%		8.0	%		7.7	%
Dividend payout ratio		N/A			N/A			12.4	%		47.4	%		14.3	%

As reflected in the table, each of the Company’s capital ratios at December 31, 2009, exceeded the well-capitalized ratios established by the Federal Reserve. Refer to Note 20 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the capital positions of the Banks. In December 2008, the Company sold fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series B (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and warrant to the federal government in connection with the Company’s participation in Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, these were the only funds received by the Company from the federal government. Without the CPP funds, however, Wintrust would have been “well capitalized” as of December 31, 2008.

The Company’s principal sources of funds at the holding company level are dividends from its subsidiaries, borrowings under its loan agreement with unaffiliated banks and proceeds from the issuances of subordinated debt, junior subordinated debentures and additional equity. Refer to Notes 12, 14, 16 and 24 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Company’s notes payable, subordinated notes, junior subordinated debentures and shareholders’ equity, respectively. Management is committed to maintaining the Company’s capital levels above the “Well Capitalized” levels established by the Federal Reserve for bank holding companies.

68

The Company’s Board of Directors approved the first semiannual dividend on the Company’s common stock in January 2000 and has continued to approve semi-annual dividends since that time; however, our ability to declare a dividend is limited by our financial condition, the terms of our 8.00% non-cumulative perpetual convertible preferred stock, Series A, the terms of our Series B Preferred Stock and by the terms of our credit agreement. In January and July 2009, Wintrust declared semi-annual cash dividends of $0.18 and $0.09 per common share, respectively. In January and July 2008, Wintrust declared semi-annual cash dividends of $0.18 per common share.

Participation in the CPP creates restrictions upon the Company’s ability to increase dividends on its common stock or to repurchase its common stock until three years have elapsed, unless (i) all of the preferred stock issued to the Treasury are redeemed, (ii) all of the preferred stock issued to the Treasury have been transferred to third parties, or (iii) the Company receives the consent of the Treasury. In addition, the Treasury has the right to appoint two additional directors to the Wintrust board if the Company misses dividend payments for six dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, on the Series B Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the terms of the certificate of designations creating the CPP preferred stock, the Company’s board will be automatically expanded to include such directors, upon the occurrence of the foregoing conditions.

Taking into account the limitation on the payment of dividends in connection with the Series B Preferred Stock, the final determination of timing, amount and payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend on the Company’s earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other relevant factors. Additionally, the payment of dividends is also subject to statutory restrictions and restrictions arising under the terms of the Company’s Trust Preferred Securities offerings and under certain financial covenants in the Company’s credit agreement. Under the terms of the Company’s revolving credit facility entered into on October 30, 2009, the Company is prohibited from paying dividends on any equity interests, including its common stock and preferred stock, if such payments would cause the Company to be in default under its credit facility.

Banking laws impose restrictions upon the amount of dividends that can be paid to the holding company by the Banks. Based on these laws, the Banks could, subject to minimum capital requirements, declare dividends to the Company without obtaining regulatory approval in an amount not exceeding (a) undivided profits, and (b) the amount of net income reduced by dividends paid for the current and prior two years.

At January 1, 2010, subject to minimum capital requirements at the Banks, approximately $18.5 million was available as dividends from the Banks without prior regulatory approval and without compromising the Banks’ well-capitalized positions. Since the Banks are required to maintain their capital at the well-capitalized level (due to the Company being a financial holding company), funds otherwise available as dividends from the Banks are limited to the amount that would not reduce any of the Banks’ capital ratios below the well-capitalized level. During 2009, 2008 and 2007 the subsidiaries paid dividends to Wintrust totaling $100.0 million, $73.2 million and $105.9 million, respectively.

Liquidity management at the Banks involves planning to meet anticipated funding needs at a reasonable cost. Liquidity management is guided by policies, formulated and monitored by the Company’s senior management and each Bank’s asset/liability committee, which take into account the marketability of assets, the sources and stability of funding and the level of unfunded commitments. The Banks’ principal sources of funds are deposits, short-term borrowings and capital contributions from the holding company. In addition, the Banks are eligible to borrow under Federal Home Loan Bank advances and certain Banks are eligible to borrow at the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window, another source of liquidity.

Core deposits are the most stable source of liquidity for community banks due to the nature of long-term relationships generally established with depositors and the security of deposit insurance provided by the FDIC. Core deposits are generally defined in the industry as total deposits less time deposits with balances greater than $100,000. Due to the affluent nature of many of the communities that the Company serves, management believes that many of its time deposits with balances in excess of $100,000 are also a stable source of funds. The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended, temporarily increased federal deposit insurance on most deposit accounts from $100,000 to $250,000. This basic deposit insurance limit is scheduled to return to $100,000 after December 31, 2013. In addition, each of our subsidiary banks elected to participate in the TAG, which provides unlimited FDIC insurance coverage for the entire account balance in exchange for an additional insurance premium to be paid by the depository institution for accounts with balances in excess of the current FDIC insurance limit of $250,000. This additional insurance coverage continues through June 30, 2010.

69

While the Company obtains a portion of its total deposits through brokered deposits, the Company does so primarily as an asset-liability management tool to assist in the management of interest rate risk, and the Company does not consider brokered deposits to be a vital component of its current liquidity resources. For example, as of December 31, 2009, Wintrust had approximately $1.2 billion of cash, overnight funds and interest-bearing deposits with other banks (primarily the Federal Reserve) on its books, but only maintained $873.4 million of brokered deposits. Historically, brokered deposits have represented a small component of the Company’s total deposits outstanding, as set forth in the table below:

(Dollars in thousands)

	December 31,
	2009			2008			2007			2006			2005
Total Deposits	$	9,917,074			8,376,750			7,471,441			7,869,240			6,729,434
Brokered Deposits (1)		927,722			800,042			505,069			591,579			515,745
Brokered Deposits as a percentage of Total Deposits (1)		9.4	%		9.6	%		6.8	%		7.5	%		7.7	%

(1) Brokered Deposits include certificates of deposit obtained through deposit brokers, deposits received through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Program (“CDARS”), as well as wealth management deposits of brokerage customers from unaffiliated companies which have been placed into deposit accounts of the banks.

The Banks routinely accept deposits from a variety of municipal entities. Typically, these municipal entities require that banks pledge marketable securities to collateralize these public deposits. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Banks had approximately $865.2 million and $1.1 billion, respectively, of securities collateralizing such public deposits and other short-term borrowings. These public deposits requiring pledged assets are not considered to be core deposits, however they provide the Company with a more reliable, lower cost, short-term funding source than what is available through other wholesale alternatives.

As discussed in Note 6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, in September 2009, the Company’s subsidiary, FIFC, sponsored a QSPE that issued $600 million in aggregate principal amount of its Notes. The QSPE’s obligations under the Notes are secured by loans made to buyers of property and casualty insurance policies to finance the related premiums payable by the buyers to the insurance companies for the policies. At the time of issuance, the Notes were eligible collateral under TALF and certain investors therefore received non-recourse funding from the New York Fed in order to purchase the Notes. As a result, FIFC believes it received greater proceeds at lower interest rates from the securitization than it otherwise would have received in a non-TALF-eligible transaction.

Other than as discussed in this section, the Company is not aware of any known trends, commitments, events, regulatory recommendations or uncertainties that would have any adverse effect on the Company’s capital resources, operations or liquidity.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS, COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

The Company has various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments, that may require future cash payments.

Contractual Obligations. The following table presents, as of December 31, 2009, significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced note to the Consolidated Financial Statements:

			Payments Due In
	Note		One Year		1 - 3		3 - 5		Over
	Reference		or Less		Years		Years		5 Years		Total
			(in thousands)
Deposits (1)		11	$	8,689,182		1,083,371		144,217		318		9,917,088
Notes payable		12		—		—		—		1,000		1,000
FHLB advances (1) (2)		13		15,500		212,000		48,500		155,000		431,000
Subordinated notes		14		10,000		30,000		15,000		5,000		60,000
Other borrowings		15		93,999		32,500		120,938		—		247,437
Junior subordinated debentures		16		—		—		—		249,493		249,493
Operating leases		17		4,420		8,255		5,908		14,591		33,174
Purchase obligations (3)				17,002		16,919		434		138		34,493
Total			$	8,830,103		1,383,045		334,997		425,540		10,973,685

(1)	Excludes basis adjustment for purchase accounting valuations.
(2)	Certain advances provide the FHLB with call dates which are not reflected in the above table.
(3)	Purchase obligations presented above primarily relate to certain contractual obligations for services related to the construction of facilities, data processing and the outsourcing of certain operational activities.

70

The Company also enters into derivative contracts under which the Company is required to either receive cash from or pay cash to counterparties depending on changes in interest rates. Derivative contracts are carried at fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market rates as of the balance sheet date. Because the derivative assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheet at December 31, 2009 do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under these contracts, these assets and liabilities are not included in the table of contractual obligations presented above.

Commitments. The following table presents a summary of the amounts and expected maturities of significant commitments as of December 31, 2009. Further information on these commitments is included in Note 21 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

	One Year		1-3		3 - 5		Over
	or Less		Years		Years		5 Years		Total
	(in thousands)
Commitment type:
Commercial, commercial real estate and construction	$	1,259,257		329,419		50,571		33,964		1,673,211
Residential real estate		369,687		—		—		—		369,687
Revolving home equity lines of credit		854,244		—		—		—		854,244
Letters of credit		92,290		32,341		36,606		644		161,881
Commitments to sell mortgage loans		637,583		—		—		—		637,583

Contingencies. The Company enters into residential mortgage loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. These agreements usually require certain representations concerning credit information, loan documentation, collateral and insurability. On occasion, investors have requested the Company to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans which the investors believe do not comply with applicable representations. Upon completion of its own investigation, the Company generally repurchases or provides indemnification on certain loans. Indemnification requests are generally received within two years subsequent to sale. Management maintains a liability for estimated losses on loans expected to be repurchased or on which indemnification is expected to be provided and regularly evaluates the adequacy of this recourse liability based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests, actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loans, and current economic conditions. At December 31, 2009 the liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification was $3.4 million and was included in other liabilities on the balance sheet.

On July 28, 2009, FIFC purchased a portfolio of domestic life insurance premium finance receivables. At closing, a portion of the portfolio with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $232.8 million was placed in escrow, pending the receipt of required third party consents. These consents were required to effect the transfer of certain collateral (i.e., letters of credit, brokerage accounts, etc.) to be held for the benefit of FIFC. The parties agreed that to the extent any of the required consents were not obtained prior to October 28, 2010, the corresponding portion of the portfolio would be reassumed by the applicable seller, and the corresponding portion of the purchase price would be returned to FIFC. As of December 31, 2009, required consents were received related to approximately $182.5 million of the escrowed purchase price with approximately $50.3 million of escrowed purchase price related to required consents remaining to be received. See Note 8 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of this transaction.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

Effects of Inflation

A banking organization’s assets and liabilities are primarily monetary. Changes in the rate of inflation do not have as great an impact on the financial condition of a bank as do changes in interest rates. Moreover, interest rates do not necessarily change at the same percentage as does inflation. Accordingly, changes in inflation are not expected to have a material impact on the Company. An analysis of the Company’s asset and liability structure provides the best indication of how the organization is positioned to respond to changing interest rates.

71

Asset-Liability Management

As an ongoing part of its financial strategy, the Company attempts to manage the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. This effort entails providing a reasonable balance between interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and maintenance of yield. Asset-liability management policies are established and monitored by management in conjunction with the boards of directors of the Banks, subject to general oversight by the Risk Management Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. The policies establish guidelines for acceptable limits on the sensitivity of the market value of assets and liabilities to changes in interest rates.

Interest rate risk arises when the maturity or repricing periods and interest rate indices of the interest earning assets, interest bearing liabilities, and derivative financial instruments are different. It is the risk that changes in the level of market interest rates will result in disproportionate changes in the value of, and the net earnings generated from, the Company’s interest earning assets, interest bearing liabilities and derivative financial instruments. The Company continuously monitors not only the organization’s current net interest margin, but also the historical trends of these margins. In addition, management attempts to identify potential adverse changes in net interest income in future years as a result of interest rate fluctuations by performing simulation analysis of various interest rate environments. If a potential adverse change in net interest margin and/or net income is identified, management would take appropriate actions with its asset-liability structure to mitigate these potentially adverse situations. Please refer to Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further discussion of the net interest margin.

Since the Company’s primary source of interest bearing liabilities is from customer deposits, the Company’s ability to manage the types and terms of such deposits may be somewhat limited by customer preferences and local competition in the market areas in which the Banks operate. The rates, terms and interest rate indices of the Company’s interest earning assets result primarily from the Company’s strategy of investing in loans and securities that permit the Company to limit its exposure to interest rate risk, together with credit risk, while at the same time achieving an acceptable interest rate spread.

The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk is reviewed on a regular basis by management and the Risk Management Committees of the boards of directors of each of the Banks and the Company. The objective is to measure the effect on net income and to adjust balance sheet and derivative financial instruments to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximize net interest income.

Management measures its exposure to changes in interest rates using many different interest rate scenarios. One interest rate scenario utilized is to measure the percentage change in net interest income assuming a ramped increase and decrease of 100 and 200 basis points that occurs in equal steps over a twelve-month time horizon. Utilizing this measurement concept, the interest rate risk of the Company, expressed as a percentage change in net interest income over a one-year time horizon due to changes in interest rates, at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, is as follows:

	+ 200			+ 100			- 100			- 200
	Basis			Basis			Basis			Basis
	Points			Points			Points			Points
Percentage change in net interest income due to a ramped 100 and 200 basis point shift in the yield curve:
December 31, 2009		3.7	%		1.5	%		(2.4	)%		(6.6	)%
December 31, 2008		2.0	%		(0.3	)%		(4.2	)%		(6.7	)%

This simulation analysis is based upon actual cash flows and repricing characteristics for balance sheet instruments and incorporates management’s projections of the future volume and pricing of each of the product lines offered by the Company as well as other pertinent assumptions. Actual results may differ from these simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

One method utilized by financial institutions to manage interest rate risk is to enter into derivative financial instruments. A derivative financial instrument includes interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, futures, forwards, option contracts and other financial instruments with similar characteristics. Additionally, the Company enters into commitments to fund certain mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans to third party investors. See Note 22 of the Financial Statements presented under Item 8 of this report for further information on the Company’s derivative financial instruments.

During 2009 and 2008, the Company also entered into certain covered call option transactions related to certain securities held by the Company. The Company uses these option transactions (rather than entering into other derivative interest rate contracts, such as interest rate floors) to increase the total return associated with the related securities. Although the revenue received from these options is recorded as non-interest income rather than interest income, the increased return attributable to the related securities from these options contributes to the Company’s overall profitability. The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk may be impacted by these transactions. To mitigate this risk, the Company may acquire fixed rate term debt or use financial derivative instruments. There were no covered call options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.

72

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Wintrust Financial Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Wintrust Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Wintrust Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Wintrust Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 1, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Chicago, Illinois
March 1, 2010

73

WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
(In thousands, except share data)

	December 31,
	2009			2008
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	135,133			219,794
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements		23,483			226,110
Interest bearing deposits with banks		1,025,663			123,009
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value		1,328,815			784,673
Trading account securities		33,774			4,399
Brokerage customer receivables		20,871			17,901
Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at fair value		265,786			51,029
Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market		9,929			10,087
Loans, net of unearned income		8,411,771			7,621,069
Less: Allowance for loan losses		98,277			69,767
Net loans		8,313,494			7,551,302
Premises and equipment, net		350,345			349,875
Accrued interest receivable and other assets		416,678			240,664
Trade date securities receivable		—			788,565
Goodwill		278,025			276,310
Other intangible assets		13,624			14,608
Total assets	$	12,215,620			10,658,326
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Deposits:
Non-interest bearing	$	864,306			757,844
Interest bearing		9,052,768			7,618,906
Total deposits		9,917,074			8,376,750
Notes payable		1,000			1,000
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		430,987			435,981
Other borrowings		247,437			336,764
Subordinated notes		60,000			70,000
Junior subordinated debentures		249,493			249,515
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities		170,990			121,744
Total liabilities		11,076,981			9,591,754
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, no par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized:
Series A — $1,000 liquidation value; 50,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008		49,379			49,379
Series B — $1,000 liquidation value; 250,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008		235,445			232,494
Common stock, no par value; $1.00 stated value; 60,000,000 shares authorized; 27,079,308 and 26,610,714 shares issued at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively		27,079			26,611
Surplus		589,939			571,887
Treasury stock, at cost, 2,872,489 and 2,854,040 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively		(122,733	)		(122,290	)
Retained earnings		366,152			318,793
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(6,622	)		(10,302	)
Total shareholders’ equity		1,138,639			1,066,572
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	12,215,620			10,658,326

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

74

WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
Interest income
Interest and fees on loans	$	465,777			443,849			525,610
Interest bearing deposits with banks		3,574			340			841
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements		271			1,333			3,774
Securities		57,371			68,101			79,402
Trading account securities		106			102			55
Brokerage customer receivables		515			998			1,875
Total interest income		527,614			514,723			611,557
Interest expense
Interest on deposits		171,259			219,437			294,914
Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances		18,002			18,266			17,558
Interest on notes payable and other borrowings		7,064			10,718			13,794
Interest on subordinated notes		1,627			3,486			5,181
Interest on junior subordinated debentures		17,786			18,249			18,560
Total interest expense		215,738			270,156			350,007
Net interest income		311,876			244,567			261,550
Provision for credit losses		167,932			57,441			14,879
Net interest income after provision for credit losses		143,944			187,126			246,671
Non-interest income
Wealth management		28,357			29,385			31,341
Mortgage banking		68,527			21,258			14,888
Service charges on deposit accounts		13,037			10,296			8,386
Gain on sales of premium finance receivables		8,576			2,524			2,040
Fees from covered call options		1,998			29,024			2,628
(Losses) gains on available-for-sale securities, net		(268	)		(4,171	)		2,997
Gain on bargain purchase		156,013			—			—
Trading income		27,692			291			265
Other		13,715			11,071			17,398
Total non-interest income		317,647			99,678			79,943
Non-interest expense
Salaries and employee benefits		186,878			145,087			141,816
Equipment		16,119			16,215			15,363
Occupancy, net		23,806			22,918			21,987
Data processing		12,982			11,573			10,420
Advertising and marketing		5,369			5,351			5,318
Professional fees		13,399			8,824			7,090
Amortization of other intangible assets		2,784			3,129			3,861
FDIC Insurance		21,199			5,600			3,713
OREO expenses, net		18,963			2,023			(34	)
Other		42,588			35,443			33,256
Total non-interest expense		344,087			256,163			242,790
Income before income taxes		117,504			30,641			83,824
Income tax expense		44,435			10,153			28,171
Net income	$	73,069			20,488			55,653
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion		19,556			2,076			—
Net income applicable to common shares	$	53,513			18,412			55,653
Net income per common share — Basic	$	2.23			0.78			2.31
Net income per common share — Diluted	$	2.18			0.76			2.24
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.27			0.36			0.32
Weighted average common shares outstanding		24,010			23,624			24,107
Dilutive potential common shares		2,335			507			781
Average common shares and dilutive common shares		26,345			24,131			24,888

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

75

WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except share data)

														Accumulated
														other			Total
	Preferred		Common					Treasury			Retained			comprehensive			shareholders’
	stock		stock		Surplus			stock			earnings			income (loss)			equity
Balance at December 31, 2006	$	—		25,802		519,914			(16,343	)		261,734			(17,761	)		773,346
Comprehensive income:
Net income		—		—		—			—			55,653			—			55,653
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Unrealized gains on securities, net of reclassification adjustment		—		—		—			—			—			8,185			8,185
Unrealized losses on derivative instruments		—		—		—			—			—			(4,096	)		(4,096	)
Comprehensive Income																		59,742
Cash dividends declared on common stock		—		—		—			—			(7,831	)		—			(7,831	)
Common stock repurchases		—		—		—			(105,853	)		—			—			(105,853	)
Stock-based compensation		—		—		10,846			—			—			—			10,846
Common stock issued for:
Exercise of stock options and warrants		—		312		6,930			—			—			—			7,242
Restricted stock awards		—		112		(472	)		—			—			—			(360	)
Employee stock purchase plan		—		39		1,652			—			—			—			1,691
Director compensation plan		—		16		716			—			—			—			732
Balance at December 31, 2007	$	—		26,281		539,586			(122,196	)		309,556			(13,672	)		739,555
Comprehensive income:
Net income		—		—		—			—			20,488			—			20,488
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Unrealized gains on securities, net of reclassification adjustment		—		—		—			—			—			10,429			10,429
Unrealized losses on derivative instruments		—		—		—			—			—			(7,059	)		(7,059	)
Comprehensive Income																		23,858
Cash dividends declared on common stock		—		—		—			—			(8,487	)		—			(8,487	)
Dividends on preferred stock		115		—		—			—			(2,076	)		—			(1,961	)
Common stock repurchases		—		—		—			(94	)		—			—			(94	)
Stock-based compensation		—		—		9,936			—			—			—			9,936
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for split-dollar life insurance		—		—		—			—			(688	)		—			(688	)
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs		281,758		—		17,500			—			—			—			299,258
Common stock issued for:
Exercise of stock options and warrants		—		142		3,136			—			—			—			3,278
Restricted stock awards		—		112		(835	)		—			—			—			(723	)
Employee stock purchase plan		—		46		1,434			—			—			—			1,480
Director compensation plan		—		30		1,130			—			—			—			1,160
Balance at December 31, 2008	$	281,873		26,611		571,887			(122,290	)		318,793			(10,302	)		1,066,572
Comprehensive income:
Net income		—		—		—			—			73,069			—			73,069
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Unrealized gains on securities, net of reclassification adjustment		—		—		—			—			—			877			877
Unrealized gains on derivative instruments		—		—		—			—			—			3,112			3,112
Comprehensive Income																		77,058
Cash dividends declared on common stock		—		—		—			—			(6,463	)		—			(6,463	)
Dividends on preferred stock		—		—		—			—			(16,605	)		—			(16,605	)
Accretion on preferred stock		2,951		—		—			—			(2,951	)		—			—
Common stock repurchases		—		—		—			(443	)		—			—			(443	)
Stock-based compensation		—		—		6,853			—			—			—			6,853
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for other-than-temporary impairment		—		—		—			—			309			(309	)		—
Common stock issued for:
Exercise of stock options and warrants		—		213		3,144			—			—			—			3,357
Restricted stock awards		—		84		(835	)		—			—			—			(751	)
Employee stock purchase plan		—		119		2,376			—			—			—			2,495
Director compensation plan		—		52		6,514			—			—			—			6,566
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	284,824		27,079		589,939			(122,733	)		366,152			(6,622	)		1,138,639

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

76

WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
Operating Activities:
Net income	$	73,069			20,488			55,653
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used for) provided by operating activities:
Provision for credit losses		167,932			57,441			14,879
Depreciation and amortization		20,508			20,566			20,010
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)		51,279			(11,790	)		(4,837	)
Stock-based compensation		6,853			9,936			10,845
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation arrangements		81			355			2,024
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements		(981	)		(693	)		(2,623	)
Net amortization (accretion) of premium on securities		1,729			(2,453	)		618
Mortgage servicing rights fair value change and amortization, net		2,031			2,365			1,030
Originations and purchases of mortgage loans held-for-sale		(4,666,506	)		(1,553,929	)		(1,949,742	)
Originations of premium finance receivables held-for-sale		(1,146,342	)		—			—
Proceeds from sales and securitizations of premium finance receivables held-for-sale		462,580			—			—
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held-for-sale		4,503,982			1,615,773			1,997,445
Bank owned life insurance, net of claims		(2,044	)		(1,622	)		(3,521	)
Gain on sales of premium finance receivables		(8,576	)		(2,524	)		(2,040	)
(Increase) decrease in trading securities, net		(29,375	)		(2,828	)		753
Net (increase) decrease in brokerage customer receivables		(2,970	)		6,305			(166	)
Gain on mortgage loans sold		(52,075	)		(13,408	)		(12,341	)
Loss (gain) on available-for-sale securities, net		268			4,171			(2,997	)
Bargain purchase gain		(156,013	)		—			—
Loss (gain) on sales of premises and equipment, net		362			91			(2,529	)
Increase in accrued interest receivable and other assets, net		(64,393	)		(1,275	)		(1,589	)
(Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities, net		(2,427	)		4,322			(5,496	)
Net Cash (Used for) Provided by Operating Activities		(841,028	)		151,291			115,376
Investing Activities:
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities		1,423,164			882,765			801,547
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities		1,273,634			808,558			252,706
Purchases of available-for-sale securities		(2,457,086	)		(1,851,545	)		(586,817	)
Proceeds from sales and securitizations of premium finance receivables		600,000			217,834			229,994
Net cash paid for acquisitions		(745,916	)		—			(11,594	)
Net (increase) decrease in interest bearing deposits with banks		(902,654	)		(112,599	)		8,849
Net increase in loans		(38,775	)		(1,121,116	)		(487,676	)
Redemptions of Bank Owned Life Insurance		—			—			1,306
Purchases of premises and equipment, net		(18,275	)		(28,632	)		(42,829	)
Net Cash (Used for) Provided by Investing Activities		(865,908	)		(1,204,735	)		165,486
Financing Activities:
Increase (decrease) in deposit accounts		1,540,308			905,256			(397,938	)
(Decrease) increase in other borrowings, net		(89,327	)		82,330			39,801
(Decrease) increase in notes payable, net		—			(59,700	)		47,950
(Decrease) increase in Federal Home Loan Bank advances, net		(5,000	)		20,802			89,698
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		—			299,258			—
Repayment of subordinated notes		(10,000	)		(5,000	)		—
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements		981			693			2,623
Issuance of common stock resulting from exercise of stock options, employee stock purchase plan and conversion of common stock warrants		4,912			3,680			6,550
Common stock repurchases		(443	)		(94	)		(105,853	)
Dividends paid		(21,783	)		(9,031	)		(7,831	)
Net Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities		1,419,648			1,238,194			(325,000	)
Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents		(287,288	)		184,750			(44,138	)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year		445,904			261,154			305,292
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year	$	158,616			445,904			261,154
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	218,602			274,701			351,795
Income taxes, net		8,646			20,843			30,992
Acquisitions:
Fair value of assets acquired, including cash and cash equivalents		911,023			—			59,683
Value ascribed to goodwill and other intangible assets		1,800			—			7,221
Fair value of liabilities assumed		—			—			53,095
Non-cash activities
Transfer to other real estate owned from loans		112,015			34,778			5,427

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

77

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting policies of Wintrust and its subsidiaries conform to generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States and prevailing practices of the banking industry. In the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts contained in the consolidated financial statements. Management believes that the estimates made are reasonable; however, changes in estimates may be required if economic or other conditions change beyond management’s expectations. Reclassifications of certain prior year amounts have been made to conform to the current year presentation. The following is a summary of the Company’s more significant accounting policies.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of Wintrust include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 1, 2010, the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company. The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding is increased by the assumed conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock from the beginning of the year or date of issuance, if later, and the number of common shares that would be issued assuming the exercise of stock options and the issuance of restricted shares using the treasury stock method. The adjustments to the weighted-average common shares outstanding are only made when such adjustments will dilute earnings per common share.

Business Combinations

Subsequent to new accounting guidance effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2008, business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Under the revised guidance, which is now part of ASC 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”), the Company recognizes the full fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, immediately expenses transaction costs and accounts for restructuring plans separately from the business combination. The application of ASC 805 eliminates separate recognition of the acquired allowance for loan losses on the acquirer’s balance sheet as credit related factors are incorporated directly into the fair value of the loans recorded at the acquisition date. The excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired is to be recorded as goodwill. Alternatively, a gain is recorded equal to the amount by which the fair value of assets purchased exceeds the fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid.

Prior to annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2008 business combinations were accounted for by the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method, the cost of an acquisition was allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values.

Under both methods of accounting, results of operations of the acquired business are included in the income statement from the effective date of acquisition.

Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, Wintrust considers cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, non-interest bearing amounts due from correspondent banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements with original maturities of three months or less, to be cash equivalents.

Securities

The Company classifies securities upon purchase in one of three categories: trading, held-to-maturity, or available-for-sale. Debt and equity securities held for resale are classified as trading securities. Debt securities for which the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity. All other securities are classified as available-for-sale as they may be sold prior to maturity in response to changes in the Company’s interest rate risk profile, funding needs, demand for collateralized deposits by public entities or other reasons.

Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost, which represents actual cost adjusted for premium amortization and discount accretion using methods that approximate the effective interest method. Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related taxes, included in shareholders’ equity as a separate component of other comprehensive income.

Trading account securities are stated at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses from sales and fair value adjustments are included in other non-interest income. Trading income of $24.9 million in 2009 relates to trading securities still held at December 31, 2009.

Declines in the fair value of investment securities available for sale (with certain exceptions for debt securities noted below) that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are charged to earnings as a realized loss, and a new cost basis for the securities is established. In evaluating other-than-temporary impairment,

78

management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Corporation to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. Declines in the fair value of debt securities below amortized cost are deemed to be other-than-temporary in circumstances where: (1) the Corporation has the intent to sell a security; (2) it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the Corporation does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If the Corporation intends to sell a security or if it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery, an other-than-temporary impairment write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If an entity does not intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the other-than-temporary impairment write-down is separated into an amount representing credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and an amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.

Interest and dividends, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, are recognized as interest income when earned. Realized gains and losses on sales (using the specific identification method) and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary are included in non-interest income.

Investments in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock are restricted as to redemption and are carried at cost.

Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities sold under repurchase agreements are generally treated as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amount at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. Securities, generally U.S. government and Federal agency securities, pledged as collateral under these financing arrangements cannot be sold by the secured party. The fair value of collateral either received from or provided to a third party is monitored and additional collateral is obtained or requested to be returned as deemed appropriate.

Brokerage Customer Receivables

The Company, under an agreement with an out-sourced securities clearing firm, extends credit to its brokerage customers to finance their purchases of securities on margin. The Company receives income from interest charged on such extensions of credit. Brokerage customer receivables represent amounts due on margin balances. Securities owned by customers are held as collateral for these receivables.

Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale

Mortgage loans are classified as held-for-sale when originated or acquired with the intent to sell the loan into the secondary market. Market conditions or other developments may change management’s intent with respect to the disposition of these loans and loans previously classified as mortgage loans held-for-sale may be reclassified to the loan portfolio.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (codified by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 825, Financial Instruments) provides entities with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value and was effective January 1, 2008. The Company elected to measure at fair value new mortgage loans originated by WMC on or after January 1, 2008. The fair value of the loans is determined by reference to investor price sheets for loan products with similar characteristics. Changes in fair value are recognized in mortgage banking revenue.

Mortgage loans held-for-sale not originated by WMC on or after January 1, 2008 are carried at the lower of cost or market applied on an aggregate basis by loan type. Fair value is based on either quoted prices for the same or similar loans or values obtained from third parties. Charges related to adjustments to record the loans at fair value are recognized in mortgage banking revenue. Loans that are transferred between mortgage loans held-for-sale and the loan portfolio are recorded at the lower of cost or market at the date of transfer.

Loans, Allowance for Loan Losses and Allowance for Losses on Lending-Related Commitments

Loans, which include premium finance receivables, Tricom finance receivables and lease financing, are generally reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income. Interest income is recognized when earned. Loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred and amortized over the expected life of the loan as an adjustment to the yield using methods that approximate the effective interest method. Finance charges on premium finance receivables are earned over the term of the loan based on actual funds outstanding, using a method which approximates the effective yield method.

Interest income is not accrued on loans where management has determined that the borrowers may be unable to meet contractual principal and/or interest obligations, or where interest or principal is 90 days or more past due, unless the loans are adequately secured and in the process of collection. Cash receipts on non-accrual loans are generally applied to the principal balance until the remaining balance is considered collectible, at which time interest income may be recognized when received.

79

In the second quarter of 2008, the Company refined its methodology for determining certain elements of the allowance for loan losses. These refinements resulted in an allocation of the allowance to loan portfolio groups based on loan collateral and credit risk rating. Previously, this element of the allowance was not segmented at the loan collateral and credit risk rating level. The Company maintains its allowance for loan losses at a level believed adequate by management to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and is based on the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, an assessment of internal problem loan identification system (“Problem Loan Report”) loans and actual loss experience, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, historical loss experience, changes in lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collections, charge-off, and recovery practices, changes in experience, ability and depth of lending management and staff, changes in national and local economic and business conditions and developments, including the condition of various market segments and changes in the volume and severity of past due and classified loans and trends in the volume of non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings and other loan modifications. The allowance for loan losses also includes an element for estimated probable but undetected losses and for imprecision in the credit risk models used to calculate the allowance. Loans with a credit risk rating of a 6, 7 or 8 are reviewed on a monthly basis to determine if (a) an amount is deemed uncollectible (a charge-off) or (b) there is an amount with respect to which it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan (a specific impairment reserve). For loans with a credit risk rating of 5 or better and loans with a risk rating of 6, 7 or 8 with no specific reserve, reserves are established based on the type of loan collateral, if any, and the assigned credit risk rating. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current environmental factors and economic trends, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Loan losses are charged off against the allowance, while recoveries are credited to the allowance. A provision for credit losses is charged to operations based on management’s periodic evaluation of the factors previously mentioned, as well as other pertinent factors. Evaluations are conducted at least quarterly and more frequently if deemed necessary.

Under accounting guidance applicable to loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining estimated life of the loans. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. Changes in the expected cash flows from the date of acquisition will either impact the accretable yield or result in a charge to the provision for credit losses. Subsequent decreases to expected principal cash flows will result in a charge to provision for credit losses and a corresponding increase to allowance for loan losses. Subsequent increases in expected principal cash flows will result in recovery of any previously recorded allowance for loan losses, to the extent applicable, and a reclassification from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for any remaining increase. All changes in expected interest cash flows, including the impact of prepayments, will result in reclassifications to/from nonaccretable differences.

In estimating expected losses, the Company evaluates loans for impairment in accordance with SFAS 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” (codified in ASC 310, Receivables). A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due pursuant to the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans are generally considered by the Company to be non-accrual loans, restructured loans or loans with principal and/or interest at risk, even if the loan is current with all payments of principal and interest. Impairment is measured by estimating the fair value of the loan based on the present value of expected cash flows, the market price of the loan, or the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell. If the estimated fair value of the loan is less than the recorded book value, a valuation allowance is established as a component of the allowance for loan losses.

The Company also maintains an allowance for lending-related commitments, specifically unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, to provide for the risk of loss inherent in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan losses. This allowance is included in other liabilities on the statement of condition while the corresponding provision for these losses is recorded as a component of the provision for credit losses.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Mortgage Servicing Rights (“MSRs”) are recorded in the Statement of Condition at fair value in accordance with SFAS 156, “Accounting for the Servicing of Financial Assets — An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” (codified by ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing). The Company originates mortgage loans for sale to the secondary market, the majority of which are sold without retaining servicing rights. There are certain loans, however, that are originated and sold to governmental agencies, with servicing rights retained. MSRs associated with loans originated and sold, where servicing is retained, are capitalized at the time of sale at fair value based on the future net cash flows expected to be realized for performing the servicing activities, and included in other assets in the consolidated statements of

80

condition. The change in the fair value of MSRs is recorded as a component of mortgage banking revenue in non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. For purposes of measuring fair value, a third party valuation is obtained. This valuation stratifies the servicing rights into pools based on homogenous characteristics, such as product type and interest rate. The fair value of each servicing rights pool is calculated based on the present value of estimated future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk associated with that pool, given current market conditions. Estimates of fair value include assumptions about prepayment speeds, interest rates and other factors which are subject to change over time. Changes in these underlying assumptions could cause the fair value of MSRs to change significantly in the future.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Useful lives range from two to ten years for furniture, fixtures and equipment, two to five years for software and computer-related equipment and seven to 39 years for buildings and improvements. Land improvements are amortized over a period of 15 years and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the term of the respective lease. Land and antique furnishings and artwork are not subject to depreciation. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized, and maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Internal costs related to the configuration and installation of new software and the modification of existing software that provides additional functionality are capitalized.

Long-lived depreciable assets are evaluated periodically for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the expected undiscounted future cash flows of a long-lived asset are less than its carrying value. In that event, a loss is recognized for the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair value of the asset based on a quoted market price, if applicable, or a discounted cash flow analysis. Impairment losses are recognized in other non-interest expense.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned is comprised of real estate acquired in partial or full satisfaction of loans and is included in other assets. Other real estate owned is recorded at its estimated fair value less estimated selling costs at the date of transfer, with any excess of the related loan balance over the fair value less expected selling costs charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent changes in value are reported as adjustments to the carrying amount and are recorded in other non-interest expense. Gains and losses upon sale, if any, are also charged to other non-interest income or expense, as appropriate. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, other real estate owned totaled $80.2 million and $32.6 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. In accordance with accounting standards, goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently when events warrant. Intangible assets which have finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and also are subject to impairment testing. All of the Company’s other intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized over varying periods not exceeding ten years.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Company owns bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) on certain executives. BOLI balances are recorded at their cash surrender values and are included in other assets. Changes in the cash surrender values are included in non-interest income. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, BOLI totaled $89.0 million and $86.5 million, respectively.

Additionally, in accordance with new accounting standards, the Company recognizes a liability and related compensation costs for endorsement split-dollar insurance arrangements that provide a benefit to an employee that extends to postretirement periods. Upon adoption on January 1, 2008 the Company established an initial liability for postretirement split-dollar insurance benefits by recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings of $688,000.

Derivative Instruments

The Company enters into derivative transactions principally to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements on the future cash flows or the value of certain assets and liabilities. The Company is also required to recognize certain contracts and commitments, including certain commitments to fund mortgage loans held-for-sale, as derivatives when the characteristics of those contracts and commitments meet the definition of a derivative. The Company accounts for derivatives in accordance with SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (codified in ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging), which requires that all derivative instruments be recorded in the statement of condition at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and further, on the type of hedging relationship.

81

Derivative instruments designated in a hedge relationship to mitigate exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or liability attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivative instruments designated in a hedge relationship to mitigate exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Formal documentation of the relationship between a derivative instrument and a hedged asset or liability, as well as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking each hedge transaction and an assessment of effectiveness is required at inception to apply hedge accounting. In addition, formal documentation of ongoing effectiveness testing is required to maintain hedge accounting.

Fair value hedges are accounted for by recording the changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and the changes in the fair value related to the risk being hedged of the hedged asset or liability on the statement of condition with corresponding offsets recorded in the income statement. The adjustment to the hedged asset or liability is included in the basis of the hedged item, while the fair value of the derivative is recorded as a freestanding asset or liability. Actual cash receipts or payments and related amounts accrued during the period on derivatives included in a fair value hedge relationship are recorded as adjustments to the interest income or expense recorded on the hedged asset or liability.

Cash flow hedges are accounted for by recording the changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument on the statement of condition as either a freestanding asset or liability, with a corresponding offset recorded in other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity, net of deferred taxes. Amounts are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to interest expense in the period or periods the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.

Under both the fair value and cash flow hedge scenarios, changes in the fair value of derivatives not considered to be highly effective in hedging the change in fair value or the expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized in earnings as non-interest income during the period of the change.

Derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges according to accounting guidance are reported on the statement of condition at fair value and the changes in fair value are recognized in earnings as non-interest income during the period of the change.

Commitments to fund mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are accounted for as derivatives and are not designated in hedging relationships. Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage rates from the date of the commitments. Changes in the fair values of these derivatives are included in mortgage banking revenue.

Periodically, the Company sells options to an unrelated bank or dealer for the right to purchase certain securities held within the Banks’ investment portfolios (“covered call options”). These option transactions are designed primarily to increase the total return associated with holding these securities as earning assets. These transactions are not designated in hedging relationships pursuant accounting guidance and, accordingly, changes in fair values of these contracts, are reported in other non-interest income. There were no covered call option contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2009 or 2008.

Junior Subordinated Debentures Offering Costs

In connection with the Company’s currently outstanding junior subordinated debentures, approximately $726,000 of offering costs were incurred, including underwriting fees, legal and professional fees, and other costs. These costs are included in other assets and are being amortized as an adjustment to interest expense using a method that approximates the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the unamortized balance of these costs was approximately $234,000 and $311,000, respectively. See Note 16 for further information about the junior subordinated debentures.

Trust Assets, Assets Under Management and Brokerage Assets

Assets held in fiduciary or agency capacity for customers are not included in the consolidated financial statements as they are not assets of Wintrust or its subsidiaries. Fee income is recognized on an accrual basis and is included as a component of non-interest income.

Income Taxes

Wintrust and its subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal income tax return. Income tax expense is based upon income in the consolidated financial statements rather than amounts reported on the income tax return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using currently enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as an income tax benefit or income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

82

Positions taken in the Company’s tax returns may be subject to challenge by the taxing authorities upon examination. In accordance with new accounting guidance adopted effective January 1, 2007, uncertain tax positions are initially recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not the positions will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions are both initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely being realized upon settlement with the tax authority, assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. Interest and penalties on income tax uncertainties are classified within income tax expense in the income statement.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (codified in ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation), compensation cost is measured as the fair value of the awards on their date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options and the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant is used to estimate the fair value of restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Accounting guidance requires the recognition of stock based compensation for the number of awards that are ultimately expected to vest. As a result, recognized compensation expense for stock options and restricted share awards is reduced for estimated forfeitures prior to vesting. Forfeitures rates are estimated for each type of award based on historical forfeiture experience. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed in subsequent periods and may change based on new facts and circumstances.

The Company issues new shares to satisfy option exercises and vesting of restricted shares.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Start-up Costs

Start-up and organizational costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, net of deferred taxes, and adjustments related to cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes.

Stock Repurchases

The Company periodically repurchases shares of its outstanding common stock through open market purchases or other methods. Repurchased shares are recorded as treasury shares on the trade date using the treasury stock method, and the cash paid is recorded as treasury stock.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets or the purchaser must be a qualifying special purpose entity (“QSPE”) and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

If the sale conditions are met, the assets are removed from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Condition. If sales conditions are not met, the transfer is consider a secured borrowing, the assets remain on the Consolidated Statement of Condition, and the sale proceeds are recognized as the Company’s liability.

Sales of Premium Finance Receivables

Prior to 2009, the Company periodically sold premium finance receivables — commercial to unrelated third parties. As the conditions for sale were met, the Company recognizes as a gain or loss the difference between the proceeds received and the allocated cost basis of the loans. The allocated cost basis of the loans is determined by allocating the Company’s initial investment in the loan between the loan and the Company’s retained interests, based on their relative fair values. The retained interests include assets for the servicing rights and interest only strip and a liability for the Company’s guarantee obligation pursuant to the terms of the sale agreement. The servicing assets and interest only strips are included in other assets and the liability for the guarantee obligation is included in other liabilities. If actual cash flows are less than estimated, the servicing assets and interest only strips would be impaired and charged to earnings. Loans sold in these transactions have terms of less than twelve months, resulting in minimal prepayment risk. The Company typically makes a clean-up call by repurchasing the remaining loans in the pools sold after approximately 10 months from the sale date. Upon repurchase, the loans are recorded in the Company’s premium finance receivables — commercial portfolio and any remaining balance of the Company’s retained interest is recorded as an adjustment to the gain on sale of premium finance receivables.

2009 Annual Report 83

Securitizations

In 2009, the Company completed a securitization of premium finance receivables — commercial. The securitization was accomplished by transferring the premium finance receivables — commercial to a special purpose entity. Securities were then issued to third-party investors, with the securities collateralized by the transferred assets. The Company determined the conditions for sale accounting were met. In addition, the Company determined activities of the special purpose entity that acquired the assets were sufficiently restricted to meet accounting requirements to be a QSPE. As a result, the Company determined the securitization entity did not need to be consolidated, the premium finance receivables — commercial were removed from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Condition and a gain on sale was recognized. See Note 6 for additional information on the Company’s securitization activities.

Variable Interest Entities

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46”), which addresses the consolidation rules to be applied to entities defined in FIN 46 as “variable interest entities,” the Company does not consolidate its interests in subsidiary trusts formed for purposes of issuing trust preferred securities. Management believes that FIN 46 is not applicable to its various other investments or interests.

(2) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Standards Codification

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168, “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162” (“The Codification”). The Codification reorganized existing U.S. accounting and reporting standards issued by the FASB and other related private sector standard setters into a single source of authoritative accounting principles arranged by topic. The Codification supersedes all existing U.S. accounting standards; all other accounting literature not included in the Codification (other than Securities and Exchange Commission guidance for publicly-traded companies) is considered non-authoritative. The Codification was effective on a prospective basis for interim and annual reporting periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of the Codification changed the Company’s references to U.S. GAAP accounting standards but did not impact the Company’s financial statements.

Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 166, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” (“SFAS 166”) and SFAS No. 167, “Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)” (SFAS 167) which have not yet been adopted into Codification. The amendments will become effective for the Company on January 1, 2010. SFAS 166 amends SFAS 140 by removing the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity, changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets and requires additional disclosures about a transferor’s continuing involvement in transferred financial assets. As described more fully in Note 6 — Loan Securitization, the Company has transferred certain loans to a qualifying special purpose entity (“QSPE”) which is not currently subject to consolidation.

SFAS 167 amends FIN 46(R) “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46R”) by significantly changing the criteria by which an enterprise determines whether it must consolidate a variable interest entity (“VIE”). A VIE is an entity, typically an SPE, which has insufficient equity at risk or which is not controlled through voting rights held by equity investors. FIN 46R currently requires that a VIE be consolidated by the enterprise that will absorb a majority of the expected losses or expected residual returns created by the assets of the VIE. SFAS 167 amends FIN 46R to require that a VIE be consolidated by the enterprise that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. SFAS 167 also requires that an enterprise continually reassess, based on current facts and circumstances, whether it should consolidate the VIEs with which it is involved.

The adoption of the amendments on January 1, 2010 will result in the consolidation of a QSPE that is not currently recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Condition. The consolidation will result in an increase in net assets, primarily loans and other borrowings, of approximately $600 million. The consolidation, which will be recorded as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings, will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. See Note 6 — Loan Securitization, for additional information regarding the QSPE.

84

Subsequent Events

In May 2009, the FASB issued new guidance for the recognition and disclosure of subsequent events not addressed in other applicable generally accepted accounting principles. The new guidance, which is now part of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 855, “Subsequent Events”, requires entities to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated and the nature and estimated financial effects of certain subsequent events. The Company was required to adopt ASC 855 as of June 30, 2009 and has made the required disclosure in Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

In April 2009, the FASB issued new guidance related to the disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments. The new guidance, which is now part of ASC 825, “Financial Instruments”, requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments whenever a publicly traded company issues financial information in interim reporting periods in addition to the annual disclosure required at year-end. The provisions of the new guidance were effective for interim periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company adopted the new guidance in the second quarter of 2009. See Note 23 — Fair Value of Financial Instruments, for the required disclosures in accordance with this guidance.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

In April 2009, the FASB issued new guidance for the accounting for other-than temporary impairments. The new guidance, which is now part of ASC 320 “Investments — Debt and Equity Securities” (“ASC 320”), amends the other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) guidance in GAAP for debt securities and the presentation and disclosure requirements of OTTI on debt and equity securities in the financial statements. This new guidance does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to OTTI of equity securities. The new guidance requires separate display of losses related to credit deterioration and losses related to other market factors. When an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is more likely than not that an entity will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it must recognize the credit component of OTTI in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. The new guidance is effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted the new guidance in the second quarter of 2009. See Note 3 - Available-for-sale Securities, for a further discussion on the adoption of the new guidance.

Additional Fair Value Measurement Guidance

In April 2009, the FASB issued new guidance for determining when a transaction is not orderly and for estimating fair value when there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability. The new guidance, which is now part of ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”), requires disclosure of the inputs and valuation techniques used, as well as any changes in valuation techniques and inputs used during the period, to measure fair value in interim and annual periods. In addition, the presentation of the fair value hierarchy is required to be presented by major security type as described in ASC 320. The provisions of the new guidance were effective for interim periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of the new guidance in the second quarter of 2009 did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. See Note 3 — Available-for-sale Securities, for the required disclosures in accordance with this guidance.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

In March 2008, the FASB issued new guidance on the disclosure of derivative instruments and hedging activities. The new guidance, which is now a part of ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities” (“ASC 815”), requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of, and gains and losses on, derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. The provisions of the new guidance were effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. See Note 22 — Derivative Financial Instruments, for the required disclosures in accordance with this new guidance.

Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements

In December 2007, the FASB issued new guidance for the accounting for noncontrolling interests. The new guidance, which is now part of ASC 810, “Consolidation”, establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

85

Business Combinations

In April 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance for recognizing and measuring pre-acquisition contingencies in a business combination. The revised guidance, which is now part of ASC 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”), revises the definition of a business and amends and clarifies prior guidance to address application issues on initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination. The revised guidance is effective for assets or liabilities arising from contingencies in business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of the revised guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued revised guidance for the accounting for business combinations. The revised guidance, which is now part of ASC 805, requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the acquisition date; the immediate expense recognition of transaction costs; and accounting for restructuring plans separately from the business combination. The application of ASC 805 eliminates separate recognition of the acquired allowance for loan losses on the acquirer’s balance sheet as credit related factors will be incorporated directly into the fair value of the loans recorded at the acquisition date. The application of ASC 805 is effective for business combinations occurring after December 15, 2008. The Company applied ASC 805 to its July 28, 2009 acquisition of a portfolio of domestic life insurance premium finance receivables. See Note 8 — Business Combinations, for more information on ASC 805.

(3) Available-for-Sale Securities

A summary of the available-for-sale securities portfolio presenting carrying amounts and gross unrealized gains and losses as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):

	December 31, 2009									December 31, 2008
			Gross		Gross							Gross		Gross
	Amortized		unrealized		unrealized			Fair		Amortized		unrealized		unrealized			Fair
	cost		gains		losses			value		cost		gains		losses			value
U.S. Treasury	$	121,310		—		(10,494	)		110,816		—		—		—			—
U.S. Government agencies		579,249		550		(3,623	)		576,176		297,191		1,539		(1	)		298,729
Municipal		63,344		2,195		(203	)		65,336		59,471		563		(739	)		59,295
Corporate notes and other debt
Financial issuers (1)		42,241		1,518		(2,013	)		41,746		11,269		2		(2,219	)		9,052
Retained subordinated securities		47,448		254		—			47,702		—		—		—			—
Other		—		—		—			—		29,493		221		(6,280	)		23,434
Mortgage-backed (2)
Agency		205,257		11,287		—			216,544		268,278		12,859		(43	)		281,094
Non-agency CMOs		102,045		6,133		(194	)		107,984		4,214		—		(1	)		4,213
Non-agency CMOs — Alt A		51,306		1,025		(1,553	)		50,778		—		—		—			—
Federal Reserve/FHLB stock		73,749		—		—			73,749		71,069		—		—			71,069
Other equity securities		37,969		15		—			37,984		39,740		—		(1,953	)		37,787
Total available-for-sale securities	$	1,323,918		22,977		(18,080	)		1,328,815		780,725		15,184		(11,236	)		784,673

(1)	To the extent investments in trust-preferred securities are included, they are direct issues and do not include pooled trust-preferred securities.
(2)	Consisting entirely of residential mortgage-backed securities, none of which are subprime.

86

The following table presents the portion of the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio which has gross unrealized losses, reflecting the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2009 (in thousands):

	Continuous unrealized					Continuous unrealized
	losses existing for					losses existing for
	less than 12 months					greater than 12 months					Total
	Fair		Unrealized			Fair		Unrealized			Fair		Unrealized
	value		losses			value		losses			value		losses
U.S. Treasury	$	110,816		(10,494	)		—		—			110,816		(10,494	)
U.S. Government agencies		210,158		(3,623	)		—		—			210,158		(3,623	)
Municipal		6,136		(98	)		2,094		(105	)		8,230		(203	)
Corporate notes and other debt
Financial issuers		—		—			8,530		(2,013	)		8,530		(2,013	)
Mortgage-backed
Non-agency CMOs		16,108		(189	)		145		(5	)		16,253		(194	)
Non-agency CMOs — Alt A		32,675		(1,553	)		—		—			32,675		(1,553	)
Total	$	375,893		(15,957	)		10,769		(2,123	)		386,662		(18,080	)

The following table presents the portion of the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio which had gross unrealized losses, reflecting the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

	Continuous unrealized					Continuous unrealized
	losses existing for					losses existing for
	less than 12 months					greater than 12 months					Total
	Fair		Unrealized			Fair		Unrealized			Fair		Unrealized
	value		losses			value		losses			value		losses
U.S. Treasury	$	—		—			—		—			—		—
U.S. Government agencies		1,567		(1	)		—		—			1,567		(1	)
Municipal		13,535		(456	)		3,924		(283	)		17,459		(739	)
Corporate notes and other debt
Financial issuers		4,445		(160	)		3,876		(2,059	)		8,321		(2,219	)
Other		7,089		(1,962	)		14,369		(4,318	)		21,458		(6,280	)
Mortgage-backed
Agency		1,324		(43	)		—		—			1,324		(43	)
Non-agency CMOs		—		—			4,213		(1	)		4,213		(1	)
Other equity securities		3,824		(1,953	)		—		—			3,824		(1,953	)
Total available-for-sale securities	$	31,784		(4,575	)		26,382		(6,661	)		58,166		(11,236	)

87

The Company does not consider securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2009 to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The Company does not intend to sell these investments and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these investments before recovery of the amortized cost bases, which may be the maturity dates of the securities. The unrealized losses within each category have occurred as a result of changes in interest rates, market spreads and market conditions subsequent to purchase. A substantial portion of the securities that have unrealized losses are either U.S. Treasury securities or U.S. Government agencies and neither of these categories had securities with unrealized losses existing for more than twelve months. Securities with continuous unrealized losses existing for more than 12 months were primarily debt securities from financial issuers. Four trust-preferred securities of financial issuers with an aggregate fair value of $8.5 million account for unrealized losses totaling $2.0 million at December 31, 2009. These securities, which were in an unrealized loss position for more than twelve months, represent financial issuers with high investment grade credit ratings. These obligations have interest rates significantly below the rates at which these types of obligations are currently issued, and have maturity dates in 2027 and 2031. Although they are currently callable by the issuers, it is unlikely that they will be called in the near future as the interest rates are very attractive to the issuers. A review of the issuers indicated that they have recently raised equity capital and/or have strong capital ratios. The Company does not own any pooled trust-preferred securities.

The Company conducts a regular assessment of its investment securities to determine whether securities are other-than-temporarily impaired considering, among other factors, the nature of the securities, credit ratings or financial condition of the issuer, the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, expected cash flows, market conditions and the Company’s ability to hold the securities through the anticipated recovery period.

During the first quarter of 2009, the Company recorded $2.1 million of other than temporary impairment on certain corporate debt securities. Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted new guidance for the measurement and recognition of other than temporary impairment for debt securities, which is now part of ASC 320. The new guidance provides that if an entity does not intend to sell, and it is more likely than not that the entity will not be required to sell a debt security before recovery of its cost basis, impairment should be separated into (a) the amount representing credit loss and (b) the amount related to all other factors. The amount of impairment related to credit loss is recognized in earnings and the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). To determine the amount related to credit loss, the Company applies a method similar to that described by ASC 310, using a single best estimate of expected cash flows. The Company’s adoption of this guidance for the measurement and changes in the amount of credit losses recognized in net income on these corporate debt securities are summarized as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2009
Balance at March 31, 2009	$	(6,181	)
Credit losses recognized		(472	)
Reductions for securities sold during the period		6,181
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	(472	)

The following table provides information as to the amount of gross gains and gross losses realized and proceeds received through the sales of available-for-sale investment securities (in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
Realized gains	$	4,249			4,151			3,625
Realized losses		(1,910	)		(150	)		(628	)
Net realized gains	$	2,339			4,001			2,997
Other than temporary impairment charges		(2,607	)		(8,172	)		—
(Losses) gains on available- for-sale securities, net	$	(268	)		(4,171	)		2,997
Proceeds from sales	$	1,273,634			808,558			252,706

88

The amortized cost and fair value of securities as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, by contractual maturity, are shown in the following table. Contractual maturities may differ from actual maturities as borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Mortgage-backed securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following maturity summary as actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the underlying mortgages may be called or prepaid without penalties (in thousands):

	December 31, 2009				December 31, 2008
	Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair
	Cost		Value		Cost		Value
Due in one year or less	$	111,380		111,860		174,302		176,861
Due in one to five years		221,294		222,152		72,694		68,331
Due in five to ten years		328,914		318,796		122,236		120,184
Due after ten years		192,004		188,968		28,192		25,293
Mortgage-backed		358,608		375,306		272,492		285,307
Federal Reserve/FHLB Stock		73,749		73,749		71,069		71,069
Other equity		37,969		37,984		39,740		37,628
Total available-for-sale securities	$	1,323,918		1,328,815		780,725		784,673

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, securities having a carrying value of $865 million and $1.1 billion, respectively, which include securities traded but not yet settled, were pledged as collateral for public deposits, trust deposits, FHLB advances, securities sold under repurchase agreements and derivatives. At December 31, 2009, there were no securities of a single issuer, other than U.S. Government-sponsored agency securities, which exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity.

89

(4) Loans

A summary of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):

	2009		2008
Commercial and commercial real estate	$	5,039,906		4,778,664
Home equity		930,482		896,438
Residential real estate		306,296		262,908
Premium finance receivables - commercial		730,144		1,243,858
Premium finance receivables - life insurance		1,197,893		102,728
Indirect consumer loans		98,134		175,955
Other loans		108,916		160,518
Total loans	$	8,411,771		7,621,069

Certain premium finance receivables are recorded net of unearned income. The unearned income portions of such premium finance receivables were $31.8 million and $27.1 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Life insurance premium finance receivables are also recorded net of credit discounts attributable to the life insurance premium finance loan acquisition in the third and fourth quarters of 2009. See “Acquired Loan Information at Acquisition”, below.

Indirect consumer loans include auto, boat and other indirect consumer loans. Total loans, excluding loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination, include net deferred loan fees and costs and fair value purchase accounting adjustments totaling $10.7 million and $9.4 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Certain real estate loans, including mortgage loans held-for-sale, and home equity loans with balances totaling approximately $1.7 billion and $1.6 billion, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were pledged as collateral to secure the availability of borrowings from certain Federal agency banks. At December 31, 2009, approximately $948.9 million of these pledged loans are included in a blanket pledge of qualifying loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). The remaining $722.9 million of pledged loans was used to secure potential borrowings at the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Banks borrowed $431.0 million and $436.0 million, respectively, from the FHLB in connection with these collateral arrangements. See Note 13 for a summary of these borrowings.

The Company’s loan portfolio is generally comprised of loans to consumers and small to medium-sized businesses located within the geographic market areas that the Banks serve. The premium finance receivables portfolios are made to customers on a national basis and the majority of the indirect consumer loans were generated through a network of local automobile dealers. As a result, the Company strives to maintain a loan portfolio that is diverse in terms of loan type, industry, borrower and geographic concentrations. Such diversification reduces the exposure to economic downturns that may occur in different segments of the economy or in different industries.

It is the policy of the Company to review each prospective credit in order to determine the appropriateness and, when required, the adequacy of security or collateral necessary to obtain when making a loan. The type of collateral, when required, will vary from liquid assets to real estate. The Company seeks to assure access to collateral, in the event of default, through adherence to state lending laws and the Company’s credit monitoring procedures.

Acquired Loan Information at Acquisition — Loans with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination

As part of our acquisition of a portfolio of life insurance premium finance loans in 2009, we acquired loans for which there was evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and we determined that it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. These loans had an unpaid principal balance of $1.0 billion and a carrying value of $896.3 million at acquisition. At December 31, 2009, the unpaid principal balance and carrying value of these loans were $974.0 million and $860.8 million, respectively.

The following table provides details on these loans at acquisition (in thousands):

	2009
Contractually required payments including interest	$	1,032,714
Less: Nonaccretable difference		41,281
Cash flows expected to be collected (1)		991,433
Less: Accretable yield		80,560
Fair value of loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination	$	910,873

(1) Represents undiscounted expected principal and interest cash flows at acquisition.

During 2009, the Corporation recorded a $615,000 provision for credit losses establishing a corresponding allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2009. This provision for credit losses represents deterioration to the portfolio subsequent to acquisition.

90

Accretable Yield Activity

The following table provides activity for the accretable yield of these loans for the year ended December 31, 2009 (in thousands):

	2009
Accretable yield, beginning balance (1)	$	80,560
Accretable yield amortized to interest income		(19,484	)
Reclassification from the non-accretable difference (2)		3,950
Accretable yield, end of period	$	65,026

(1)	The beginning balance represents the accretable yield of loans with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination.
(2)	Reclassification from non-accretable difference represents an increase to the estimated cash flows to be collected on the underlying portfolio.

(5) Allowance for Loan Losses and Allowance for Losses on Landing-Related Commitments

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 is as follows (in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
Allowance at beginning of year	$	69,767			50,389			46,055
Provision for credit losses		167,932			57,441			14,879
Allowance acquired in business combinations		—			—			362
Reclassification (to)/from allowance for losses on lending-related commitments		(2,037	)		(1,093	)		(36	)
Charge-offs		(140,453	)		(38,397	)		(13,537	)
Recoveries		3,068			1,427			2,666
Allowance for loan losses at end of year	$	98,277			69,767			50,389
Allowance for losses on lending-related commitments at period end		3,554			1,586			493
Allowance for credit losses at end of year	$	101,831			71,353			50,882

A summary of non-accrual and impaired loans and their impact on interest income as well as loans past due greater than 90 days and still accruing interest are as follows (in thousands):

	2009		2008
Non-performing loans:
Loans past due greater than 90 days and still accruing	$	7,800	$	25,385
Non-accrual loans		124,004		110,709
Total non-performing loans	$	131,804	$	136,094
Impaired loans (included in Non-performing loans):
Impaired loans with an allowance for loan loss required (1)	$	58,222	$	73,849
Impaired loans with no allowance for loan loss required		14,914		39,860
Total impaired loans (included in Non-performing loans)	$	73,136	$	113,709
Allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans	$	17,567	$	16,639
Restructured loans	$	32,432	$	—
Reduction of interest income from non-accrual loans	$	4,831	$	4,367
Interest income recognized on impaired loans	$	1,195	$	176

(1) These impaired loans require an allowance for loan losses because the estimated fair value of the loans or related collateral is less than the recorded investment in the loans.

The average recorded investment in impaired loans was $115.3 million and $78.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 respectively.

91

(6) Loan Securitization

Servicing Portfolio

During the third quarter of 2009, the Company entered into an off-balance sheet securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. In connection with the securitization, premium finance receivables - commercial were transferred to FIFC Premium Funding, LLC, a qualifying special purpose entity (the “QSPE”). The Company’s primary continuing involvement includes servicing the loans, retaining an undivided interest (the “seller’s interest”) in the loans, and holding certain retained interests (e.g., subordinated securities, overcollateralization of loans, cash reserve accounts, a servicing asset, and an interest-only strip). Provided that certain coverage test criteria are met, principal collections will be used to subsequently transfer additional loans to the QSPE during the stated revolving period. Additionally, upon the occurrence of certain events established in the representations and warranties, FIFC may be required to repurchase ineligible loans that were transferred to the QSPE. The maximum amount of risk related to these repurchase provisions and non-performance by the underlying borrowers is approximately equal to the carrying value of the Company’s retained interests. As of December 31, 2009, no loans have been repurchased.

Instruments issued by the QSPE included $600 million Class A notes that bear an annual interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.45% (the “Notes”) and have an expected average term of 2.93 years with any unpaid balance due and payable in full on February 17, 2014. At the time of issuance, the Notes were eligible collateral under the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility (“TALF”). The Notes are rated Aaa by Moody’s and AAA by Standard & Poor’s. Class B and Class C notes (“Subordinated securities”), which are recorded in the form of zero coupon bonds, were also issued and were retained by the Company. These notes are rated A and BBB respectively by Standard and Poor’s.

The seller’s interest maintained by the Company is equal to the balance of all loans transferred to the QSPE plus the associated accrued interest receivable less the investors’ portion of those assets (securitized loans). Seller’s interest is carried at historical cost and reported as loans, net of unearned income on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Condition.

The following table illustrates the activity in the QSPE for the year ended December 31, 2009:

(Dollars in thousands)	2009
FIFC Premium Funding, LLC loan assets, beginning of year	$	—
Impact of issuance		695,103
Collections reinvested		462,580
Account activity, net		(559,780	)
FIFC Premium Funding, LLC loan assets, end of year	$	597,903

The following table details the securitized loans and seller’s interest components of the FIFC Premium Funding, LLC loan assets in the preceding table:

(Dollars in thousands)	2009
Securitized loans, beginning of year	$	—
Impact of issuances, external		600,000
Impact of issuances, retained		83,762
Collections reinvested		462,580
Account activity, net		(552,471	)
Securitized loans, end of year	$	593,871
Seller’s interest, beginning of year	$	—
Impact of issuance		11,341
Account activity, net		(7,309	)
Seller’s interest, end of year	$	4,032

Securitization Income

At the time of a loan securitization, the Company records a gain/(loss) on sale, which is calculated as the difference between the proceeds from the sale and the book basis of the loans sold. The book basis is determined by allocating the carrying amount of the sold loans between the loans sold and the interests retained based on their relative fair values. Such fair values are based on market prices at the date of transfer for the sold loans and on the estimated present value of future cash flows for retained interests. Gains on sale from securitizations are reported in gain on sales of premium finance receivables in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income and were $5.7 million in 2009. The income component resulting from the release of credit reserves upon classification as held-for-sale is reported as a reduction of provision for credit losses.

92

Also reported in gain on sales of premium finance receivables are changes in the fair value of the interest-only strip. This amount is the excess cash flow from interest collections allocated to the investors’ interests after deducting the interest paid on investor certificates, credit losses, contractual servicing fees, and other expenses. Changes in the fair value of the interest-only strip of $2.4 million were reported in gain on sale of premium finance receivables in 2009.

The Company has retained servicing responsibilities for the transferred loans and earns a related fee. Servicing fee income was $2.8 million for 2009 and is reported in other non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Retained Interests

The Company retained subordinated interests in the securitized loans. These interests include the subordinated securities, over-collateralization of loans, cash reserves, a servicing asset, and an interest-only strip. The following table presents the Company’s retained interests at December 31, 2009:

(Dollars in thousands)	2009
Subordinated securities (a)	$	47,702
Residual interests held (b)		42,293
Servicing asset (b)		1,248
Total retained interests	$	91,243

(a)	The subordinated securities are accounted for at fair value and are reported as available-for-sale securities on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Condition with unrealized gains recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. See Note 23 for further discussion on fair value.
(b)	The residual interests and servicing asset are accounted for at fair value and reported in other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Condition. Retained interests held includes overcollateralization of loans, cash reserve deposits, and an interest-only strip. See Note 23 for further discussion on fair value.

Key economic assumptions used in the measuring of fair value and the sensitivity of the current fair value to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions at December 31, 2009, for the Company’s servicing asset and other interests held related to securitized loans are presented in the following table:

	Subordinated			Residual			Servicing
(Dollars in thousands)	Securities			Interests			Asset
Fair Value of interest held	$	47,702		$	42,293		$	1,248
Expected weighted-average life (in months)		3.4			3.4			3.4
Decrease in fair value from:
1 month reduction	$	237		$	(1,248	)	$	(181	)
2 month reduction	$	476		$	(2,516	)	$	(363	)
Discount rate assumptions		5.97	%		8.75	%(a)		8.50	%
Decrease in fair value from:
100 basis point increase	$	(305	)	$	(222	)	$	(3	)
200 basis point increase	$	(608	)	$	(443	)	$	(6	)
Credit loss assumptions					0.27	%		0.27	%
Decrease in fair value from:
10% higher loss				$	(73	)	$	—
20% higher loss				$	(153	)	$	—

(a) Excludes the discount rate on cash reserve deposits deemed to be immaterial.

The sensitivities in the table above are hypothetical and caution should be exercised when relying on this data. Changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear.

93

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of the Company’s servicing asset for the year ended December 31, 2009:

(Dollars in thousands)	2009
Beginning fair value	$	—
Fair value determined upon transfer of loans		2,820
Changes in fair value due to changes in inputs and assumptions		(1,610	) (a)
Other changes		38	(b)
Ending fair value	$	1,248

(a)	The Company measures servicing assets at fair value at each reporting date and reports changes in other non-interest income
(b)	Represents accretable yield reported in other non-interest income.

The key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of the servicing asset include the prepayment speed and weighted-average life, the discount rate, and default rate. The primary risk of material changes in the value of the servicing asset resides in the potential volatility in the economic assumptions used, particularly the prepayment speed and weighted-average life.

Other Disclosures

The table below summarizes cash flows received from the QSPE for the year ended December 31, 2009:

(Dollars in thousands)	2009
Proceeds from new securitizations during the period	$	600,000
Proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving securitizations		462,580
Servicing and other fees received		2,150
Excess spread received		7,228

The following table presents quantitative information about the premium finance receivables — commercial at December 31, 2009:

			Amount
			of Loans		Net
			30 days or		Credit
	Total		More Past		Write-offs
	Amount		Due or on		during
(Dollars in thousands)	of Loans		Nonaccrual		the Year
Premium finance receivables — commercial	$	1,324,015	$	46,072	$	7,537
Less: Premium finance receivables — commercial securitized		593,871		14,309		35
Premium finance receivables — commercial on-balance sheet	$	730,144	$	31,763	$	7,502

(7) Mortgage Servicing Rights

Following is a summary of the changes in the carrying value of MSRs, accounted for at fair value, for the years ending December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):

	2009			2008			2007
Balance at beginning of year	$	3,990			4,730			5,031
Additions from loans sold with servicing retained		4,785			1,624			729
Estimate of changes in fair value due to:
Payoffs and paydowns		(2,320	)		(1,121	)		(773	)
Changes in valuation inputs or assumptions		290			(1,243	)		(257	)
Fair value at end of year	$	6,745			3,990			4,730
Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans serviced for others	$	738,372			527,450			487,660

The Company recognizes MSR assets upon the sale of residential real estate loans when it retains the obligation to service the loans and the servicing fee is more than adequate compensation. The recognition of MSR assets and subsequent change in fair value are recognized in mortgage banking revenue. MSRs are subject to decline in value from actual and expected prepayment of the underlying loans. The Company does not specifically hedge the value of its MSRs.

The Company uses a third party to assist in the valuation of its MSRs. Fair values are determined by using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates the objective characteristics of the portfolio as well as subjective valuation parameters that purchasers of servicing would apply to such portfolios sold into the secondary market. The subjective factors include loan prepayment speeds, interest rates, servicing costs and other economic factors.

(8) Business Combinations

On July 28, 2009, FIFC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, purchased the majority of the U.S. life insurance premium finance assets of A.I. Credit Corp. and A.I. Credit Consumer Discount Company (“the sellers”), subsidiaries of American International Group, Inc. After giving effect to post-closing adjustments, an aggregate unpaid loan balance of $949.3 million was purchased for $685.3 million in cash. At closing, a portion of the portfolio, with an aggregate unpaid loan balance of $321.1 million, and a corresponding portion of the purchase price of $232.8 million were placed in escrow, pending the receipt of required third party consents To the extent any of the

94

required consents are not obtained prior to October 28, 2010, the corresponding portion of the portfolio will be reassumed by the applicable seller, and the corresponding portion of the purchase price will be returned to FIFC. Also, as a part of the purchase, an aggregate of $84.4 million of additional life insurance premium finance assets were available for future purchase by FIFC subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

On October 2, 2009, the conditions were satisfied in relation to the majority of the additional life insurance premium finance assets and FIFC purchased $83.4 million of the $84.4 million of life insurance premium finance assets available for an aggregate purchase price of $60.5 million in cash.

The purchase was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the impact related to this transaction is included in the Company’s financial statements only since the effective date of acquisition. The purchased assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values, and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at fair value. A gain is recorded equal to the amount by which the fair value of assets purchased exceeded the fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid. As such, the Company recognized a bargain purchase gain of $156.0 million in 2009 relating to all of the loans it acquired which had all contingencies removed as December 31, 2009. This gain is shown as a component of non-interest income on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income.

The difference between the fair value of the loans acquired and the outstanding principal balance of these loans represents a discount of $121.8 million and is comprised of two components, an accretable component totaling $80.5 million and a non-accretable component totaling $41.3 million. The accretable component will be recognized into interest income using the effective yield method over its estimated remaining life. The non-accretable portion will be evaluated each quarter and if the loans’ credit related conditions improve, a relative portion will be transferred to the accretable component and accreted over future periods. In the event of a prepayment, accretion of both the accretable and non-accretable component will be accelerated into the quarter in which a specific loan prepays in whole. If credit related conditions deteriorate, an allowance related to these loans will be established as part of the provision for credit losses. See Note 4 — Loans, for more information on loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination.

The following table summarizes the net fair value of assets acquired and the resulting bargain purchase gain at the date of acquisition:

(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Loans	$	910,873
Customer list intangible		1,800
Other assets		150
Total assets		912,823
Cash Paid		745,916
Total bargain purchase gain to be recognized	$	166,907
Bargain purchase gain recognized in 2009		156,013
Bargain purchase gain deferred pending third party consents	$	10,894

Calculation of the Fair Value of Loans Acquired

The Company determined the fair value of the loans acquired with the assistance of an independent third party valuation firm which utilized a discounted cash flow analysis to estimate the fair value of the loan portfolio. Primary factors impacting the estimated cash flows in the valuation model were certain income and expense items and changes in the estimated future balances of loans. The significant assumptions used in calculating the fair value of the loans acquired included estimating interest income, loan losses, servicing costs, costs of funding, and life of the loans.

Interest income on variable rate loans within the loan portfolio was determined based on the weighted average interest rate spread plus the contractual Libor rate. Interest income on fixed rate loans was based on the actual weighted average interest rate of the fixed rate loan portfolio.

Loan losses were estimated by first estimating the loan losses which would result from default by either the insurance carrier or the insured and, second, estimating the probability of default for both the insurance carrier and the insured.

Estimated losses upon default by the insurance carrier were estimated by assigning realization rates to each type of collateral underlying the loan portfolio. Realization rates on collateral after default by the insurance carrier were estimated for each type of collateral. Unsecured portions of the collateral were also assigned a loss rate.

95

Estimated losses upon default by the insured were similar to the estimated loss rates calculated upon default by the insurance carrier.

The probability of default of the insurance carrier was determined by assigning each insurance carrier holding collateral underlying the portfolio a default rate from a national rating agency and a study of historical cumulative default rates prepared by such agency.

The probability of default by individuals was estimated based upon consideration of the financial and demographic characteristics of the insured and the economic uncertainty present at the valuation date.

The estimated life of the loans was based on expected required fundings of life insurance premiums and the expected life of the insured based on the age of the insured and survival curves.

Other Acquisitions

In 2007, the Company completed one business combination through the acquisition of 100% of the ownership interests of Broadway Premium Funding Corporation (“Broadway”). The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting; thus, the results of operations prior to the effective date of acquisition were not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Goodwill and other purchase accounting adjustments were recorded upon the completion of the acquisition, which did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Broadway was founded in 1999 and had approximately $60 million of premium finance receivables outstanding at the date of acquisition. Broadway provides financing for commercial property and casualty insurance premiums, mainly through insurance agents and brokers in the northeastern portion of the United States and California. On October 1, 2008, Broadway merged with its parent, FIFC, but continues to utilize the Broadway brand in serving its segment of the marketplace.

(9) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

A summary of goodwill by business segment is as follows (in thousands):

	Jan 1,		Goodwill		Impairment		Dec 31,
	2009		Acquired		Losses		2009
Community banking	$	245,886		1,715		—		247,601
Specialty finance		16,095		—		—		16,095
Wealth management		14,329		—		—		14,329
Total	$	276,310		1,715		—		278,025

Approximately $24.9 million of the December 31, 2009 book balance of goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

The Community banking segment’s goodwill increased $215,000 in 2009 as a result of additional contingent consideration paid to former owners of Wintrust Mortgage Corporation (formerly known as WestAmerica Mortgage Company) and its affiliate, Guardian Real Estate Services, Inc., as a result of attaining certain performance measures. This was the final payment of contingent consideration due as a result of the Company’s 2004 acquisition of these companies.

The remaining $1.5 million increase in the Community banking segment’s goodwill in 2009 relates to additional contingent consideration paid to the former owner of PMP as a result of attaining certain performance measures during 2009. The Company could pay additional consideration pursuant to the PMP transaction through December 2011.

96

A summary of finite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the expected amortization as of December 31, 2009 is as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2009			2008
Wealth management segment:
Customer list intangibles
Gross carrying amount	$	3,252			3,252
Accumulated amortization		(3,239	)		(3,079	)
Net carrying amount		13			173
Specialty finance segment:
Customer list intangibles
Gross carrying amount		1,800			—
Accumulated amortization		(68	)		—
Net carrying amount		1,732			—
Community banking segment:
Core deposit intangibles
Gross carrying amount		27,918			27,918
Accumulated amortization		(16,039	)		(13,483	)
Net carrying amount		11,879			14,435
Total intangible assets, net	$	13,624			14,608

Estimated amortization
2010	$	2,565
2011		2,461
2012		2,436
2013		2,394
2014		2,074

The customer list intangibles recognized in connection with the acquisitions of Lake Forest Capital Management in 2003 and Wayne Hummer Asset Management Company in 2002, are being amortized over seven-year periods on an accelerated basis.

The customer list intangibles recognized in connection with the purchase of U.S. life insurance premium finance assets in 2009 are being amortized over an 18-year period on an accelerated basis.

The core deposit intangibles recognized in connection with the Company’s seven bank acquisitions in the last six years are being amortized over ten-year periods on an accelerated basis.

Total amortization expense associated with finite-lived intangibles in 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $2.8 million, $3.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively.

(10) Premises and Equipment, Net

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):

	2009		2008
Land	$	81,848		81,775
Buildings and leasehold improvements		284,134		272,308
Furniture, equipment and computer software		94,953		88,134
Construction in progress		3,396		5,326
		464,331		447,543
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		113,986		97,668
Total premises and equipment, net	$	350,345		349,875

Depreciation and amortization expense related to premises and equipment, totaled $17.4 million in 2009, $17.9 million in 2008 and $17.1 million in 2007.

(11) Deposits

The following is a summary of deposits at December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):

	2009		2008
Non-interest bearing accounts	$	864,306		757,844
NOW accounts		1,415,856		1,040,105
Wealth Management deposits		971,113		716,178
Money market accounts		1,534,632		1,124,068
Savings accounts		561,916		337,808
Time certificates of deposit		4,569,251		4,400,747
Total deposits	$	9,917,074		8,376,750

The scheduled maturities of time certificates of deposit at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (in thousands):

	2009		2008
Due within one year	$	3,341,345		3,238,593
Due in one to two years		850,504		804,081
Due in two to three years		232,867		229,851
Due in three to four years		54,838		81,595
Due in four to five years		89,379		46,470
Due after five years		318		157
Total time certificates of deposit	$	4,569,251		4,400,747

The following table sets forth the scheduled maturities of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more at December 31 (in thousands):

	2009		2008
Maturing within 3 months	$	614,464		595,889
After 3 but within 6 months		531,447		517,972
After 6 but within 12 months		860,244		796,237
After 12 months		754,320		731,307
Total	$	2,760,475		2,641,405

97

(12) Notes Payable

At December 31, 2009, the Company had a $1.0 million outstanding balance, with an interest rate of 4.50%, under a $51.0 million loan agreement (“Agreement”) with unaffiliated banks. The Agreement consists of a $50.0 million revolving note, maturing on October 30, 2009, and a $1.0 million note maturing on June 1, 2015. At December 31, 2009, there was no outstanding balance on the $50.0 million revolving note. Borrowings under the Agreement that are considered “Base Rate Loans” will bear interest at a rate equal to the higher of (1) 450 basis points and (2) for the applicable period, the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 100 basis points, (b) the lender’s prime rate plus 50 basis points, and (c) the Eurodollar Rate (as defined below) that would be applicable for an interest period of one month plus 150 basis points. Borrowings under the Agreement that are considered “Eurodollar Rate Loans” will bear interest at a rate equal to the higher of (1) the British Bankers Association’s LIBOR rate for the applicable period plus 350 basis points (the “Eurodollar Rate”) and (2) 450 basis points.

Commencing August 2009, a commitment fee was payable quarterly under the Agreement of 0.50% of the actual daily amount by which the lenders’ commitment under the revolving note exceeded the amount outstanding under such facility.

The Agreement is secured by the stock of some of the banks and contains several restrictive covenants, including the maintenance of various capital adequacy levels, asset quality and profitability ratios, and certain restrictions on dividends and other indebtedness. At December 31, 2009, the Company is in compliance with all debt covenants. The Agreement is available to be utilized, as needed, to provide capital to fund continued growth at the Company’s banks and to serve as an interim source of funds for acquisitions, common stock repurchases or other general corporate purposes.

At December 31, 2008, the Company had a $1.0 million outstanding balance, with an interest rate of 4.20%, under a $101.0 million loan agreement with an unaffiliated bank which consisted of a $100.0 million revolving note, with a maturity date of August 31, 2009, and a $1.0 million note maturing on June 1, 2015. At December 31, 2008, there was no balance outstanding on the $100.0 revolving note. Interest was calculated, at the Company’s option, at a floating rate equal to either: (1) LIBOR plus 200 basis points or (2) the greater of the lender’s prime rate or the Federal Funds Rate plus 50 basis points.

(13) Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

A summary of the outstanding FHLB advances at December 31, 2009 and 2008, is as follows (in thousands):

	2009		2008
4.40% advance due July 2009	$	—		2,009
4.85% advance due November 2009		—		3,000
4.58% advance due March 2010		5,002		5,010
4.61% advance due March 2010		2,500		2,500
4.50% advance due September 2010		4,985		4,962
4.88% advance due November 2010		3,000		3,000
2.51% advance due February 2011		50,000		50,000
3.37% advance due April 2011		2,000		2,000
4.60% advance due July 2011		30,000		30,000
3.30% advance due November 2011		25,000		25,000
4.61% advance due January 2012		53,000		53,000
4.68% advance due January 2012		16,000		16,000
3.74% advance due April 2012		1,000		1,000
4.44% advance due April 2012		5,000		5,000
4.78% advance due June 2012		25,000		25,000
3.99% advance due September 2012		5,000		5,000
2.96% advance due January 2013		5,000		5,000
3.92% advance due April 2013		1,500		1,500
3.34% advance due June 2013		42,000		42,000
4.12% advance due February 2015		25,000		25,000
4.55% advance due February 2016		45,000		45,000
4.83% advance due May 2016		50,000		50,000
3.47% advance due November 2017		10,000		10,000
4.18% advance due February 2022		25,000		25,000
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	$	430,987		435,981

Approximately $203.0 million of the FHLB Advances outstanding at December 31, 2009, currently have varying call dates ranging from January 2010 to February 2011. FHLB advances are stated at par value of the debt adjusted for unamortized fair value adjustments recorded in connection with advances acquired through acquisitions. At December 31, 2009, the weighted average contractual interest rate on FHLB advances was 4.08%.

FHLB advances are collateralized by qualifying residential real estate and home equity loans and certain securities. The Banks have arrangements with the FHLB whereby, based on available collateral, they could have borrowed an additional $115.2 million at December 31, 2009.

98

(14) Subordinated Notes

A summary of the subordinated notes at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):

	2009		2008
Subordinated note, due October 29, 2012	$	15,000		20,000
Subordinated note, due May 1, 2013		20,000		25,000
Subordinated note, due May 29, 2015		25,000		25,000
Total subordinated notes	$	60,000		70,000

The original principal balance of each subordinated note was $25.0 million. Each subordinated note requires annual principal payments of $5.0 million beginning in the sixth year of the note. The first $5.0 million payment was made in the fourth quarter of 2008. The interest rate on each subordinated note is calculated at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 130 basis points. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the weighted average contractual interest rate on the subordinated notes was 1.56% and 3.94%, respectively. In connection with the issuances of subordinated notes, the Company incurred costs totaling $1.0 million. These costs are included in other assets and are being amortized to interest expense using a method that approximates the effective interest method. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the unamortized balances of these costs were $151,000 and $253,000, respectively. The subordinated notes qualify as Tier II capital under the regulatory capital requirements, subject to restrictions.

(15) Other Borrowings

The following is a summary of other borrowings at December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):

	2009		2008
Securities sold under repurchase agreements	$	245,640		334,925
Other		1,797		1,839
Total other borrowings	$	247,437		336,764

Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent $92.2 million and $147.7 million of customer sweep accounts in connection with master repurchase agreements at the Banks at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, as well as $153.4 million and $187.2 million of short-term borrowings from banks and brokers at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Securities pledged for these borrowings are maintained under the Company’s control and consist of U.S. Government agency, mortgage-backed and corporate securities. These securities are included in the available-for-sale securities portfolio as reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Other includes a 6.17% fixed-rate mortgage (which matures May 1, 2010) related to the Company’s Northfield banking office.

99

(16) Junior Subordinated Debentures

As of December 31, 2009 the Company owned 100% of the Common Securities of nine trusts, Wintrust Capital Trust III, Wintrust Statutory Trust IV, Wintrust Statutory Trust V, Wintrust Capital Trust VII, Wintrust Capital Trust VIII, Wintrust Capital Trust IX, Northview Capital Trust I, Town Bankshares Capital Trust I and First Northwest Capital Trust I (the “Trusts”) set up to provide long-term financing. The Northview, Town and First Northwest capital trusts were acquired as part of the acquisitions of Northview Financial Corporation, Town Bankshares, Ltd. and First Northwest Bancorp, Inc., respectively. The Trusts were formed for purposes of issuing Trust Preferred Securities to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the issuances of the Trust Preferred Securities and the Common Securities solely in Junior Subordinated Debentures (“Debentures”) issued by the Company, with the same maturities and interest rates as the Trust Preferred Securities. The Debentures are the sole assets of the Trusts. In each Trust the Common Securities represent approximately 3% of the Debentures and the Trust Preferred Securities represent approximately 97% of the Debentures.

The Trusts qualify as variable interest entities for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary and therefore are ineligible for consolidation. Accordingly, the Trusts are reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as unconsolidated subsidiaries. In the Consolidated Statements of Condition, the Debentures are reported as junior subordinated debentures and the Common Securities are included in available-for-sale securities. The Debentures are stated net of any unamortized fair value adjustments recognized at the acquisition dates for the Northview, Town and First Northwest obligations.

The following table provides a summary of the Company’s Debentures.

			Trust		Junior Subordinated						Coupon							Earliest
	Common		Preferred		Debentures				Rate		Rate at			Issue		Maturity		Redemption
(Dollars in thousands)	Securities		Securities		2009		2008		Structure		12/31/09			Date		Date		Date
Wintrust Capital Trust III	$	774	$	25,000	$	25,774	$	25,774		L+3.25		3.53	%		04/2003		04/2033		04/2008
Wintrust Statutory Trust IV		619		20,000		20,619		20,619		L+2.80		3.05	%		12/2003		12/2033		12/2008
Wintrust Statutory Trust V		1,238		40,000		41,238		41,238		L+2.60		2.85	%		05/2004		05/2034		06/2009
Wintrust Capital Trust VII		1,550		50,000		51,550		51,550		L+1.95		2.20	%		12/2004		03/2035		03/2010
Wintrust Capital Trust VIII		1,238		40,000		41,238		41,238		L+1.45		1.70	%		08/2005		09/2035		09/2010
Wintrust Capital Trust IX		1,547		50,000		51,547		51,547	Fixed			6.84	%		09/2006		09/2036		09/2011
Northview Capital Trust I		186		6,000		6,186		6,186		L+3.00		3.28	%		08/2003		11/2033		08/2008
Town Bankshares Capital Trust I		186		6,000		6,186		6,186		L+3.00		3.28	%		08/2003		11/2033		08/2008
First Northwest Capital Trust I		155		5,000		5,155		5,177		L+3.00		3.25	%		05/2004		05/2034		05/2009
Total					$	249,493	$	249,515

The interest rates associated with the variable rate Debentures are based on the three-month LIBOR rate. The interest rate on the Debentures of Wintrust Capital Trust IX, currently fixed at 6.84%, changes to a variable rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.63% effective September 15, 2011. At December 31, 2009, the weighted average contractual interest rate on the Debentures was 3.47%. The Company entered into $175 million of interest rate swaps, which are designated in cash flow hedge relationships, to hedge the variable cash flows of certain Debentures. On a hedge-adjusted basis, the weighted average interest rate on the Debentures was 6.99% at December 31, 2009. Distributions on the common and preferred securities issued by the Trusts are payable quarterly at a rate per annum equal to the interest rates being earned by the Trusts on the Debentures. Interest expense on the Debentures is deductible for income tax purposes.

The Company has guaranteed the payment of distributions and payments upon liquidation or redemption of the trust preferred securities, in each case to the extent of funds held by the Trusts. The Company and the Trusts believe that, taken together, the obligations of the Company under the guarantees, the Debentures, and other related agreements provide, in the aggregate, a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee, on a subordinated basis, of all of the obligations of the Trusts under the trust preferred securities. Subject to certain limitations, the Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the Debentures at any time, or from time to time, for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters. The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the Debentures at maturity or their earlier redemption. The Debentures are redeemable in whole or in part prior to maturity, at the discretion of the Company if certain conditions are met, and only after the Company has obtained Federal Reserve approval, if then required under applicable guidelines or regulations.

The Debentures, net of the Common Securities and subject to certain limitations, qualify as Tier 1 capital of the Company for regulatory purposes. The amount of Debentures and certain other capital elements in excess of those limitations could be included in Tier 2 capital, subject to restrictions. At December 31, 2009, all of the Debentures, net of the Common Securities, were included in the Company’s Tier 1 regulatory capital.

100

(17) Minimum Lease Commitments

The Company occupies certain facilities under operating lease agreements. Gross rental expense related to the Company’s operating leases was $5.5 million in 2009, $4.6 million in 2008 and $5.9 million in 2007. The Company also leases certain owned premises and receives rental income from such lease agreements. Gross rental income related to the Company’s buildings totaled $2.2 million, $2.2 million and $1.9 million, in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The approximate minimum annual gross rental payments and gross rental income under noncancelable agreements for office space with remaining terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2009, are as follows (in thousands):

	Future		Future
	minimum		minimum
	gross		gross
	rental		rental
	payments		income
2010	$	4,436		1,197
2011		4,408		1,011
2012		3,880		677
2013		3,134		358
2014		2,809		248
2015 and thereafter		14,627		463
Total minimum future amounts	$	33,294		3,954

(18) Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is summarized as follows (in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
Current income taxes:
Federal	$	(7,361	)		18,342			28,982
State		517			3,601			4,026
Total current income taxes		(6,844	)		21,943			33,008
Deferred income taxes:
Federal		44,800			(10,144	)		(3,974	)
State		6,479			(1,646	)		(863	)
Total deferred income taxes		51,279			(11,790	)		(4,837	)
Total income tax expense	$	44,435			10,153			28,171

Included in total income tax expense is income tax (benefit) expense applicable to net (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities of ($103,000) in 2009, ($1.6 million) in 2008 and $1.1 million in 2007.

Tax expense (benefits) of $145,000, ($355,000) and ($2.0 million) in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to the exercise of certain stock options and vesting and issuance of shares pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plans and the issuance of shares pursuant to the Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan, were recorded directly to shareholders’ equity.

A reconciliation of the differences between taxes computed using the statutory Federal income tax rate of 35% and actual income tax expense is as follows (in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
Income tax expense based upon the Federal statutory rate on income before income taxes	$	41,126			10,724			29,338
Increase (decrease) in tax resulting from:
Tax-exempt interest, net of interest expense disallowance		(988	)		(928	)		(885	)
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit		4,547			1,271			2,056
Income earned on bank owned life insurance		(677	)		(494	)		(1,659	)
Non-deductible compensation costs		1,136			92			—
Tax credits		(885	)		(627	)		(358	)
Other, net		176			115			(321	)
Income tax expense	$	44,435			10,153			28,171

101

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (in thousands):

	2009			2008
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for credit losses	$	39,224			27,317
Net unrealized losses on derivatives included in other comprehensive income		5,984			7,982
Federal net operating loss carryforward		155			155
State net operating loss carryforwards		580			—
Deferred compensation		5,283			5,115
Stock-based compensation		8,875			8,685
Impairment charges		—			2,692
Nonaccrued interest		3,652			1,561
Other real estate owned		2,311			211
Other		2,099			699
Total gross deferred tax assets		68,163			54,417
Deferred tax liabilities:
Discount on purchased loans		49,916			—
Premises and equipment		16,395			12,960
Goodwill and intangible assets		10,442			10,178
Trading account securities		10,348			—
Deferred loan fees and costs		3,945			3,561
FHLB stock dividends		2,810			2,810
Capitalized servicing rights		2,598			1,612
Gain on sale of loans to securitization facility		1,224			—
Net unrealized gains on securities included in other comprehensive income		1,886			1,534
Deferred gain on termination of derivatives		378			897
Other		1,918			694
Total gross deferred tax liabilities		101,860			34,246
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$	(33,697	)		20,171

At December 31, 2009, Wintrust had Federal net operating loss carryforwards of $442,000 which are available to offset future taxable income. These net operating losses expire in 2010 and are subject to certain statutory limitations. The Company also has various state tax loss carryforwards at December 31, 2009. The most significant state tax loss carryforward was $11.8 million in Illinois and this loss carryforward expires in 2021.

Management believes that it is more likely than not that the recorded deferred tax assets will be fully realized and therefore no valuation allowance is necessary. The conclusion that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized is based on the Company’s historical earnings, its current level of earnings and prospects for continued growth and profitability.

Since January 1, 2007, the Company has been required to record a liability (or a reduction of an asset) for the uncertainty associated with certain tax positions. This liability reflects the fact that the Company has not recognized the benefit associated with the tax position. The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008, and it did not have increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits during 2009 and does not have any tax positions for which unrecognized tax benefits must be recorded at December 31, 2009. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company has no interest or penalties relating to income tax positions recognized in the income statement or in the balance sheet. If the Company were to record interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions or as a result of an audit by a tax jurisdiction, the interest and penalties would be included in income tax expense. The Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change in the next 12 months.

Tax years that remain open and subject to audit by major tax jurisdictions include the Company’s 2006 — 2009 Federal and Illinois income tax returns.

102

(19) Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

Stock Incentive Plan

The 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (“the 2007 Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders in January 2007, permits the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, rights and restricted stock, as well as the conversion of outstanding options of acquired companies to Wintrust options. The 2007 Plan initially provided for the issuance of up to 500,000 shares of common stock, and in May 2009 the Company’s shareholders approved an additional 325,000 shares of common stock that may be offered under the 2007 Plan. All grants made in 2007, 2008 and 2009 were made pursuant to the 2007 Plan, and as of December 31, 2009, 386,936 shares were available for future grant. The 2007 Plan replaced the Wintrust Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (“the 1997 Plan”) which had substantially similar terms. The 2007 Plan and the 1997 Plan are collectively referred to as “the Plans.” The Plans cover substantially all employees of Wintrust.

The Company typically awards stock-based compensation in the form of stock options and restricted share awards. In general, the Plans provide for the grant of options to purchase shares of Win-trust’s common stock at the fair market value of the stock on the date the options are granted. Options generally vest ratably over a five-year period and expire at such time as the Compensation Committee determines at the time of grant. The 2007 Plan provides for a maximum term of seven years from the date of grant for stock options while the 1997 Plan provided for a maximum term of ten years. Restricted Stock Unit Awards (“restricted shares”) entitle the holders to receive, at no cost, shares of the Company’s common stock. Restricted share awards generally vest over periods of one to five years from the date of grant. Holders of restricted share awards are not entitled to vote or receive cash dividends (or cash payments equal to the cash dividends) on the underlying common shares until the awards are vested. Except in limited circumstances, these awards are canceled upon termination of employment without any payment of consideration by the Company.

Stock-based compensation is measured as the fair value of an award on the date of grant and is recognized over the vesting period on a straight-line basis. The fair value of restricted shares is determined based on the average of the high and low trading prices on the grant date, and the fair value of stock options is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model that utilizes the assumptions outlined in the following table. Option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions and are sensitive to changes in the option’s expected life and the price volatility of the underlying stock, which can materially affect the fair value estimate. Expected life is based on historical exercise and termination behavior as well as the term of the option, and expected stock price volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s common stock, which correlates with the expected life of the options. The risk-free interest rate is based on comparable U.S. Treasury rates. Management reviews and adjusts the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of an option on a periodic basis to better reflect expected trends. The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to determine the fair value of options granted in the years ending December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

	2009			2008			2007
Expected dividend yield		1.7	%		1.2	%		0.9	%
Expected volatility		46.3	%		33.00	%		26.3	%
Risk-free rate		2.5	%		3.3	%		4.2	%
Expected option life (in years)		5.9			6.7			6.8

Stock based compensation is recognized based on the number of awards that are ultimately expected to vest. As a result, recognized compensation expense for stock options and restricted share awards was reduced for estimated forfeitures prior to vesting. Forfeiture rates are estimated based on historical forfeiture experience. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income was $6.7 million, $9.9 million and $10.8 million and the related tax benefits were $2.6 million, $3.8 million and $4.1 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

103

A summary of the Plans’ stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

				Weighted		Remaining		Intrinsic
	Common			Average		Contractual		Value(2)
Stock Options	Shares			Strike Prices		Term(1)		($000)
Outstanding at January 1, 2007		2,786,064		$	33.02
Granted		126,000			37.32
Exercised		(298,579	)		14.85
Forfeited or canceled		(108,304	)		47.89
Outstanding at December 31, 2007		2,505,181		$	34.76		5.2	$	17,558
Exercisable at December 31, 2007		1,822,830		$	29.42		4.5	$	17,534
Outstanding at January 1, 2008		2,505,181		$	34.76
Granted		62,450			31.15
Exercised		(141,146	)		15.54
Forfeited or canceled		(38,311	)		46.16
Outstanding at December 31, 2008		2,388,174		$	35.61		4.4	$	3,890
Exercisable at December 31, 2008		1,921,823		$	32.90		4.0	$	3,890
Outstanding at January 1, 2009		2,388,174		$	35.61
Granted		54,500			20.72
Exercised		(213,012	)		11.84
Forfeited or canceled		(73,453	)		34.57
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		2,156,209		$	37.61		3.9	$	8,959
Exercisable at December 31, 2009		1,842,508		$	37.15		3.7	$	8,382
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2009		2,140,165		$	37.59		3.9	$	8,929

(1)

Represents the weighted average contractual remaining life in years.

(2)

Aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pretax intrinsic value (i.e., the difference between the Company’s average of the high and low stock price at year end and the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares) that would have been received by the option holders if they had exercised their options on the last day of the year. Options with exercise prices above the year end stock price are excluded from the calculation of intrinsic value. This amount will change based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock.

The weighted average per share grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $8.55, $10.83 and $12.83, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was $2.6 million, $2.3 million and $7.3 million, respectively.

Cash received from option exercises under the Plans for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $2.5 million, $2.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $1.0 million, $1.3 million and $2.4 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

A summary of the Plans’ restricted share award activity for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

	2009					2008					2007
				Weighted					Weighted					Weighted
				Average					Average					Average
	Common			Grant-Date		Common			Grant-Date		Common			Grant-Date
Restricted Shares	Shares			Fair Value		Shares			Fair Value		Shares			Fair Value
Outstanding at beginning of year		262,997		$	44.09		308,627		$	48.16		335,904		$	51.78
Granted		28,550			24.22		71,843			28.76		99,663			39.51
Vested (shares issued)		(81,492	)		39.84		(111,859	)		45.67		(112,880	)		51.35
Forfeited		(1,625	)		30.56		(5,614	)		40.88		(14,060	)		47.51
Outstanding at end of year		208,430		$	43.24		262,997		$	44.09		308,627		$	48.16

104

The actual tax benefit realized upon the vesting of restricted shares is based on the fair value of the shares on the vesting date and the estimated tax benefit of the awards is based on fair value of the awards on the grant date. The actual tax benefit realized upon the vesting of restricted shares in 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $754,000, $723,000 and $359,000, respectively, less than the estimated tax benefit for those shares. These differences in actual and estimated tax benefits were recorded directly to shareholders’ equity.

In the third quarter of 2009, the Company began paying a portion of the base pay of certain executives in shares of the Company’s stock. The number of shares granted as of each payroll date is based on the compensation earned during the period and the average of the high and low price of the Company’s common stock on the last day of the payroll period. Shares are issued to the executives annually at the end of the year. As of December 31, 2009, 3,122 shares were granted and issued at an average price of $28.03. Shares granted under this arrangement are granted under the 2007 Plan.

As of December 31, 2009, there was $5.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share based arrangements under the Plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately two years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $6.9 million, $9.9 million and $11.5 million, respectively.

The Company issues new shares to satisfy its obligation to issue shares granted pursuant to the Plans.

Other Employee Benefits

Wintrust and its subsidiaries also provide 401(k) Retirement Savings Plans (“401(k) Plans”). The 401(k) Plans cover all employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. Contributions by employees are made through salary deferrals at their direction, subject to certain Plan and statutory limitations. Employer contributions to the 401(k) Plans are made at the employer’s discretion. Generally, participants completing 501 hours of service are eligible to share in an allocation of employer contributions. The Company’s expense for the employer contributions to the 401(k) Plans was approximately $3.2 million in 2009, $2.9 million in 2008, and $2.8 million in 2007.

The Wintrust Financial Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“SPP”) is designed to encourage greater stock ownership among employees, thereby enhancing employee commitment to the Company. The SPP gives eligible employees the right to accumulate funds over an offering period to purchase shares of common stock. The Company has reserved 375,000 shares of its authorized common stock for the SPP. All shares offered under the SPP will be either newly issued shares of the Company or shares issued from treasury, if any. In accordance with the SPP, the purchase price of the shares of common stock may not be lower than the lesser of 85% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the first day of the offering period or 85% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the last date for the offering period. The Company’s Board of Directors authorized a purchase price calculation at 90% of fair market value for each of the offering periods. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, a total of 119,341 shares, 45,971 shares and 38,717 shares, respectively, were issued to participant accounts and approximately $963,000, $141,000 and $170,000, respectively, was recognized as compensation expense. The current offering period concludes on March 31, 2010. The Company plans to continue to periodically offer common stock through this SPP subsequent to March 31, 2010. At December 31, 2009, 212,339 shares were available for future grants under the SPP.

The Company does not currently offer other postretirement benefits such as health care or other pension plans.

Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan

The Wintrust Financial Corporation Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan (“DDFS Plan”) allows directors of the Company and its subsidiaries to choose to receive payment of directors’ fees in either cash or common stock of the Company and to defer the receipt of the fees. The DDFS Plan is designed to encourage stock ownership by directors. The Company has reserved 425,000 shares of its authorized common stock for the DDFS Plan. All shares offered under the DDFS Plan will be either newly issued shares of the Company or shares issued from treasury. The number of shares issued is determined on a quarterly basis based on the fees earned during the quarter and the fair market value per share of the common stock on the last trading day of the preceding quarter. The shares are issued annually and the directors are entitled to dividends and voting rights upon the issuance of the shares. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, a total of 51,627 shares, 29,513 shares and 15,843 shares, respectively, were issued to directors. For those directors that elect to defer the receipt of the common stock, the Company maintains records of stock units representing an obligation to issue shares of common stock. The number of stock units equals the number of shares that would have been issued had the director not elected to defer receipt of the shares. Additional stock units are credited at the time dividends are paid, however no voting rights are associated with the stock units. The shares of common stock represented by the stock units are issued in the year specified by the directors in their participation agreements. At December 31, 2009, the Company has an obligation to issue 201,072 shares of common stock to directors and has 92,572 shares available for future grants under the DDFS Plan.

105

Cash Incentive and Retention Plan

In April 2008, the Company approved a Cash Incentive and Retention Plan (“CIRP”) which allows the Company to provide cash compensation to the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ officers and employees. The CIRP is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or such other committee of the Board of Directors as may be designated by the Board of Directors from time to time. The CIRP generally provides for the grants of cash awards, as determined by the Compensation Committee, which may be earned pursuant to the achievement of performance criteria established by the Committee and/or continued employment. The performance criteria, if any, established by the Committee must relate to one or more of the criteria specified in the CIRP, which includes: earnings, earnings growth, revenues, stock price, return on assets, return on equity, improvement of financial ratings, achievement of balance sheet or income statement objectives and expenses. These criteria may relate to the Company, a particular line of business or a specific subsidiary of the Company. The Company’s expense related to the CIRP was approximately $275,000 and $390,000 in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

(20) Regulatory Matters

Banking laws place restrictions upon the amount of dividends which can be paid to Wintrust by the Banks. Based on these laws, the Banks could, subject to minimum capital requirements, declare dividends to Wintrust without obtaining regulatory approval in an amount not exceeding (a) undivided profits, and (b) the amount of net income reduced by dividends paid for the current and prior two years. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, cash dividends totaling $100.0 million, $73.2 million and $105.9 million, respectively, were paid to Wintrust by the Banks. As of January 1, 2010, the Banks had approximately $18.5 million available to be paid as dividends to Wintrust without prior regulatory approval and without reducing their capital below the well-capitalized level.

The Banks are also required by the Federal Reserve Act to maintain reserves against deposits. Reserves are held either in the form of vault cash or balances maintained with the Federal Reserve Bank and are based on the average daily deposit balances and statutory reserve ratios prescribed by the type of deposit account. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, reserve balances of approximately $34.6 million and $21.4 million, respectively, were required to be maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank.

The Company and the Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and the Banks’ capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Banks to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and Tier 1 leverage capital (as defined) to average quarterly assets (as defined).

The Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, of which at least 4.0% must be in the form of Tier 1 Capital. The Federal Reserve also requires a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio (Tier 1 Capital to total assets) of 3.0% for strong bank holding companies (those rated a composite “1” under the Federal Reserve’s rating system). For all other banking holding companies, the minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio is 4.0%. In addition the Federal Reserve continues to consider the Tier 1 leverage ratio in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. As reflected in the following table, the Company met all minimum capital requirements at December 31, 2009 and 2008:

	2009			2008
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets		12.4	%		13.1	%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets		11.0			11.6
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio		9.3			10.6

In 2002, Wintrust became designated as a financial holding company. Bank holding companies approved as financial holding companies may engage in an expanded range of activities, including the businesses conducted by the Wayne Hummer Companies. As a financial holding company, Wintrust’s Banks are required to maintain their capital positions at the “well-capitalized” level. As of December 31, 2009, the Banks were categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. The ratios required for the Banks to be “well capitalized” by regulatory definition are 10.0%, 6.0%, and 5.0% for Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets, Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets and Tier 1 Leverage Ratio, respectively.

106

The Banks’ actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

	December 31, 2009										December 31, 2008
						To Be Well										To Be Well
						Capitalized by										Capitalized by
	Actual					Regulatory Definition					Actual					Regulatory Definition
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
Lake Forest Bank	$	194,579		10.6		$	184,187		10.0	%	$	148,206		10.1		$	146,526		10.0	%
Hinsdale Bank		126,631		10.7			118,160		10.0			119,527		10.5			113,449		10.0
North Shore Bank		131,277		12.6			104,538		10.0			85,204		10.6			80,319		10.0
Libertyville Bank		91,748		10.5			87,674		10.0			86,545		10.2			84,770		10.0
Barrington Bank		110,464		13.1			84,544		10.0			79,997		10.7			75,004		10.0
Crystal Lake Bank		63,586		11.5			55,115		10.0			54,531		10.4			52,499		10.0
Northbrook Bank		64,416		10.6			60,611		10.0			64,187		10.6			60,597		10.0
Advantage Bank		38,566		11.2			34,519		10.0			34,124		10.6			32,162		10.0
Village Bank		72,391		13.2			54,992		10.0			50,740		10.3			49,041		10.0
Beverly Bank		28,175		13.5			20,814		10.0			19,402		10.2			19,064		10.0
Town Bank		61,016		10.4			58,515		10.0			54,480		10.3			52,641		10.0
Wheaton Bank		42,467		12.7			33,381		10.0			31,959		10.6			30,049		10.0
State Bank of The Lakes		53,954		10.6			50,892		10.0			52,512		10.9			48,239		10.0
Old Plank Trail Bank		26,990		10.7			25,133		10.0			22,232		10.9			20,363		10.0
St. Charles Bank		24,881		12.9			19,335		10.0			15,477		10.0			15,457		10.0
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
Lake Forest Bank	$	147,866		8.0	%	$	110,512		6.0	%	$	134,441		9.2	%	$	87,915		6.0	%
Hinsdale Bank		102,860		8.7			70,896		6.0			104,576		9.2			68,069		6.0
North Shore Bank		93,928		9.0			62,723		6.0			72,585		9.0			48,191		6.0
Libertyville Bank		73,234		8.4			52,604		6.0			80,395		9.5			50,862		6.0
Barrington Bank		78,670		9.3			50,727		6.0			68,757		9.2			45,002		6.0
Crystal Lake Bank		51,903		9.4			33,069		6.0			50,113		9.5			31,499		6.0
Northbrook Bank		59,166		9.8			36,366		6.0			56,640		9.3			36,358		6.0
Advantage Bank		26,006		7.5			20,711		6.0			28,790		9.0			19,297		6.0
Village Bank		54,511		9.9			32,995		6.0			45,054		9.2			29,424		6.0
Beverly Bank		21,350		10.3			12,489		6.0			14,656		7.7			11,439		6.0
Town Bank		54,193		9.3			35,109		6.0			49,904		9.5			31,585		6.0
Wheaton Bank		31,035		9.3			20,029		6.0			24,313		8.1			18,030		6.0
State Bank of The Lakes		50,336		9.9			30,535		6.0			49,860		10.3			28,943		6.0
Old Plank Trail Bank		19,088		7.6			15,080		6.0			19,192		9.4			12,218		6.0
St. Charles Bank		18,232		9.4			11,601		6.0			10,758		7.0			9,274		6.0
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio:
Lake Forest Bank	$	147,866		7.6	%	$	96,816		5.0	%	$	134,441		8.3	%	$	80,852		5.0	%
Hinsdale Bank		102,860		7.4			69,333		5.0			104,576		8.8			59,568		5.0
North Shore Bank		93,928		7.1			65,815		5.0			72,585		7.4			48,843		5.0
Libertyville Bank		73,234		7.0			52,393		5.0			80,395		8.2			49,211		5.0
Barrington Bank		78,670		7.9			49,500		5.0			68,757		8.6			40,144		5.0
Crystal Lake Bank		51,903		7.8			33,277		5.0			50,113		8.4			29,654		5.0
Northbrook Bank		59,166		7.0			42,240		5.0			56,640		8.2			34,450		5.0
Advantage Bank		26,006		5.6			23,109		5.0			28,790		7.7			18,741		5.0
Village Bank		54,511		7.1			38,362		5.0			45,054		7.9			28,618		5.0
Beverly Bank		21,350		7.2			14,826		5.0			14,656		6.8			10,718		5.0
Town Bank		54,193		8.6			31,360		5.0			49,904		8.6			29,110		5.0
Wheaton Bank		31,035		7.2			21,524		5.0			24,313		6.9			17,633		5.0
State Bank of The Lakes		50,336		7.7			32,552		5.0			49,860		8.6			29,090		5.0
Old Plank Trail Bank		19,088		6.4			14,954		5.0			19,192		9.1			10,506		5.0
St. Charles Bank		18,232		7.4			12,338		5.0			10,758		7.1			7,629		5.0

Wintrust’s mortgage banking and broker/dealer subsidiaries are also required to maintain minimum net worth capital requirements with various governmental agencies. The mortgage banking subsidiary’s net worth requirements are governed by the Department of Housing and Urban Development and the broker/dealer’s net worth requirements are governed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. As of December 31, 2009, these subsidiaries met their minimum net worth capital requirements.

107

(21) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has outstanding, at any time, a number of commitments to extend credit. These commitments include revolving home equity line and other credit agreements, term loan commitments and standby and commercial letters of credit. Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, while commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and the third party.

These commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. Commitments to extend commercial, commercial real estate and construction loans totaled $1.7 billion and $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and unused home equity lines totaled $854.2 million and $897.9 million, respectively. Standby and commercial letters of credit totaled $161.9 million at December 31, 2009 and $193.6 million at December 31, 2008.

In addition, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had approximately $369.7 million and $176.1 million, respectively, in commitments to fund residential mortgage loans to be sold into the secondary market. These lending commitments are also considered derivative instruments. The Company also enters into forward contracts for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans at specified interest rates to reduce the interest rate risk associated with commitments to fund loans as well as mortgage loans held-for-sale. These forward contracts are also considered derivative instruments and had contractual amounts of approximately $637.6 million at December 31, 2009 and $237.3 million at December 31, 2008. See Note 22 for further discussion on derivative instruments.

The Company enters into residential mortgage loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. These agreements usually require certain representations concerning credit information, loan documentation, collateral and insurability. On occasion, investors have requested the Company to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans which the investors believe do not comply with applicable representations. Management maintains a liability for estimated losses on loans expected to be repurchased or on which indemnification is expected to be provided and regularly evaluates the adequacy of this recourse liability based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests, actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loans, and current economic conditions.

The Company sold approximately $4.5 billion of mortgage loans in 2009 and $1.6 billion in 2008. During 2009 and 2008, the Company provided approximately $5.0 million and $590,000, respectively, for estimated losses related to recourse obligations on residential mortgage loans sold to investors. These estimated losses primarily related to mortgages obtained through wholesale and correspondent channels which experienced early payment and other defaults meeting certain representation and warranty recourse requirements. Losses charged against the liability for estimated losses were $2.3 million and $1.7 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively. The liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification was $3.4 million and $734,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and was included in other liabilities on the balance sheet.

The Company utilizes an out-sourced securities clearing platform and has agreed to indemnify the clearing broker of WHI for losses that it may sustain from the customer accounts introduced by WHI. At December, 31, 2009, the total amount of customer balances maintained by the clearing broker and subject to indemnification was approximately $21 million. WHI seeks to control the risks associated with its customers’ activities by requiring customers to maintain margin collateral in compliance with various regulatory and internal guidelines.

On July 28, 2009, FIFC purchased a portfolio of domestic life insurance premium finance receivables. At closing, a portion of the portfolio with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $232.8 million was placed in escrow, pending the receipt of required third party consents. These consents were required to effect the transfer of certain collateral (i.e., letters of credit, brokerage accounts, etc.) to be held for the benefit of FIFC. The parties agreed that to the extent any of the required consents were not obtained prior to October 28, 2010, the corresponding portion of the portfolio would be reassumed by the applicable seller, and the corresponding portion of the purchase price would be returned to FIFC. As of December 31, 2009, required consents were received related to approximately $182.5 million of the escrowed purchase price with approximately $50.3 million of escrowed purchase price related to required consents remaining to be received. See Note 8 for a further discussion of this transaction.

In the ordinary course of business, there are legal proceedings pending against the Company and its subsidiaries. Management believes the aggregate liabilities, if any, resulting from such actions would not have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.

108

(22) Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company enters into derivative financial instruments as part of its strategy to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates. Derivative instruments represent contracts between parties that result in one party delivering cash to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying (such as a rate, security price or price index) as specified in the contract. The amount of cash delivered from one party to the other is determined based on the interaction of the notional amount of the contract with the underlying. Derivatives are also implicit in certain contracts and commitments.

The derivative financial instruments currently used by the Company to manage its exposure to interest rate risk include: (1) interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate risk of certain variable rate liabilities; (2) interest rate lock commitments provided to customers to fund certain mortgage loans to be sold into the secondary market; (3) forward commitments for the future delivery of such mortgage loans to protect the Company from adverse changes in interest rates and corresponding changes in the value of mortgage loans available-for-sale; and (4) covered call options related to specific investment securities to enhance the overall yield on such securities. The Company also enters into derivatives (typically interest rate swaps) with certain qualified borrowers to facilitate the borrowers’ risk management strategies and concurrently enters into mirror-image derivatives with a third party counterparty, effectively making a market in the derivatives for such borrowers.

As required by ASC 815, the Company recognizes derivative financial instruments in the consolidated financial statements at fair value regardless of the purpose or intent for holding the instrument. Derivative financial instruments are included in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, on the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are either recognized periodically in income or in shareholders’ equity as a component of other comprehensive income depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting and, if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or cash flow hedge. Generally, changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as fair value hedges are recorded in income in the same period and in the same income statement line as changes in the fair values of the hedged items that relate to the hedged risk(s). Changes in fair values of derivative financial instruments accounted for as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are effective hedges, are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes, and reclassified to earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in fair values of derivative financial instruments not designated in a hedging relationship pursuant to ASC 815, including changes in fair value related to the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, are reported in non-interest income during the period of the change. Derivative financial instruments are valued by a third party and are periodically validated by comparison with valuations provided by the respective counterparties. Fair values of mortgage banking derivatives (interest rate lock commitments and forward commitments to sell mortgage loans) are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date of the loan commitment.

109

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands):

	Derivative Assets					Derivative Liabilities
	Fair Value					Fair Value
	Balance					Balance
	Sheet	December 31,		December 31,		Sheet	December 31,		December 31,
	Location	2009		2008		Location	2009		2008
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
Interest rate swaps designated as Cash Flow Hedges	Other Assets	$	—	$	—	Other liabilities	$	14,701	$	19,314
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
Interest rate derivatives	Other assets		7,759		9,115	Other liabilities		8,076		9,294
Interest rate lock commitments	Other assets		32		56	Other liabilities		3,002		386
Forward commitments to sell mortgage loans	Other assets		4,860		401	Other liabilities		37		191
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815		$	12,651	$	9,572		$	11,115	$	9,871
Total derivatives		$	12,651	$	9,572		$	25,816	$	29,185

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest income and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish these objectives, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had five interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $175.0 million that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk.

The table below provides details on each of these five interest rate swaps as of December 31, 2009 (dollars in thousands):

	December 31, 2009
Maturity Date	Notional		Fair Value			Receive Rate			Pay Rate			Type of Hedging
	Amount		Gain (Loss)			(LIBOR)			(LIBOR)			Relationship
Pay fixed, receive variable:
September 2011	$	20,000		(1,419	)		0.25	%		5.25	%	Cash Flow
September 2011		40,000		(2,836	)		0.25	%		5.25	%	Cash Flow
October 2011		25,000		(967	)		0.28	%		3.39	%	Cash Flow
September 2013		50,000		(5,261	)		0.25	%		5.30	%	Cash Flow
September 2013		40,000		(4,218	)		0.25	%		5.30	%	Cash Flow
Total	$	175,000		(14,701	)

110

During 2009, these interest rate swaps were used to hedge the variable cash outflows associated with interest expense on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of these cash flow hedges is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable rate junior subordinated debentures. The changes in fair value (net of tax) are separately disclosed in the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity as a component of comprehensive income. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of these derivatives is recognized directly in earnings; however, no hedge ineffectiveness was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Company uses the hypothetical derivative method to assess and measure effectiveness.

A rollforward of the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income related to interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2009			2008
Unrealized loss at beginning of period	$	(20,549	)	$	(9,067	)
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to interest expense on junior subordinated debentures		7,712			3,231
Amount of loss recognized in other comprehensive income		(2,650	)		(14,713	)
Unrealized loss at end of period	$	(15,487	)	$	(20,549	)

In September 2008, the Company terminated an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $25.0 million (maturing in October 2011) that was designated in a cash flow hedge and entered into a new interest rate swap with another counterparty to effectively replace the terminated swap. The interest rate swap was terminated by the Company in accordance with the default provisions in the swap agreement. The unrealized loss on the interest rate swap at the date of termination is being amortized out of other comprehensive income to interest expense over the remaining term of the terminated swap. At December 31, 2009, accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) includes $786,000 of unrealized loss ($483,000 net of tax) related to this terminated interest rate swap.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company estimates that during the next twelve months, $7.3 million will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income as an increase to interest expense.

Non-Designated Hedges

The Company does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. Derivatives not designated as hedges are used to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements and other identified risks but do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements of ASC 815. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings.

Interest Rate Derivatives — The Company has interest rate derivatives, including swaps and option products, resulting from a service the Company provides to certain qualified borrowers. The Company’s banking subsidiaries execute certain derivative products (typically interest rate swaps) directly with qualified commercial borrowers to facilitate the borrowers’ risk management strategies. For example, doing so allows the Company’s commercial borrowers to effectively convert a variable rate loan to a fixed rate. In order to minimize the Company’s exposure on these transactions, the Company simultaneously executes offsetting derivatives with third parties. In most cases the offsetting derivatives have mirror-image terms, which result in the positions’ changes in fair value substantially offsetting through earnings each period. However, to the extent that the derivatives are not a mirror-image, and because of differences in counterparty credit risk, changes in fair value will not completely offset, resulting in some earnings impact each period. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are included in other non-interest income. At December 31, 2009, the Company had approximately 92 derivative transactions (46 with customers and 46 with third parties) with an aggregate notional amount of approximately $373.8 million ($368.9 million of interest rate swaps and $4.9 million of interest rate options) related to this program. These interest rate derivatives had maturity dates ranging from August 2010 to March 2019.

111

Mortgage Banking Derivatives — These derivatives include interest rate lock commitments provided to customers to fund certain mortgage loans to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of such loans. It is the Company’s practice to enter into forward commitments for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans when interest rate lock commitments are entered into in order to economically hedge the effect of future changes in interest rates on its commitments to fund the loans as well as on its portfolio of mortgage loans held-for-sale. The Company’s mortgage banking derivatives have not been designated as being in hedge relationships. At December 31, 2009 the Company had interest rate lock commitments with an aggregate notional amount of $369.7 million and forward commitments to sell mortgage loans with an aggregate notional amount of $637.6 million. The fair values of these derivatives were estimated based on changes in mortgage rates from the dates of the commitments. Changes in the fair value of these mortgage banking derivatives are included in mortgage banking revenue.

Other Derivatives

Periodically, the Company will sell options to a bank or dealer for the right to purchase certain securities held within the Banks’ investment portfolios (covered call options). These option transactions are designed primarily to increase the total return associated with the investment securities portfolio. These options are not designated in a hedging relationship pursuant to ASC 815, and, accordingly, changes in fair value of these contracts are recognized as other non-interest income. There were no covered call options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 or December 31, 2008.

Amounts included in the consolidated statement of income related to derivative instruments not designated in hedge relationships were as follows (dollars in thousands):

		Years Ended December 31,
Derivative	Location in income statement	2009			2008
Interest rate swaps and floors	Other income	$	(137	)	$	(189	)
Mortgage banking derivatives	Mortgage banking revenue		1,974			(104	)
Covered call options	Other income		1,998			29,024

Credit Risk

Derivative instruments have inherent risks, primarily market risk and credit risk. Market risk is associated with changes in interest rates and credit risk relates to the risk that the counterparty will fail to perform according to the terms of the agreement. The amounts potentially subject to market and credit risks are the streams of interest payments under the contracts and the market value of the derivative instrument which is determined based on the interaction of the notional amount of the contract with the underlying, and not the notional principal amounts used to express the volume of the transactions. Market and credit risks are managed and monitored as part of the Company’s overall Asset/Liability management process, except that the credit risk related to derivatives entered into with certain qualified borrowers is managed through the Company’s standard loan underwriting process since these derivatives are secured through collateral provided by the loan agreements. Actual exposures are monitored against various types of credit limits established to contain risk within parameters. When deemed necessary, appropriate types and amounts of collateral are obtained to minimize credit exposure.

The Company has agreements with certain of its interest rate derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. The Company also has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company fails to maintain its status as a well / adequate capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Company would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements. As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of interest rate derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest related to these agreements, was $23.6 million. As of December 31, 2009 the Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties and has posted collateral consisting of $8.8 million of cash and $7.0 million of securities. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2009 it would have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value and would have been required to pay any additional amounts due in excess of amounts previously posted as collateral with the respective counterparty.

The Company is also exposed to the credit risk of its commercial borrowers who are counterparties to interest rate derivatives with the Banks. This counterparty risk related to the commercial borrowers is managed and monitored through the Banks’ standard underwriting process applicable to loans since these derivatives are secured through collateral provided by the loan agreement. The counterparty risk associated with the mirror-image swaps executed with third parties is monitored and managed in connection with the Company’s overall asset liability management process.

112

(23) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Effective January 1, 2008, upon adoption of new accounting standards for fair value measurements, the Company began to group financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the observability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

• Level 1 — unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2 — inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

• Level 3 — significant unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the above valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the assets or liabilities. Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Available-for-sale and trading account securities — Fair values for available-for-sale and trading account securities are based on quoted market prices when available or through the use of alternative approaches, such as matrix or model pricing or indicators from market makers.

Mortgage loans held-for-sale — Mortgage loans originated by Wintrust Mortgage Company on or after January 1, 2008 are carried at fair value. The fair value of mortgage loans held-for-sale is determined by reference to investor price sheets for loan products with similar characteristics.

Mortgage servicing rights — Fair value for mortgage servicing rights is determined utilizing a third party valuation model which stratifies the servicing rights into pools based on product type and interest rate. The fair value of each servicing rights pool is calculated based on the present value of estimated future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk associated with that pool, given current market conditions. Estimates of fair value include assumptions about prepayment speeds, interest rates and other factors which are subject to change over time.

Derivative instruments — The Company’s derivative instruments include interest rate swaps, commitments to fund mortgages for sale into the secondary market (interest rate locks) and forward commitments to end investors for the sale of mortgage loans. Interest rate swaps are valued by a third party, using models that primarily use market observable inputs, such as yield curves, and are validated by comparison with valuations provided by the respective counterparties. The fair value for mortgage derivatives is based on changes in mortgage rates from the date of the commitments.

Nonqualified deferred compensation assets — The underlying assets relating to the nonqualified deferred compensation plan are included in a trust and primarily consist of non-exchange traded institutional funds which are priced based by an independent third party service.

Retained interests from the sale of premium finance receivables — The fair value of retained interests, which include overcollateralization of loans, cash reserves, servicing rights and interest only strips, from the sale or securitization of premium finance receivables are based on certain observable inputs such as interest rates and credits spreads, as well as unobservable inputs such as prepayments, late payments and estimated net charge-offs.

113

The following tables present the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the periods presented:

	December 31, 2009
(Dollars in thousands)	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. Treasury	$	110,816	$	—	$	110,816	$	—
U.S. Government agencies		576,176		—		576,176		—
Municipal		65,336		—		48,184		17,152
Corporate notes and other		89,448		—		36,854		52,594
Mortgage-backed		375,306		—		216,857		158,449
Equity securities (1)		30,491		—		5,091		25,400
Trading account securities		33,774		186		1,664		31,924
Mortgage loans held-for-sale		265,786		—		265,786		—
Mortgage servicing rights		6,745		—		—		6,745
Nonqualified deferred compensation assets		2,827		—		2,827		—
Derivative assets		12,651		—		12,651		—
Retained interests from the sale/securitization of premium finance receivables		43,541		—		—		43,541
Total	$	1,612,897	$	186	$	1,276,906	$	335,805
Derivative liabilities	$	25,816	$	—	$	25,816	$	—

	December 31, 2008
(Dollars in thousands)	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Available-for-sale securities
U.S. Treasury	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
U.S. Government agencies		298,729		—		298,619		110
Municipal		59,295		—		49,922		9,373
Corporate notes and other		32,486		—		31,091		1,395
Mortgage-backed		285,307		—		281,297		4,010
Equity securities (1)		30,294		—		4,190		26,104
Trading account securities		4,399		297		1,027		3,075
Mortgage loans held-for-sale		51,029		—		51,029		—
Mortgage servicing rights		3,990		—		—		3,990
Nonqualified deferred compensation assets		2,279		—		2,279		—
Derivative assets		9,572		—		9,572		—
Retained interests from the sale/securitization of premium finance receivables		1,229		—		—		1,229
Total	$	778,609	$	297	$	729,026	$	49,286
Derivative liabilities	$	29,185	$	—	$	29,185	$	—

(1) Excludes Federal Reserve and FHLB stock and the common securities issued by trusts formed by the Company in conjunction with Trust Preferred Securities offerings.

The aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 for mortgage loans held-for-sale measured at fair value was $262.1 million and $49.9 million, respectively, while the aggregate fair value of mortgage loans held-for-sale was $265.8 million and $51.0 million, respectively, as shown in the above tables. There were no nonaccrual loans or loans past due greater than 90 days and still accruing in the mortgage loans held-for-sale portfolio measured at fair value as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.

114

The changes in Level 3 available-for-sale securities measured at fair value on a recurring basis during year ended December 31, 2009 are summarized as follows:

							Corporate
	U.S. Govt.						notes and			Mortgage-		Equity
(Dollars in thousands)	agencies			Municipal			other debt			backed		securities
Balance at January 1, 2009	$	110		$	9,373		$	1,395		$	4,010	$	26,104
Total net gains included in:
Net income (1)		—			(112	)		(404	)		—		—
Other comprehensive income		(1	)		—			—			5,416		—
Purchases, issuances and settlements, net		—			10,040			51,603			149,023		43
Net transfers into/(out) of Level 3		(109	)		(2,149	)		—			—		(747	)
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	—		$	17,152		$	52,594		$	158,449	$	25,400

(1) Income for Municipal and Corporate notes and other is recognized as a component of interest income on securities.

The changes in Level 3 for assets and liabilities not including in the preceding table measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2009 are summarized as follows:

	Trading		Mortgage
	account		servicing		Retained
(Dollars in thousands)	securities		rights		interests
Balance at January 1, 2009	$	3,075	$	3,990	$	1,229
Total net gains included in:
Net income (1)		26,653		2,755		(358	)
Other comprehensive income		—		—		—
Purchases, issuances and settlements, net		2,196		—		42,670
Net transfers into/(out) of Level 3		—		—		—
Balance at December 31, 2009	$	31,924	$	6,745	$	43,541

(1) Income for trading account securities is recognized as a component of trading income in non-interest income and changes in the balance of mortgage servicing rights are recorded as a component of mortgage banking revenue in non-interest income. Income for retained interests is recorded as a component of gain on sales of premium finance receivables or miscellaneous income in non-interest income.

The changes in Level 3 for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2008 are summarized as follows:

	Available-			Trading		Mortgage
	for-sale			account		servicing			Retained
(Dollars in thousands)	securities			securities		rights			interests
Balance at January 1, 2008	$	95,514		$	—	$	4,730		$	4,480
Total net gains included in:
Net income (loss)(1)		—			—		(740	)		5,728
Other comprehensive income		—			—		—			—
Purchases, issuances and settlements, net		220,192			3,075		—			(8,979	)
Net transfers into/(out) of Level 3		(274,714	)		—		—			—
Balance at December 31, 2008	$	40,992		$	3,075	$	3,990		$	1,229

(1) Changes in the balance of mortgage servicing rights are recorded as a component of mortgage banking revenue in non-interest income while gains for retained interests are recorded as a component of gain on sales of premium finance receivables in non-interest income.

115

Also, the Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of lower of cost or market accounting or impairment charges of individual assets. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis that were still held in the balance sheet at the end of the period, the following table provides the carrying value of the related individual assets or portfolios at December 31, 2009.

									Twelve months
									Ended
									December 31, 2009
	December 31, 2009								Fair Value
(Dollars in thousands)	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Losses Recognized
Impaired loans	$	105,568	$	—	$	—	$	105,568	$	86,107
Other real estate owned		80,163		—		—		80,163		23,938
Total	$	185,731	$	—	$	—	$	185,731	$	110,045

Impaired loans — A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due pursuant to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impairment is measured by estimating the fair value of the loan based on the present value of expected cash flows, the market price of the loan, or the fair value of the underlying collateral. Impaired loans are considered a fair value measurement where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral. Appraised values, which may require adjustments to market-based valuation inputs, are generally used on real estate collateral-dependant impaired loans.

Other real estate owned — Other real estate owned is comprised of real estate acquired in partial or full satisfaction of loans and is included in other assets. Other real estate owned is recorded at its estimated fair value less estimated selling costs at the date of transfer, with any excess of the related loan balance over the fair value less expected selling costs charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent changes in value are reported as adjustments to the carrying amount and are recorded in other non-interest expense. Gains and losses upon sale, if any, are also charged to other non-interest expense. Fair value is generally based on third party appraisals and internal estimates and is therefore considered a Level 3 valuation.

116

The Company is required under applicable accounting guidance to report the fair value of all financial instruments on the consolidated statement of condition, including those financial instruments carried at cost. The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

	At December 31, 2009				At December 31, 2008
	Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
	Value		Value		Value		Value
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	158,616		158,616		445,904		445,904
Interest bearing deposits with banks		1,025,663		1,025,663		123,009		123,009
Available-for-sale securities		1,328,815		1,328,815		784,673		784,673
Trading account securities		33,774		33,774		4,399		4,399
Brokerage customer receivables		20,871		20,871		17,901		17,901
Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at fair value		265,786		265,786		51,029		51,029
Loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market		9,929		10,033		10,087		10,207
Loans, net of unearned income		8,411,771		8,403,305		7,621,069		7,988,028
Mortgage servicing rights		6,745		6,745		3,990		3,990
Nonqualified deferred compensation assets		2,827		2,827		2,279		2,279
Retained interests from the sale/securitization of premium finance		43,541		43,541		1,229		1,229
Derivative assets		12,651		12,651		9,572		9,572
Accrued interest receivable and other		129,774		129,774		114,737		114,737
Total financial assets	$	11,450,763		11,442,401		9,189,878		9,556,957
Financial Liabilities:
Non-maturity deposits	$	5,347,823		5,347,823		3,976,003		3,976,003
Deposits with stated maturities		4,569,251		4,616,658		4,400,747		4,432,388
Notes payable		1,000		1,000		1,000		1,000
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		430,987		446,663		435,981		484,528
Subordinated notes		60,000		60,000		70,000		70,000
Other borrowings		247,437		247,347		336,764		336,764
Junior subordinated debentures		249,493		245,990		249,515		205,252
Derivative Liabilities		25,816		25,816		29,185		29,185
Accrued interest payable		15,669		15,669		18,533		18,533
Total financial liabilities	$	10,947,476		11,006,966		9,517,728		9,553,653

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments that were not previously disclosed.

Cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash and demand balances from banks, Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short maturity of those instruments.

Interest bearing deposits with banks. The carrying value of interest bearing deposits with banks approximates fair value due to the short maturity of those instruments.

Brokerage customer receivables. The carrying value of brokerage customer receivables approximates fair value due to the relatively short period of time to repricing of variable interest rates.

Loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market. Fair value is based on either quoted prices for the same or similar loans, or values obtained from third parties, or is estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics.

117

Loans. Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are analyzed by type such as commercial, residential real estate, etc. Each category is further segmented by interest rate type (fixed and variable) and term. For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently, estimated fair values are based on carrying values. The fair value of residential loans is based on secondary market sources for securities backed by similar loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. The fair value for other fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect credit and interest rate risks inherent in the loan. The primary impact of credit risk on the present value of the loan portfolio, however, was accommodated through the use of the allowance for loan losses, which is believed to represent the current fair value of probable incurred losses for purposes of the fair value calculation.

Accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable. The carrying values of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximate market values due to the relatively short period of time to expected realization.

Deposit liabilities. The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest bearing deposits, savings, NOW accounts and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of period-end (i.e. the carrying value). The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently in effect for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Notes payable. The carrying value of notes payable approximates fair value due to the relatively short period of time to repricing of variable interest rates.

Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The fair value of Federal Home Loan Bank advances is obtained from the Federal Home Loan Bank which uses a discounted cash flow analysis based on current market rates of similar maturity debt securities to discount cash flows.

Subordinated notes. The carrying value of the subordinated notes payable approximates fair value due to the relatively short period of time to repricing of variable interest rates.

Other borrowings. Carrying value of other borrowings approximates fair value due to the relatively short period of time to maturity or repricing.

Junior subordinated debentures. The fair value of the junior subordinated debentures is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.

(24) Shareholders’ Equity

A summary of the Company’s common and preferred stock at

December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:

	2009		2008
Common Stock:
Shares authorized		60,000,000		60,000,000
Shares issued		27,079,308		26,610,714
Shares outstanding		24,206,819		23,756,674
Cash dividend per share	$	0.27	$	0.36
Preferred Stock:
Shares authorized		20,000,000		20,000,000
Shares issued		300,000		300,000
Shares outstanding		300,000		300,000

The Company reserves shares of its authorized common stock specifically for its Stock Incentive Plan, its Employee Stock Purchase Plan and its Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan. The reserved shares and these plans are detailed in Note 19 - Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.

Series A Preferred Stock

In August 2008, the Company issued and sold 50,000 shares of non-cumulative perpetual convertible preferred stock, Series A, liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) for $50 million in a private transaction. If declared, dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are payable quarterly in arrears at a rate of 8.00% per annum. The Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock at the option of the holder at a conversion rate of 38.88 shares of common stock per share of Series A Preferred Stock. On and after August 26, 2010, the Series A Preferred Stock will be subject to mandatory conversion into common stock in connection with a fundamental transaction, or on and after August 26, 2013 if the closing price of the Company’s common stock exceeds a certain amount.

Series B Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s (the “U.S. Treasury”) Capital Purchase Program, on December 19, 2008, the Company issued to the U.S. Treasury, in exchange for aggregate consideration of $250 million, (i) 250,000 shares of the Company’s fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred Stock, Series B, liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), and (ii) a warrant to purchase 1,643,295 shares of Wintrust common stock at a per share exercise price of $22.82 and with a term of 10 years. The Series B Preferred Stock will pay a cumulative dividend at a coupon rate of 5% for the first five years and 9% thereafter. The Series B Preferred Stock can, with the approval of the Federal Reserve, be redeemed.

118

The relative fair values of the preferred stock and the warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury in conjunction with the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program were determined through an analysis, as of the valuation date of December 19, 2008, of the fair value of the warrants and the fair value of the preferred stock, and an allocation of the relative fair value of each to the $250 million of total proceeds.

The fair value of the warrant was determined as of the valuation date using a binomial lattice valuation model. The assumptions used in arriving at the fair value were as follows:

Company stock price as of the valuation date	$	20.06
Contractual strike price of warrant	$	22.82
Expected term based on contractual term		10 years
Expected volatility based on 10-year historical volatility of the Company’s stock		37	%
Expected annual dividend yield		1	%
Risk-free rate based on 10-year U.S. Treasury strip rate		2.72	%

Using that model, each of the 1,643,295 shares underlying the warrant was valued at $8.33 and, correspondingly, the aggregate fair value of the warrant was $13.7 million.

The fair value of the preferred stock was determined using a discounted cash flow model which discounted the contractual principal balance of $250 million and the contractual dividend payment of 5% for the first five years at a 13% discount rate. The discount rate was derived from the average and median yields on existing fixed rate preferred stock issuances of eleven different commercial banks in the central United States, which average and median results approximated 13% on the date of valuation. Using this methodology, the fair value of the preferred stock was estimated to be $181.8 million.

In relative terms, a summary of the above valuation is as follows:

			Relative
	Amount		Fair Value
Fair value of preferred stock		$181.8 million		93.0	%
Fair value of warrants		13.7 million		7.0
Total fair value		$195.5 million		100.0	%

Applying the relative value percentages of 93% for the preferred stock and 7% for the warrants to the total proceeds of $250 million, the resulting valuation of the preferred stock and warrants is as follows:

Proceeds allocated to Preferred Stock ($250 million multiplied by 93%)	$	232.5 million
Proceeds allocated to Warrants ($250 million multiplied by 7%)	$	17.5 million

For as long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the ability of the Company to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration, shares of its common stock or other securities, including trust preferred securities, will be subject to restrictions. The U.S. Treasury’s consent is required for any increase in common dividends per share from the amount of the Company’s semiannual cash dividend of $0.18 per share, until the third anniversary of the purchase agreement with the U.S. Treasury unless prior to such third anniversary the Series B Preferred Stock is redeemed in whole or the U.S. Treasury has transferred all of the Series B Preferred Stock to third parties.

In addition to the warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury, the Company has issued other warrants to acquire common stock. These warrants entitle the holders to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price of $30.50 per share. 19,000 of these warrants were outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The expiration date on these remaining outstanding warrants at December 31, 2009 is February 2013.

At the January 2010 Board of Directors meeting, a semi-annual cash dividend of $0.09 per share ($0.18 on an annualized basis) was declared. It was paid on February 25, 2010 to shareholders of record as of February 11, 2010.

119

The following table summarizes the components of other comprehensive income (loss), including the related income tax effects, for the years ending December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):

	2009			2008			2007
Unrealized net gains on available-for-sale securities	$	680			12,703			16,552
Related tax expense		(277	)		(4,838	)		(6,512	)
Net after tax unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities		403			7,865			10,040
Less: reclassification adjustment for net (losses) gains realized in net income during the year		(268	)		(4,171	)		2,997
Related tax benefit (expense)		103			1,607			(1,142	)
Net after tax reclassification adjustment		(165	)		(2,564	)		1,855
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for other-than-temporary impairment		309			—			—
Unrealized net gains on available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment		877			10,429			8,185
Unrealized net gains (losses) on derivatives used as cash flow hedges		5,062			(10,713	)		(6,677	)
Related tax (expense) benefit		(1,950	)		3,654			2,581
After-tax unrealized net gains (losses) on derivatives used as cash flow hedges		3,112			(7,059	)		(4,096	)
Total other comprehensive income	$	3,989			3,370			4,089

A roll-forward of the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ending December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows (in thousands):

	2009			2008			2007
Accumulated other comprehensive loss at beginning of year	$	(10,302	)		(13,672	)		(17,761	)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting		(309	)		—			—
Other comprehensive income		3,989			3,370			4,089
Accumulated other comprehensive loss at end of year	$	(6,622	)		(10,302	)		(13,672	)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is comprised of the following components (in thousands):

	2009			2008			2007
Accumulated unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale	$	2,899			2,331			(8,097	)
Accumulated unrealized losses on derivatives used as cash flow hedges		(9,521	)		(12,633	)		(5,575	)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss at end of year	$	(6,622	)		(10,302	)		(13,672	)

(25) Segment Information

The Company’s operations consist of three primary segments: community banking, specialty finance and wealth management.

The three reportable segments are strategic business units that are separately managed as they offer different products and services and have different marketing strategies. In addition, each segment’s customer base has varying characteristics. The community banking segment has a different regulatory environment than the specialty finance and wealth management segments. While the Company’s management monitors each of the fifteen bank subsidiaries’ operations and profitability separately, as well as that of its mortgage company, these subsidiaries have been aggregated into one reportable operating segment due to the similarities in products and services, customer base, operations, profitability measures, and economic characteristics.

The net interest income, net revenue and segment profit of the community banking segment includes income and related interest costs from portfolio loans that were purchased from the specialty finance segment. For purposes of internal segment profitability analysis, management reviews the results of its specialty finance segment as if all loans originated and sold to the community banking segment were retained within that segment’s operations, thereby causing inter-segment eliminations. See Note 8 — Business Combinations, for more information on the life insurance premium finance loan acquisition in the third and fourth quarters of 2009. Similarly, for purposes of analyzing the contribution from the wealth management segment, management allocates a portion of the net interest income earned by the community banking segment on deposit balances of customers of the wealth management segment to the wealth management segment. See Note 11 — Deposits, for more information on these deposits.

120

The segment financial information provided in the following tables has been derived from the internal profitability reporting system used by management to monitor and manage the financial performance of the Company. The accounting policies of the segments are generally the same as those described in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in Note 1. The Company evaluates segment performance based on after-tax profit or loss and other appropriate profitability measures common to each segment. Certain indirect expenses have been allocated based on actual volume measurements and other criteria, as appropriate. Intersegment revenue and transfers are generally accounted for at current market prices. The parent and intersegment eliminations reflect parent company information and intersegment eliminations. In the first quarter of 2009, the Company combined the premium finance and Tricom segments into the specialty finance segment. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2009, the contribution attributable to the wealth management deposits was redefined to measure the value as an alternative source of funding for each bank. In previous periods, the contribution from these deposits was measured as the full net interest income contribution. The redefined measure better reflects the value of these deposits to the Company. Prior period information has been restated to reflect these changes.

The following is a summary of certain operating information for reportable segments (in thousands):

								Parent &
	Community			Specialty		Wealth		Intersegment
	Banking			Finance		Management		Eliminations			Consolidated
2009
Net interest income (expense)	$	300,552			84,199		12,286		(85,161	)		311,876
Provision for credit losses		165,302			7,537		—		(4,907	)		167,932
Noninterest income		92,578			164,563		38,281		22,225			317,647
Noninterest expense		273,467			41,142		41,660		(12,182	)		344,087
Income tax expense (benefit)		(19,780	)		79,263		3,330		(18,378	)		44,435
Net income (loss)	$	(25,859	)		120,820		5,577		(27,469	)		73,069
Total assets at end of year	$	12,019,936			2,185,225		62,458		(2,051,999	)		12,215,620
2008
Net interest income (expense)	$	237,404			74,264		10,401		(77,502	)		244,567
Provision for credit losses		56,609			3,524		—		(2,692	)		57,441
Noninterest income		71,181			5,465		36,333		(13,301	)		99,678
Noninterest expense		193,846			18,368		37,528		6,421			256,163
Income tax expense (benefit)		20,136			22,959		3,912		(36,854	)		10,153
Net income (loss)	$	37,994			34,878		5,294		(57,678	)		20,488
Total assets at end of year	$	10,445,348			1,426,959		55,585		(1,269,566	)		10,658,326
2007
Net interest income (expense)	$	259,049			64,395		5,497		(67,391	)		261,550
Provision for credit losses		14,326			2,037		—		(1,484	)		14,879
Noninterest income		36,170			6,046		39,257		(1,530	)		79,943
Noninterest expense		186,617			16,729		39,836		(392	)		242,790
Income tax expense (benefit)		31,945			20,519		1,784		(26,077	)		28,171
Net income (loss)	$	62,331			31,156		3,134		(40,968	)		55,653
Total assets at end of year	$	9,334,725			1,164,728		63,479		(1,194,073	)		9,368,859

121

(26) Condensed Parent Company Financial Statements

Condensed parent company only financial statements of Wintrust follow:

Balance Sheets
(in thousands):

	December 31,
	2009		2008
Assets
Cash	$	57,387		189,677
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value		11,990		25,346
Trading account securities		27,332		—
Investment in and receivables from subsidiaries		1,335,478		1,154,092
Goodwill		8,347		8,347
Other assets		30,018		43,230
Total assets	$	1,470,552		1,420,692
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Other liabilities	$	19,623		31,766
Notes payable		1,000		1,000
Subordinated notes		60,000		70,000
Other borrowings		1,797		1,839
Junior subordinated debentures		249,493		249,515
Shareholders’ equity		1,138,639		1,066,572
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	1,470,552		1,420,692

Statements of Income
(in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
Income
Dividends and interest from subsidiaries	$	103,410			73,416			106,094
Trading revenue		26,864			—			—
(Losses) gains on available-for-sale securities, net		(1,210	)		(6,262	)		2,508
Other income		1,931			917			4,456
Total income		130,995			68,071			113,058
Expenses
Interest expense		19,139			24,349			28,548
Salaries and employee benefits		7,238			6,678			6,307
Other expenses		10,635			7,705			6,555
Total expenses		37,012			38,732			41,410
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed loss of subsidiaries		93,983			29,339			71,648
Income tax benefit		1,241			17,104			13,172
Income before equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries		95,224			46,443			84,820
Equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries		(22,155	)		(25,955	)		(29,167	)
Net income	$	73,069			20,488			55,653

122

Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
Operating activities:
Net income	$	73,069			20,488			55,653
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
Loss (gain) on available-for-sale securities, net		1,210			6,262			(2,508	)
Gain on sale of land		—			—			(2,610	)
Depreciation and amortization		711			418			101
Stock-based compensation expense		2,837			3,577			3,253
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)		10,990			(3,588	)		(2,007	)
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation arrangements		81			355			2,024
Increase in trading securities, net		(26,864	)		—			—
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements		(377	)		(693	)		(1,036	)
Decrease (increase) in other assets		3,523			(6,413	)		(5,610	)
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities		(8,999	)		(4,044	)		6,626
Equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries		22,155			25,955			29,167
Net cash provided by operating activities		78,336			42,317			83,053
Investing activities:
Capital contributions to subsidiaries		(203,775	)		(54,750	)		(39,156	)
Other investing activity, net		20,086			1,807			28,516
Net cash used for investing activities		(183,689	)		(52,943	)		(10,640	)
Financing activities:
(Decrease) increase in notes payable and other borrowings, net		—			(89,938	)		33,772
Repayment of subordinated note		(10,000	)		(5,000	)		—
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		—			299,258			—
Issuance of common stock resulting from exercise of stock options, employee stock purchase plan and conversion of common stock warrants		4,912			3,680			6,550
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements		377			693			1,036
Dividends paid		(21,783	)		(9,031	)		(7,831	)
Treasury stock purchases		(443	)		(94	)		(105,853	)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities		(26,937	)		199,568			(72,326	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash		(132,290	)		188,942			87
Cash at beginning of year		189,677			735			648
Cash at end of year	$	57,387			189,677			735

123

(27) Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands, except per share data):

			2009		2008		2007
Net income			$	73,069		20,488		55,653
Less: Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion				19,556		2,076		—
Net income applicable to common shares — Basic	(A	)	$	53,513		18,412		55,653
Add: Dividends on convertible preferred stock				4,000		—		—
Net income applicable to common shares — Diluted	(B	)		57,513		18,412		55,653
Average common shares outstanding	(C	)		24,010		23,624		24,107
Effect of dilutive potential common shares				2,335		507		781
Weighted average common shares and effect of dilutive potential common shares	(D	)		26,345		24,131		24,888
Net income per common share — Basic	(A/C	)	$	2.23		0.78		2.31
Net income per common share — Diluted	(B/D	)	$	2.18		0.76		2.24

Potentially dilutive common shares can result from stock options, restricted stock unit awards, stock warrants (including the warrants issued to the U.S. Treasury), the Company’s convertible preferred stock and shares to be issued under the SPP and the DDFS Plan, being treated as if they had been either exercised or issued, computed by application of the treasury stock method. While potentially dilutive common shares are typically included in the computation of diluted earnings per share, potentially dilutive common shares are excluded from this computation in periods in which the effect would reduce the loss per share or increase the income per share. For diluted earnings per share, net income applicable to common shares can be affected by the conversion of the Company’s convertible preferred stock. Where the effect of this conversion would reduce the loss per share or increase the income per share, net income applicable to common shares is adjusted by the associated preferred dividends.

(28) Quarterly Financial Summary (Unaudited)

The following is a summary of quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands, except per share data):

	2009 Quarters										2008 Quarters
	First			Second		Third			Fourth		First			Second		Third			Fourth
Interest income	$	122,079			127,129		141,577			136,829		136,176			126,160		126,569			125,818
Interest expense		57,297			54,632		53,914			49,895		74,434			66,760		65,889			63,073
Net interest income		64,782			72,497		87,663			86,934		61,742			59,400		60,680			62,745
Provision for credit losses		14,473			23,663		91,193			38,603		8,555			10,301		24,129			14,456
Net interest income after provision for credit losses		50,309			48,834		(3,530	)		48,331		53,187			49,099		36,551			48,289
Non-interest income, excluding net securities (losses) gains		38,465			43,912		151,092			84,446		25,905			33,744		21,210			22,990
Net securities (losses) gains		(2,038	)		1,540		(412	)		642		(1,333	)		(140)		920			(3,618	)
Non-interest expense		76,962			84,245		92,563			90,317		62,849			65,181		63,199			64,934
Income (loss) before income taxes		9,774			10,041		54,587			43,102		14,910			17,522		(4,518	)		2,727
Income tax expense (benefit)		3,416			3,492		22,592			14,935		5,205			6,246		(2,070	)		772
Net income (loss)	$	6,358			6,549		31,995			28,167		9,705			11,276		(2,448	)		1,955
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion		5,000			5,000		4,668			4,888		—			—		544			1,532
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares	$	1,358			1,549		27,327			23,279		9,705			11,276		(2,992	)		423
Net income (loss) per common share:
Basic	$	0.06			0.06		1.14			0.96		0.41			0.48		(0.13	)		0.02
Diluted	$	0.06			0.06		1.07			0.90		0.40			0.47		(0.13	)		0.02
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.18			—		0.09			—		0.18			—		0.18			—

124

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

The Company made no changes in or had any disagreements with its independent accountants during the two most recent fiscal years or any subsequent interim period.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, management of the Company, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined under Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon, and as of the date of that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in ensuring the information relating to the Company (and its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act was recorded, processed, summarized and reported in a timely manner.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2009 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

125

Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Wintrust Financial Corporation is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements and notes included in this annual report have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and necessarily include some amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments.

We, as management of Wintrust Financial Corporation, are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting that is designed to produce reliable financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The system of internal control over financial reporting as it relates to the financial statements is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audits. Actions are taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified. Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.

Management assessed the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, in relation to criteria for the effective internal control over financial reporting as described in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2009, its system of internal control over financial reporting is effective and meets the criteria of the “Internal Control -Integrated Framework.” Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Their report expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009.

Edward J. Wehmer	David L. Stoehr
President and	Executive Vice President &
Chief Executive Officer	Chief Financial Officer
Lake Forest, Illinois
March 1, 2010

126

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Effectiveness of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Wintrust Financial Corporation

We have audited Wintrust Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Wintrust Financial Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Wintrust Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of Wintrust Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 of Wintrust Financial Corporation and our report dated March 1, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Chicago, Illinois
March 1, 2010

127

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required in response to this item will be contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 27, 2010 (the “Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers of the Company,” “Board of Directors’ Committees and Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has adopted a Corporate Code of Ethics which complies with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. The code applies to all of the Company’s directors, officers and employees and is included as Exhibit 14.1 and posted on the Company’s website (www.wintrust.com). The Company will post on its website any amendments to, or waivers from, its Corporate Code of Ethics as the code applies to its directors or executive officers.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required in response to this item will be contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the caption “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Report” and is incorporated herein by reference. The information included under the heading “Compensation Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement shall not be deemed “soliciting” materials or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

128

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the section “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors and Management” that will be included in the Company’s Proxy Statement.

The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2009, relating to the Company’s equity compensation plans pursuant to which common stock is authorized for issuance:

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
					Number of securities
					remaining available
	Number of				for future issuance
	securities to be issued		Weighted-average		under equity
	upon exercise of		exercise price of		compensation plans
	outstanding options,		outstanding options,		(excluding securities
	warrants and rights		warrants and rights		reflected in column (a))
Plan Category	(a)		(b)		(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
• WTFC 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended		1,946,091	$	36.55		—
• WTFC 2007 Stock Incentive Plan		323,480	$	23.82		431,396
• WTFC Employee Stock Purchase Plan		—		—		212,339
• WTFC Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan		—		—		293,644
		2,269,571	$	34.74		937,379
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(1)
• N/A		—		—		—
Total		2,269,571	$	34.74		937,379

(1) Excludes 95,068 shares of the Company’s common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of options previously granted under the plans of Advantage National Bancorp, Inc., Northview Financial Corporation, Town Bankshares, Ltd., First Northwest Bancorp, Inc. and Hinsbrook Bancshares, Inc. The weighted average exercise price of those options is $23.95. No additional awards will be made under these plans.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required in response to this item will be contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the sub-caption “Related Party Transactions” and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required in response to this item will be contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the caption “Audit and Non-Audit Fees Paid” and is incorporated herein by reference.

129

Exhibits

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Documents filed as part of this Report.

1.2.	Financial Statements and Schedules
	The following financial statements of Wintrust Financial Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

• Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

• Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

• Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

• Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

• Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

• Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Financial statement schedules have been omitted as they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

3.	Exhibits (Exhibits marked with a “*” denote management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements)
3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Wintrust Financial Corporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).
3.2	Statement of Resolution Establishing Series of Junior Serial Preferred Stock A of Wintrust Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).
3.3	Amended and Restated Certificate of Designations of Wintrust Financial Corporation filed on December 18, 2008 with the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois designating the preferences, limitations, voting powers and relative rights of the Series A Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).
3.4	Certificate of Designations of Wintrust Financial Corporation filed on December 18, 2008 with the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois designating the preferences, limitations, voting powers and relative rights of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).
3.5	Amended and Restated By-laws of Wintrust Financial Corporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 30, 2008).
4.1	Certain instruments defining the rights of the holders of long-term debt of the Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries, none of which authorize a total amount of indebtedness in excess of 10% of the total assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, have not been filed as Exhibits. The Corporation hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any of these agreements to the Commission upon request.
4.2	Warrant to purchase 1,643,295 shares of Wintrust Financial Corporation common stock issued to the U.S. Department of Treasury on December 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).
10.1	Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of August 2, 2005, between Wintrust Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 4, 2005).
10.2	Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, among Wintrust Financial Corporation, as depositor, Wilmington Trust Company, as property trustee and Delaware trustee, and the Administrative Trustees listed therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 4, 2005).
10.3	Guarantee Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, between Wintrust Financial Corporation, as Guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 4, 2005).

130

10.4	$25 million Subordinated Note between Wintrust Financial Corporation and LaSalle Bank National Association, dated October 29, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2002).
10.5	Amendment and Allonge made as of June 7, 2005 to that certain $25 million Subordinated Note dated October 29, 2002 executed by Wintrust Financial Corporation in favor of LaSalle Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2005).
10.6	$25 million Subordinated Note between Wintrust Financial Corporation and LaSalle Bank National Association, dated April 30, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ending June 30, 2003).
10.7	Amendment and Allonge made as of June 7, 2005 to that certain $25 million Subordinated Note dated April 30, 2003 executed by Wintrust Financial Corporation in favor of LaSalle Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2005).
10.8	$25.0 million Subordinated Note between Win-trust Financial Corporation and LaSalle Bank, National Association, dated October 25, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 28, 2005).
10.9	Second Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2009 by Win-trust Financial Corporation for the benefit of Bank of America, N.A.
10.10	Indenture dated as of September 1, 2006, between Wintrust Financial Corporation and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 6, 2006).
10.11	Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of September 1, 2006, among Wintrust Financial Corporation, as depositor, LaSalle Bank National Association, as institutional trustee, Christiana Bank & Trust Company, as Delaware trustee, and the Administrators listed therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 6, 2006).
10.12	Guarantee Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2006, between Wintrust Financial Corporation, as Guarantor, and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 6, 2006).
10.13	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and Edward J. Wehmer, President and Chief Executive Officer, dated December 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).*
10.14	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and David A. Dykstra, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, dated December 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).*
10.15	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and Richard B. Murphy, Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer, dated December 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).*
10.16	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and David L. Stoehr, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, dated December 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange commission on December 24, 2008).*
10.17	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and John S. Fleshood, dated December 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).*

131

10.18	Wintrust Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Proxy Statement relating to the May 22, 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company).*
10.19	First Amendment to Wintrust Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000).*
10.20	Second Amendment to Wintrust Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan adopted by the Board of Directors on January 24, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of Form S-8 filed July 1, 2004.).*
10.21	Third Amendment to Wintrust Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan adopted by the Board of Directors on May 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 of Form S-8 filed July 1, 2004.).*
10.22	Wintrust Financial Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 16, 2007).*
10.23	Wintrust Financial Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Proxy Statement relating to the May 28, 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company).*
10.24	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2004).*
10.25	Form of Restricted Stock Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2004).*
10.26	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2006).*
10.27	Form of Restricted Stock Award under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2006).*
10.28	Wintrust Financial Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Proxy Statement relating to the May 22, 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company).*
10.29	Wintrust Financial Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Proxy Statement relating to the May 28, 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company).*
10.30	Wintrust Financial Corporation Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Proxy Statement relating to the May 24, 2001 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company).*
10.31	Wintrust Financial Corporation 2005 Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Proxy Statement relating to the May 28, 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company).*
10.32	Form of Cash Incentive and Retention Award Agreement under Wintrust Financial Corporation’s 2008 Long-Term Cash and Incentive Retention Plan with Minimum Payout (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008).*
10.33	Form of Cash Incentive and Retention Award Agreement under Wintrust Financial Corporation’s 2008 Long-Term Cash and Incentive Retention Plan with no Minimum Payout (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008).*
10.34	Form of Senior Executive Officer Capital Purchase Program Waiver, executed by each of Messrs. David A. Dykstra, John S. Fleshood, Richard B. Murphy, David L. Stoehr and Edward J. Wehmer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).*
10.35	Form of Senior Executive Officer Capital Purchase Program Letter Agreement, executed by each of Messrs. David A. Dykstra, John S. Fleshood, Richard B. Murphy, David L. Stoehr, and Edward J. Wehmer with Wintrust Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).*
10.36	Investment Agreement dated as of August 26, 2008 between Wintrust Financial Corporation and CIVC-WTFC LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 2, 2008).

132

10.37	Letter Agreement, including the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms incorporated therein, dated December 19, 2008, between Win-trust Financial Corporation and the United States Department of the Treasury, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Series B Preferred Stock and the related warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).
10.38	Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2009, between American International Group, Inc. and First Insurance Funding Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 28, 2009).
10.39	Form of Director Indemnification Agreement. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).
10.40	Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).
10.41	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2009 among Wintrust Financial Corporation, the lenders named therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2009).
10.42	First Amendment Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2009, to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among Wintrust Financial Corporation, the lenders named therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 2009).
12.1	Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
12.2	Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
13.1	2009 Annual Report to Shareholders
14.1	Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 of the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2005)
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	Certification Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
99.1	Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of Wintrust pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
99.2	Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of Wintrust pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

133

PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

134

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION (Registrant)
March 1, 2010	By:	/s/ EDWARD J. WEHMER
		Edward J. Wehmer, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ PETER D. CRIST Peter D. Crist	Chairman of the Board of Directors	March 1, 2010
/s/ EDWARD J. WEHMER	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	March 1, 2010
Edward J. Wehmer
/s/ DAVID L. STOEHR	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	March 1, 2010
David L. Stoehr
/s/ BRUCE K. CROWTHER	Director	March 1, 2010
Bruce K. Crowther
/s/ JOSEPH F. DAMICO	Director	March 1, 2010
Joseph F. Damico
/s/ BERT A. GETZ, JR.	Director	March 1, 2010
Bert A. Getz, Jr.
/s/ H. PATRICK HACKETT, JR.	Director	March 1, 2010
H. Patrick Hackett, Jr.
/s/ SCOTT K. HEITMANN	Director	March 1, 2010
Scott K. Heitmann
/s/ CHARLES H. JAMES III	Director	March 1, 2010
Charles H. James III
/s/ ALBIN F. MOSCHNER	Director	March 1, 2010
Albin F. Moschner
/s/ THOMAS J. NEIS	Director	March 1, 2010
Thomas J. Neis
/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PERRY	Director	March 1, 2010
Christopher J. Perry
/s/ HOLLIS W. RADEMACHER	Director	March 1, 2010
Hollis W. Rademacher
/s/ INGRID S. STAFFORD	Director	March 1, 2010
Ingrid S. Stafford

135

EX-10.09

Exhibit 10.09

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Pledge Agreement”) dated as of November 5, 2009, is made by WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION, an Illinois corporation (the “Pledgor”), whose address is 727 North Bank Lane, Lake Forest, Illinois 60045, for the benefit of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (“Bank of America”), as Administrative Agent (as defined below) for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined below), whose address is 135 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS:

     WHEREAS. the Pledgor is the owner of the capital stock of each Subsidiary listed on Exhibit A hereto (each is referred to herein as a “Pledged Subsidiary” and collectively as the “Pledged Subsidiaries”)

     WHEREAS, the capital stock of the Pledged Subsidiaries owned by the Pledgor constitutes 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Pledged Subsidiaries;

     WHEREAS, the Pledgor and Bank of America (as successor by merger to LaSalle Bank National Association) entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2005 (as amended, the “Existing Credit Agreement”) whereby Bank of America agreed to make loans to the Pledgor;

     WHEREAS, the Existing Credit Agreement was secured pursuant to an Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of April 30, 2003 (the “Existing Pledge Agreement”); and

     WHEREAS, the Pledgor and the Bank of America have agreed to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement pursuant to an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among the Pledgor, various financial institutions party thereto as lenders (the “Lenders”) and Bank of America, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and in connection therewith, the Pledgor and Bank of America have agreed to amend and restate the Existing Pledge Agreement, it being the intention of the Pledgor and Bank of America that the Credit Agreement shall not effect the novation of the Pledgor under the Existing Credit Agreement or the Existing Pledge Agreement, including, without limitation, the pledge of the Pledged Securities (as hereinafter defined).

     NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce the Lenders to make the loan contemplated in the Credit Agreement and in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein and therein, as applicable, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1

AGREEMENT

     1. Grant of Security Interest. To secure the Secured Obligations (as defined below), the Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in the following whether now or hereafter existing (collectively the “Pledged Security”): (a) one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Pledged Subsidiaries, including all substitutions of and additions to, such stock; (b) executed and undated stock powers for the capital stock described in (a) above, in form and content satisfactory to the Administrative Agent duly executed in blank, containing all requisite federal and state stock transfer tax stamps, if any; (c) all income and profits therefrom, all distributions thereon, all other proceeds therefrom and all rights, benefits and privileges pertaining to or arising from the Pledged Security; and (d) such other collateral that may be provided after the date hereof to secure the Secured Obligation.

          2. Secured Obligation. The obligations secured by this Pledge Agreement are the following (referred to collectively hereafter as the “Secured Obligations”):

          (a) all Obligations and all obligations and agreements of Pledgor contained in (including, without limitation, the payment of all indebtedness of the Pledgor in respect of) the Loan Documents, and any and all amendments, modifications or renewals thereof;

          (b) all sums advanced by, or on behalf of, the Secured Parties in connection with, or relating to, the Credit Agreement, the Notes or the Pledged Security including, but not limited to, any and all sums advanced to preserve the Pledged Security, or to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Security;

          (c) in the event of any proceeding to enforce the satisfaction of the Secured Obligation, or any of them, or to preserve and protect the Secured Parties’ rights under the Loan Documents or any other agreement, document or instrument relating to the transactions contemplated in the Credit Agreement, the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on the Pledged Security, or of any exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party of its rights, together with reasonable attorneys fees, expenses and court costs; and

          (d) any indebtedness, obligation or liability of the Pledgor or the Pledged Subsidiaries to Bank of America, whether direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing, however created or arising and however evidenced.

     NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT THE PLEDGED SECURITY SHALL IN NO EVENT BE CONSIDERED AS COLLATERAL FOR THE SUBORDINATED NOTES.

2

     3. Additional Terms.

          (a) The Pledgor agrees that the Administrative Agent shall have, at any time an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, full and irrevocable right, power and authority to collect, withdraw or receive all amounts due or to become due and payable upon, in connection with, or relating to, the Pledged Security, to execute any withdrawal receipts respecting the Pledged Security, and to endorse the name of the Pledgor on any or all documents, instruments or commercial paper given in payment thereof, and at the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any other action, including, without limitation, the transfer of any Pledged Security into the Administrative Agent’s own name or the name of any nominee for the Administrative Agent, which the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or appropriate to preserve or protect the Administrative Agent’s interest in any of the Pledged Security.

          (b) Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Pledgor shall be entitled to vote any and all shares of the Pledged Security and to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect thereof, provided that no vote shall be cast, no consent, waiver or ratification shall be given and no action shall be taken by the Pledgor which would violate or be inconsistent with any of the terms of any Loan Documents, or which would have the effect of impairing the position or interests of the Pledgor or any Secured Party. All such rights of the Pledgor to vote and to give consents, waivers and ratifications shall cease upon the occurrence of and during the continuation of any such Event of Default.

          (c) Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, shall have occurred, all dividends and other distributions payable in respect of the Pledged Security shall be paid to the Pledgor. Upon the occurrence of and during the continuation of any such Event of Default, all such dividends and other distributions and payments shall be paid to the Administrative Agent. After any such Event of Default shall have occurred, all such amounts paid in respect of the Pledged Security shall, until paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent, be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as additional Pledged Security to secure the Secured Obligation.

     4. Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Pledgor further represents, warrants and agrees that:

          (a) The Pledgor (i) has not used any trade names, assumed names and/or prior corporate names within the last five years, (ii) is not currently domesticated in, organized under the laws of, or continuing its existence in (or under) the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Illinois and (iii) has not changed its corporate structure or jurisdiction of organization in the past four months.

          (b) There are no proceedings pending or contemplated for (i) the merger, consolidation, conversion, dissolution, liquidation or termination of the Pledgor or (ii) the Pledgor’s transfer to or domestication in any other jurisdiction.

3

          (c) The Pledgor is the legal, record and beneficial owner of, and has good and marketable title to, the Pledged Security, subject to no lien, claim, security interest or other encumbrance, except (i) the security interest created by this Pledge Agreement and (ii) any Liens permitted by Section 7.01(c) of the Credit Agreement. As of the date hereof, Exhibit A sets forth the number of shares of capital stock of each of the Pledged Subsidiaries authorized and outstanding.

          (d) The Pledgor will not sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, the Pledged Security, nor will it create, incur or permit to exist any lien, claim, security interest or other encumbrance with respect to any of the Pledged Security, or any interest therein, or any proceeds thereof, except for (i) the security interest created by this Pledge Agreement and (ii) any Liens permitted by Section 7.01(c) of the Credit Agreement. The Pledgor agrees that it will not, and it will not permit any Pledged Subsidiary which has issued Pledged Securities to: (i) issue or reissue any capital stock or other securities (or warrants therefor or other rights with respect thereto) in addition to or issue other securities of any nature in exchange or substitution for any of the Pledged Security, (ii) declare any stock dividend or split or otherwise change the equity capital structure of such Pledged Subsidiary or (iii) redeem any of the Pledged Security, unless, in each case, the Pledgor shall have first notified the Administrative Agent of such action and the Pledgor simultaneously with taking such action delivers to the Administrative Agent such stock certificates and other documents (together with appropriate stock powers executed in blank and other assignment documents) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request so that, after giving effect to such delivery, the Pledgor shall continue to have pledged 100% of the outstanding capital stock, warrants or other rights of such Pledged Subsidiary.

          (e) All of the shares of the Pledged Security have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

          (f) To the extent the Pledged Security is represented by certificated securities, the pledge and delivery of such certificates pursuant to this Pledge Agreement creates a valid perfected security interest in such Pledged Security, and the proceeds thereof, subject to no prior lien, claim, security interest or other encumbrance or to any agreement purporting to grant to any third party a perfected security interest in the assets of the Pledgor which would include any of the Pledged Security. The Pledgor will at all times defend the Administrative Agent’s right, title and security interest in and to the Pledged Security and the proceeds thereof against any and all claims and demands of any person adverse to the claims of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party.

          (g) The Pledgor will take, and will cause the Pledged Subsidiaries to take, such action and to execute such documents as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request relating to the Pledged Security or the proceeds thereof.

          (h) The Pledgor has full right, power and authority to enter into, to execute and to deliver this Pledge Agreement and this Pledge Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against the Pledgor in accordance with its terms subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of

4

creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

          (i) The Pledgor shall pay any fees, assessments, charges or taxes arising with respect to the Pledged Security. In case of failure by the Pledgor to pay any such taxes, assessments, charges or taxes, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to pay such fees, assessments, charges or taxes, as the case may be, and, in that event, the cost thereof shall be payable by the Pledgor to the Administrative Agent immediately upon demand together with interest at the rate equal to the Default Rate set forth in Section 2.06(b) of the Credit Agreement from the date of disbursement by the Administrative Agent to the date of payment by the Pledgor.

          (j) None of the Pledged Security constitutes margin stock, as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

     5. Rights of Parties upon Event of Default.

          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in addition to all the rights, powers and remedies the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to exercise, whether vested in the Administrative Agent by the terms of any Loan Document, by law, in equity, by statute (including, without limitation, Article 9 of the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code) or otherwise, for the protection and enforcement of the Administrative Agent’s rights in respect of the Pledged Security, the Administrative Agent may be entitled to, without limitation (but is under no obligation to the Pledgor so to do):

     (i) transfer all or any part of the Pledged Security into the Administrative Agent’s name or the name of its nominee or nominees;

     (ii) after first obtaining all necessary regulatory approvals, vote all or any part of the Pledged Security (whether or not transferred into the name of the Administrative Agent or any nominee) and give all consents, waivers and ratifications in respect of the Pledged Security and otherwise act with respect thereto as though it were the outright owner thereof;

     (iii) at any time or from time to time, sell, assign and deliver, or grant options to purchase, all or any part of the Pledged Security, or any interest therein, at any public or private sales, without demand of performance, advertisement or notice of intention to sell or of the time or place of sale or adjournment thereof or to redeem or otherwise (all of which are hereby waived by the Pledgor), for cash, on credit or for other property, for immediate or future delivery without any assumption of credit risk and for such price or prices and on such terms as the Administrative Agent in its absolute discretion may determine, provided that unless, in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, any of the Pledged Security threatens to decline in value or is or becomes a type sold on a recognized market, the Administrative Agent will give the Pledgor reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale thereof, or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to be made. Any requirements of reasonable

5

notice shall be met if such notice is mailed to the Pledgor as provided in Paragraph 13 below, at least fifteen (15) days before the time of the sale or disposition. Any sale of any of the Pledged Security conducted in conformity with customary practices of banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions disposing of property similar to the Pledged Security shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable. Any remaining Pledged Security shall remain subject to the terms of this Pledge Agreement; and

     (iv) collect any and all money due or to become due and enforce in the Pledgor’s name all rights with respect to the Pledged Security.

          (b) Pledgor agrees to cause each Pledged Subsidiary to give the Administrative Agent, any prospective purchaser of the Pledged Security (pursuant to paragraph 5(a)(iii)) and their respective representatives, reasonable access to further information (including, but not limited to, records, files, correspondence, tax work papers and audit work papers) relating to or concerning the Pledgor or such Pledged Subsidiary.

     6. Remedies Cumulative. Each right, power and remedy of the Administrative Agent provided in this Pledge Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power and remedy provided for in this Pledge Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. The exercise or partial exercise by the Administrative Agent of any one or more of such rights, powers or remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by the Administrative Agent of all such other rights, powers and remedies, and no failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent to exercise any such right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof.

     7. Waiver or Defenses. No renewal or extension of the time of payment of the Secured Obligation, nor any release, surrender of, or failure to perfect or enforce any security interest for the Secured Obligation; no release of any person primarily or secondarily liable on the Secured Obligation (including any maker, endorser, or guarantor); no delay in enforcement of payment of the Secured Obligation; and no delay or omission in exercising any right, power or remedy with respect of the Secured Obligation or any security agreement securing the Secured Obligation shall affect the rights of the Administrative Agent in the Pledged Security.

     8. Waiver. Waiver by the Administrative Agent of any Event of Default under the Credit Agreement, or of any breach of the provisions of this Pledge Agreement by the Pledgor, or any right of the Administrative Agent hereunder, shall not constitute a waiver of any other Event of Default or breach or right, nor the same Event of Default or breach or right on a future occasion.

     9. Law Governing. This Pledge Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of Illinois applicable to agreements made and to be wholly performed in such state. Whenever possible, each provision or this Pledge Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law; provided, if any provision of this Pledge Agreement shall be held to be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective

6

only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Pledge Agreement.

     10. The Pledgor’s Obligations Absolute. The obligations of the Pledgor under this Pledge Agreement shall be absolute and unconditional and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way impaired by any circumstance whatsoever, including without limitation: (a) any amendment or modification of the Notes, the Credit Agreement or any other document or instrument provided for herein or therein or related hereto or thereto, or any assignment, transfer or other disposition of any thereof; (b) any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of any such document or instrument or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect of any such document or instrument or this Pledge Agreement; (c) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation, or similar proceeding with respect to the Pledgor or any of its properties or creditors; or (d) any limitation on the Pledgor’s liabilities or obligations under any such instrument or any invalidity or lack of enforceability, in whole or in part, of any such document or instrument or any term thereof; whether or not the Pledgor shall have notice or knowledge of the foregoing.

     11. Termination. This Pledge Agreement shall terminate upon the receipt by the Administrative Agent of evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in the Administrative Agent’s sole and absolute discretion, of the payment in full of the Obligations (other than contingent unliquidated indemnification obligations which survive the termination of any Loan Document) and termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments; provided, however, that if at the time of such payment, an Event of Default exists, then this Pledge Agreement shall not terminate until payment in full of the Secured Obligations (other than contingent unliquidated indemnification obligations which survive the termination of any Loan Document) and termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments. At the time of such termination, the Administrative Agent, at the request and expense of the Pledgor, will execute and deliver to the Pledgor a proper instrument or instruments acknowledging the satisfaction and termination of this Pledge Agreement, and will duly assign, transfer and deliver to the Pledgor such of the Pledged Security as has not yet theretofore been sold or otherwise applied or released pursuant to this Pledge Agreement.

     12. Further Assurances. The Pledgor shall, at its expense, duly execute, acknowledge and deliver all such instruments and take all such action as the Administrative Agent from time to time may request in order to further effectuate the purposes of this Pledge Agreement and to carry out the terms hereof. The Pledgor, at its expense, at all times, shall cause this Pledge Agreement (or a proper notice or statement, in respect hereof) to be duly recorded, published and filed and rerecorded, republished and reified in such manner and in such places, if any, and shall pay or cause to be paid all such recording, filing and other taxes, fees and charges, if any, and will comply with all such statutes and regulations, if any, as may be required by law in order to establish, perfect. preserve and protect the rights and security interests of the Administrative Agent hereunder.

     13. Notices. All communications provided for or related hereto shall be given in accordance with Paragraph 11.02 of the Credit Agreement.

7

     14. Amendments. Any term of this Pledge Agreement may be amended only with the written consent of the Pledgor and the Administrative Agent. Any amendment effected in accordance with this Paragraph 14 shall be binding upon (i) each current and future Secured Party; and (ii) the Pledgor.

     15. Assigns. This Pledge Agreement and all rights and liabilities hereunder and in and to any and all Pledged Security shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and its successors and assigns, and shall be binding on the Pledgor and the Pledgor’s successors and assigns; provided, however, the Pledgor may not assign its rights or liabilities hereunder or to any of the Pledged Security without the written consent of the Administrative Agent.

     16. Miscellaneous. This Pledge Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Administrative Agent and the Pledgor and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof (including the Existing Pledge Agreement). The headings in this Pledge Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

8

     The Pledgor acknowledges that this Pledge Agreement is and shall be effective upon execution by the Pledgor and delivery to and acceptance hereof by the Administrative Agent, and it shall not be necessary for the Administrative Agent to execute any acceptance hereof or otherwise to signify or express its acceptance hereof to the Pledgor.

WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:	/s/ David A. Dykstra
	Name:	David A. Dykstra
	Title:	Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Wintrust Amended and Restated
Pledge and Security Agreement signature page

EX-12.1

Wintrust Financial Corporation
Form 10-K, Exhibit 12.1

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

The following table presents the calculation of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the last five years.

(dollars in thousands)

		Years ended December 31,
		2009			2008			2007			2006			2005
Income before income taxes	A	$	117,504		$	30,641		$	83,824		$	104,241		$	104,950
Interest expense:
Interest on deposits		$	171,259		$	219,437		$	294,914		$	265,729		$	156,252
Interest on other borrowings	C		44,479			50,719			55,093			43,330			34,025
Total interest expense	B	$	215,738		$	270,156		$	350,007		$	309,059		$	190,277
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges:
Including deposit interest	(A+B) / B		1.54	x		1.11	x		1.24	x		1.34	x		1.55	x
Excluding deposit interest	(A+C) / C		3.64	x		1.60	x		2.52	x		3.41	x		4.08	x

EX-12.2

Wintrust Financial Corporation

Form 10-K, Exhibit 12.2

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

The following table presents the calculation of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred stock dividends for the last five years.

(dollars in thousands)

		Years ended December 31,
		2009			2008			2007			2006			2005
Income before income taxes	A	$	117,504		$	30,641		$	83,824		$	104,241		$	104,950
Interest expense:
Interest on deposits		$	171,259		$	219,437		$	294,914		$	265,729		$	156,252
Interest on other borrowings	C		44,479			50,719			55,093			43,330			34,025
Total interest expense	B	$	215,738		$	270,156		$	350,007		$	309,059		$	190,277
Dividends on preferred shares (1)	D	$	27,009		$	3,377		$	—		$	—		$	—
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred stock dividends:
Including deposit interest	(A+B) / (B+D)		1.37	x		1.10	x		1.24	x		1.34	x		1.55	x
Excluding deposit interest	(A+C) / (C+D)		2.27	x		1.50	x		2.52			3.41	x		4.08	x

(1) The dividends on preferred shares were increased to amounts representing the pretax earnings that would be required to cover such dividend requirements.

EX-13.1

2009—Writing Another Chapter

What Can Wintrust Do for You?
Wintrust Allows You to HAVE IT ALL.

At Wintrust, we offer the products and technology of the big banks but pair it with exceptional
service, understanding and proper focus. It means you can Have It All^TM — a full slate of powerful
and sophisticated financial products and the local decision making and personal service that only a
group of community banks and specialty financial companies can offer.

Retail Banking

• Footprint of 15 chartered banks and 78 facilities

• Deposit Products

• Home Equity & Installment Loans

• Residential Mortgages

Wealth Management

• Asset Management (Individual & Institutional)

• Financial Planning

• Brokerage

• Retirement Plans (Business)

• Trust & Estate Services (Corporate & Personal)

• Life Insurance Premium Financing

Commercial Lending

• Commercial & Industrial (Asset Based) Lending

• Commercial Real Estate, Mortgages & Construction

• Lines of Credit

• Letters of Credit

• Property & Casualty Insurance Premium Financing

Treasury Management

• Retail & Wholesale Lockbox

• On-Line Lockbox (iBusinessPay)

• On-Line Banking & Reporting (iBusinessBanking)

• Remote Deposit Capture (iBusinessCapture)

• Merchant Card Program

• Payroll Services (CheckMate)

• ACH & Wire Transfer Services

• International Banking Services

Specialized Financial Services for:

• Building Management Companies

• Condominium & Homeowner Associations

• Insurance Agents & Brokers

• Municipalities & School Districts

• Physicians, Dentists & Other Medical Personnel

• Temporary Staffing & Security Companies

Contents

2	Selected Financial Trends
3	Selected Financial Highlights
4	To Our Fellow Shareholders
11	Our Locations
12	Key Initiatives for 2010
	Form 10-K
	Corporate Locations
	Corporate Information

We have always had a policy of presenting our goals, objectives, and financial results in an up front manner to our shareholders. In this annual report, we are confirming our policy of reporting thoroughly the financial results, accounting policies, and objectives of Wintrust Financial Corporation and our operating subsidiaries.

Selected Financial Trends

2 Wintrust Financial Corporation

Selected Financial Highlights

	Years Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007			2006			2005
	(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Financial Condition Data (at end of year):
Total assets	$	12,215,620		$	10,658,326		$	9,368,859		$	9,571,852		$	8,177,042
Total loans		8,411,771			7,621,069			6,801,602			6,496,480			5,213,871
Total deposits		9,917,074			8,376,750			7,471,441			7,869,240			6,729,434
Junior subordinated debentures		249,493			249,515			249,662			249,828			230,458
Total shareholders’ equity		1,138,639			1,066,572			739,555			773,346			627,911
Selected Statements of Operations Data:
Net interest income	$	311,876		$	244,567		$	261,550		$	248,886		$	216,759
Net revenue(1)		629,523			344,245			341,493			339,926			310,318
Net income		73,069			20,488			55,653			66,493			67,016
Net income per common share — Basic		2.23			0.78			2.31			2.66			2.89
Net income per common share — Diluted		2.18			0.76			2.24			2.56			2.75
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
Performance Ratios:
Net interest margin(2)		3.01	%		2.81	%		3.11	%		3.10	%		3.16	%
Non-interest income to average assets		2.78			1.02			0.85			1.02			1.23
Non-interest expense to average assets		3.01			2.63			2.57			2.56			2.62
Net overhead ratio(3)		0.23			1.60			1.72			1.54			1.39
Efficiency ratio (2)(4)		54.44			73.00			71.05			66.94			63.97
Return on average assets		0.64			0.21			0.59			0.74			0.88
Return on average common equity		6.70			2.44			7.64			9.47			11.00
Average total assets	$	11,415,322		$	9,753,220		$	9,442,277		$	8,925,557		$	7,587,602
Average total shareholders’ equity		1,081,792			779,437			727,972			701,794			609,167
Average loans to average deposits ratio		90.5	%		94.3	%		90.1	%		82.2	%		83.4	%
Common Share Data (at end of year):
Market price per common share	$	30.79		$	20.57		$	33.13		$	48.02		$	54.90
Book value per common share	$	35.27		$	33.03		$	31.56		$	30.38		$	26.23
Common shares outstanding		24,206,819			23,756,674			23,430,490			25,457,935			23,940,744
Other Data (at end of year):
Leverage ratio		9.3	%		10.6	%		7.7	%		8.2	%		8.3	%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets		11.0			11.6			8.7			9.8			10.3
Total capital to risk-weighted assets		12.4			13.1			10.2			11.3			11.9
Allowance for credit losses(5)	$	101,831		$	71,353		$	50,882		$	46,512		$	40,774
Credit discounts on purchased loans(6)		37,323			—			—			—			—
Total credit-related reserves		139,154			71,353			50,882			46,512			40,774
Non-performing loans		131,804			136,094			71,854			36,874			26,189
Allowance for credit losses to total loans(5)		1.21	%		0.94	%		0.75	%		0.72	%		0.78	%
Total credit-related reserves to total loans (7)		1.65			0.94			0.75			0.72			0.78
Non-performing loans to total loans		1.57			1.79			1.06			0.57			0.50
Number of:
Bank subsidiaries		15			15			15			15			13
Non-bank subsidiaries		8			7			8			8			10
Banking offices		78			79			77			73			62

(1)	Net revenue is net interest income plus non-interest income.
(2)	See Item 7, “Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures/Ratios,” of the Company’s 2009 Form 10-K for a reconciliation of this performance measure/ratio to GAAP.
(3)	The net overhead ratio is calculated by netting total non-interest expense and total non-interest income, annualizing this amount, and dividing by that period’s average total assets. A lower ratio indicates a higher degree of efficiency.
(4)	The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total non-interest expense by tax-equivalent net revenues (less securities gains or losses). A lower ratio indicates more efficient revenue generation.
(5)	The allowance for credit losses includes both the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for lending-related commitments.
(6)	Represents the credit discounts on purchased life insurance premium finance loans.
(7)	The sum of allowance for credit losses and credit discounts on purchased life insurance premium finance loans divided by total loans outstanding plus the credit discounts on purchased life insurance premium finance loans.

2009 Annual Report 3

To Our Fellow Shareholders

Welcome to Wintrust Financial Corporation’s 2009 annual report. We thank you for being a shareholder.

First, a Comment on Our Cover

Those of you who have been shareholders for a while have undoubtedly noticed that we cycle through a stable of four cover colors – blue, green, maroon and black. We always go in that order.

For 2009, the color is black. From the view of our industry, this color appears to be a bit ironic. If it was possible for an entire industry to be awash in red ink, it seemed as if the banking and finance industries were during 2009.

Wintrust, on the other hand, ended the year profitably. In fact, while some of our peers posted a second straight year of annual losses, Wintrust earned net income of $73.1 million ($2.18 per diluted share), achieving 13 years of consecutive profitability. So, while black may be inappropriate for our industry, it is more than appropriate for your company.

Now, a Little Background

As we approached the writing of this year’s Shareholders’ Letter, it became apparent that each year’s Annual Report is another chapter in an ongoing novel. Like a novel of any size, the chapters of our story are divided into a few distinct parts. This is the fourth chapter of a part that began in 2006, when we planned for the expected banking industry correction.

We believe the banking industry runs in cycles. In 2006, events unfolded to lead us to think a down cycle was beginning. We knew property values couldn’t keep going up and bankers could not keep making increasingly risky, low priced and poorly underwritten loans. At the same time, interest rates dominated by inverted yield curves were an indicator of a down cycle. As good students of history and custodians of your company, we stepped back, slowed our growth and waited.

The downturn was far worse than anyone could have predicted. Now, with 2009 behind us, we can reflect on many of the problems that faced our economy and our industry.

Consider:

• The FDIC closed 140 banks nationwide in 2009, costing the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund $37 billion. Twenty-one of those banks were in Illinois. One was in Wisconsin.

• Non-performing assets at banks nationwide increased more than 63% in 2009, totaling $330 billion, or 2.78% of all bank assets.

• Among our peers, Chicago-based regional banks, we are unique in our level of profitability and measured, organic growth.

• The housing market continued to trouble homeowners and lenders in the Midwest. Chicago area home values declined further in 2009.

• The long rumored “other shoe,” commercial real estate, showed additional stress in 2009 with commercial occupancy rates declining and a corresponding drop in commercial real estate values.

The Numbers

In 2009, Wintrust was able to grow assets, deposits, and loans by double digit percentage increases. Management believes that given the tough banking environment of the past few years, and the performance of many other local banks, the Company is performing well, on a relative basis.

An overview summarizing our financial performance during the year follows:

• Wintrust generated net income of $73.1 million in 2009 compared to $20.5 million in 2008, an increase of 257%. Once again, this is 13 consecutive years of profitability.

• Earnings per diluted common share increased from $0.76 in 2008 to $2.18 in 2009.

• Total assets grew to $12.2 billion as of December 31, 2009, an increase of $1.6 billion, or 15%, compared to a year ago.

• Total deposits rose to $9.9 billion as of year-end 2009, an increase of $1.5 billion and total loans reached $8.4 billion, an increase of $790.7 million, compared to December 31, 2008.

• Net revenue, which is net interest income and non-interest income, increased to $629.5 million in 2009 from $344.2 million in 2008.

4 Wintrust Financial Corporation

• Net interest margin for 2009 improved to 3.01%, compared to 2.81% in 2008.

Although 2009 showed improvement in some areas over 2008, we are not resting on our laurels, and our results are not at the level that the Company and shareholders have come to expect.

Executing Our Plan in 2009

As stated earlier, we came into this part of our story with a plan. The first few chapters were about maintaining asset quality, preserving customers and capital, and protecting shareholders.

We maintained that if we did that properly, we would be in the best position to start a new chapter – a return to our true character. But before we fully could do that, we had to do four things in 2009:

1.	Increase core earnings.
2.	Reduce problem assets.
3.	Moderately grow both sides of the balance sheet (loans and deposits).
4.	Take advantage of market dislocations.

By focusing on getting our credit house in order and increasing core earnings to be able to take on future credit stress, we contended that we would end 2009 profitable, strong and well positioned to return to our historic growth and acquisition patterns.

Increase Core Earnings

We believe that one of the keys to building long term value is to increase core earnings. Very few things are as simple as they sound, and core earnings is no exception.

Core pre-tax earnings, or earnings before taxes, provision for credit losses, other real-estate owned expenses and the bargain purchase gains, were $148 million for the full year of 2009 compared to $90 million in 2008.

This increase was partially driven by the fact that our average cost of funds for 2009 was 102 basis points lower than 2008 as a result of a record low interest rate environment and benefit we received from re-pricing maturing certificates of deposit throughout 2009. A committed strategy of targeted relationship growth helped as well by allowing us to grow customer relationships without necessarily offering an above market interest rate. This is apparent in the significant growth of our transactional accounts (non-interest bearing DDA and NOW) and our reduced reliance on Certificates of Deposit.

At the same time, our yield on earning assets, year over year, dropped only 81 basis points. So, our net interest margin for the year increased by 20 basis points to 3.01% for 2009.

Increasing our core earnings makes it possible for us continue to pay dividends to our shareholders. In January 2009 and July 2009, Wintrust’s Board of Directors approved semiannual cash dividends of $0.18 and $0.09, respectively, per share of outstanding common stock. Reducing the dividend in July 2009 resulted in the preservation of capital to continue to support the growth of our business and weather the credit crisis. And on January 28, 2010, Wintrust announced that the Company’s Board of Directors again approved a semi-annual cash dividend of $0.09 per share of outstanding common stock which was paid on February 25, 2010.

A Peer Comparison of Chicago Commercial Banks

	Wintrust		Peer Group
	Financial		Average
Assets, in billions		$12.22		$8.76
Deposits, in billions		$9.92		$6.87
Loans, in billions		$8.43		$6.07
Equity, in billions		$1.14		$0.92
Net Income (Loss) – applicable to common shares, in millions		$53.51		$(39.38)
EPS		$2.18		$(1.08)
Loans to Deposits Ratio		85.00%		88.40%
Leverage Ratio		9.28%		9.72%
Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighed Assets		11.00%		12.28%
Total Capital to Risk Weighed Assets		12.44%		14.53%
Non-performing Loans to Total Loans		1.57%		4.47%
Book Value per Common Share		$35.27		$15.64

Peer Group includes local public companies with the following ticker symbols: FMBI, MBFI, PVTB, and TAYC.

2009 Annual Report 5

Reduce Problem Assets

As bankers, this part is, by far, the least enjoyable. Because we pulled back in 2006 and 2007, we believe that we now have fewer problems than our peers. But we have had our share of credit stress, as no one is “bigger than the market.”

We ended 2008 with $25.4 million in loans 90 days or more past due and $110.7 million in non-accruing loans, giving us $136.1 million in non-performing loans, 1.79% of our loan portfolio.

By mid 2009, we had $24.3 million in loans 90 days or more past due and $213.9 million in non-accruing loans, resulting in $238.2 million in non-performing loans, 3.14% of our loan portfolio. By the end of 2009, thanks to the efforts of our commercial lenders and our Managed Asset Division, we reduced our total non-performing loans more than $100 million, ending 2009 at $131.8 million.

Although the balance of non-performing loans improved, we are very cognizant of the volatility in and the fragile nature of the national and local economies. As a result, some of our borrowers can experience severe difficulties and default suddenly even if they have never been delinquent in loan payments. We believe that the current economic conditions will continue to apply stress to the quality of our loan portfolio and cannot assure that we will be able to continue to reduce our non-performing loans. The Company will continue to keep a close eye on our loan portfolio and quickly identify and address any problems as they appear.

Moderately Grow Both Sides of the Balance Sheet

This goal is actually more complex than the eight words indicate. Anyone can grow loans and deposits. As we’ve seen over the years, banks can aggressively grow one or the other by playing with pricing. But that strategy does not bring in sustainable, long term relationships. The key is to grow loans, deposits and relationships intelligently. Our goal is about controlled growth that builds franchise value.

On the deposit side, it’s not about growing high rate CD and savings accounts. Instead we want to grow customer households. In 2009, our community banks increased deposit households and accounts, growing deposits by 18.4% ($1.54 billion) to more than $9.9 billion.

This includes substantial growth in our MaxSafe® Retail, MaxSafe® Treasury Management and Wayne Hummer Insured Bank Deposits programs. As customers became more and more concerned about protecting their savings, they became attracted to our accounts which provide 15 times the typical FDIC protection (currently $3.75 million per titled account).

On the asset side, we saw similar, measured growth. Total loans grew $790.7 million (10%), to $8.4 billion, while assets grew $1.6 billion (15%) to $12.2 billion. These numbers, while very good, do not illuminate the fact that our mortgage operations originated more than $4.7 billion in mortgages that were sold to end investors and our premium finance company maintained approximately $600 million in an off-balance sheet securitization facility.

Taking into account all loan originations, our community banks and specialty companies made more than $10.3 billion in new and renewed loans in 2009. For a more detailed overview of Wintrust’s loan mix, including a breakdown of Commercial Real Estate and Commercial Loans, please see the “Loan Portfolio and Asset Quality” discussion within the body of our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Take Advantage of Market Dislocations

As expected, this part of the story is often the most fun. However, this vignette will not be as interesting as some would like, as we decided that it was far more important to get the first three points right. So, instead of going out and buying failed banks like some other banks did, we first wanted to ensure our own house was in order.

With that said, we did still manage to take advantage of some extreme market dislocations. Our acquisition of certain assets of Professional Mortgage Partners (PMP) in December of 2008 was one of the first and proved to come at a great time. The refinance boom in 2009 brought large volume increases and made Wintrust Mortgage (along with our bank mortgage operations) one of the largest mortgage originators in Greater Chicago.

6 Wintrust Financial Corporation

Another of our successes came with personnel. Our community banks hired a number of commercial bankers from competitors in 2009. Some came from large national banks that reorganized and alienated many of their top producers and others came from our local peers. All came with the expertise and talent of our current commercial banking teams, as well as solid customer followings and books of business. Wintrust is quickly becoming known as a top place to work if you’re a commercial banker in Illinois or Wisconsin.

We’ve seen a similar migration with our wealth management units, with the hiring of additional financial advisors, asset managers and trust officers in 2009. In some cases, we’ve even hired entire teams from competitors, allowing us to quickly grow our wealth management business in several local markets.

Our wealth management group also purchased certain liabilities and assets of Advanced Investment Partners (AIP) in March. Rolled into Wayne Hummer Asset Management, AIP brought a talented team of professionals with an impressive track record and a focus on tax-aware and socially responsible investing.

Our largest success of 2009, of course, was our purchase of a life insurance premium finance portfolio. In addition to the $1 billion loan portfolio, increasing the diversity of the Company’s loan mix, at approximately a 30% discount, this purchase added an experienced, fully staffed loan office in New Jersey. This staff joined our previously established life insurance premium finance division within FIRST Insurance Funding Corp. and made FIRST, we believe, the largest life insurance finance company in the nation.

What we did not do, however, was buy other banks. As we stated earlier, it was very important that we put our own house in order first, before taking on someone else’s problems. This is not to say that we didn’t look at a few FDIC-assisted transactions in the latter part of 2009. We will continue to review these opportunities in 2010 and will bid on failed banks if it makes strategic sense for the Company.

Starting a New Chapter in 2010

Like 2009, 2010 will be the next chapter in the part of a story that started in 2006. Now, it is likely that this chapter could very well be the climax of this section, as we hope to see Wintrust returning to is true character — growth and expansion. But, we are “not out of the woods yet”. As stewards of your Company, we intend to maintain our vigilance in executing the plan we have laid out.

2009 Annual Report 7

On the surface, our goals for 2010 look a lot like our goals for 2009:

1.	Calculated growth on both sides of the balance sheet (loans and deposits).
2.	Continue to lower our cost of funds and raise our net interest margin.
3.	Clean out problems as they arise.
4.	Seek out market dislocations.

But that’s the great thing about a good novel, the more you read, the more time you spend with the characters and the plot, the more insight you get into them and the more complex they become.

Restarting the Growth Engine

For those of you who have been long-term shareholders, you can remember Wintrust’s true personality — solid growth through de novo expansion and acquisition, with organic growth from existing locations leading the way.

We expect 2010 to be a very opportunistic year for Wintrust. There are a number of areas around Chicago and southern Wisconsin where we do not have locations. We will be looking to work with the FDIC on some potential transactions and may even look at non-FDIC assisted deals where they make sense. (Please see sidebar: “A Quick Note on FDIC Assisted Transactions.”)

Our mortgage, wealth management and specialty finance companies will also be on the look out for acquisition partners to help them grow market share, move into new territory or enter new lines of business. Any deal we look at will always have to be priced correctly and be financially prudent for the Company.

Of course real growth from our existing infrastructure is vital to our overall success. Some of that growth will be driven by our recently hired commercial loan officers and current commercial banking teams, as well as our new loan office in downtown Chicago. Populated by some recent “refugees” from other banks and some existing Wintrust commercial bankers, this office will allow us to better target downtown companies and centers of influence.

Getting the Word Out

Those of you who live in the greater Chicago area, have probably heard the Wintrust brand slowly enter the market. We started with our commercial marketing in 2007, pushing our combined resources, highlighting the “Power of Wintrust” and labeling, for our commercial clients, each of our banks as “a Wintrust Community Bank.”

In 2008, we started marketing MaxSafe®, “brought to you by your Wintrust Community Banks.” In late 2008 and 2009, we rebranded our mortgage operations into Wintrust Mortgage and marketed the company throughout the area.

8 Wintrust Financial Corporation

In 2010, we will do the same to our wealth management companies. Using the umbrella “a Wintrust Wealth Management Company,” we will continue to market Wayne Hummer Investments, a trusted 80 year-old brand. In order to better appeal to institutional customers, we will rename our asset management unit to Wintrust Capital Management. Our trust company will also take on a new name that best reflects its strength and heritage.

We also want to make sure that those hit hardest by these economic times know that they can continue to count on their Wintrust Community Banks for fair and flexible banking solutions. We will be increasing our outreach efforts by rolling out a number of reasonably priced loan products for low and moderate income borrowers to turn to rather than the high priced alternatives, as well as customized checking and savings products that allow the unbanked and under-banked to become part of the financial system and reach their goals. Being community bankers means providing solutions for everyone in our communities and we haven’t forgotten that.

Although we are starting to get the word out about Wintrust, our community bank branding has always been unique. They are true community banks with local leadership, local staff, local boards of directors and local decision making. Our structure has always given them more strength, flexibility and resources than a typical community bank.

Eleven of the thirteen members of Wintrust’s Board of Directors, please see legend in the Corporate Information section at the end of this report.

A Quick Note on FDIC Assisted Transactions

One of the most obvious (and publicly disturbing) symptoms of the current economic cycle is a dramatic increase in the number of bank failures. The last time we saw an economic cycle like this (the late 1980s — early 1990s) more than 2,000 banks failed nationally. 140 banks failed in 2009.

Banks fail for any number of reasons, though the most common reason usually centers on a unmanageable amount of bad loans. As the FDIC seizes and closes these banks, they look for partners to take over responsibility for the assets and deposits of the failed banks.

Purchasing a failed bank from the FDIC can be attractive to the purchasing bank. In many cases:

• The acquiring bank does not pay cash for the failed bank’s assets. It assumes the deposits and some other liabilities, and acquires loans and certain other assets, under terms negotiated with the FDIC.

• FDIC transactions may be advantageous from a risk-based capital perspective. Depending on the loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC, loans in the acquired portfolio could have risk-based regulatory capital requirements significantly less than the requirement for similar originated loans.

• The transactions, many times, are immediately accretive to the acquirer’s net income.

However, these purchases can also carry risks to the acquiring bank.

• After a competitive bidding process, the FDIC usually picks the acquiring bank based on the bank’s willingness to accept risk on the failed bank’s loan portfolio. The bidder willing to take on the most risk frequently wins.

• The acquiring bank carries the failed bank’s loans on its balance sheet and reports the failed bank’s (often substantial) non-performing loans with their own loan portfolio.

• The acquiring bank does have to work and attempt to collect on any of the acquired non-performing loan portfolio. This usually requires substantial resources.

• Based on the structure of the individual purchase, the acquiring bank may be required to make equity related payments to the FDIC, or make payments to the FDIC up to 10 years after the transaction, based on the performance of the acquired asset portfolio.

As opportunities arise, please know that we have, and will review each carefully, making sure to only choose those that are the best fit for our organization and offer the best overall value for our shareholders.

2009 Annual Report 9

This approach will allow our banks to continue to operate as they always have, as true community banks, while giving us the ability to tell businesses and wealth management prospects what it means to work with a Wintrust company.

Returning to What We Do Best

In our 2008 report, we stated that we saw the mission of our Banks coming full circle. Our mission has always been to offer our customers and neighbors a real alternative to the big banks who believe their market dominance gives them the ability to charge excessive fees while skimping on service.

We appear to be in an era when the only choices in some parts of the country are banks that are “too big to fail” and too big to care or small banks with limited resources, limited capital and, in 140 cases in 2009, limited lifespans.

Families and businesses in the Midwest have an alternative. Wintrust Community Banks give them the best of both worlds — the products, technology and resources of the big banks paired with the service and community focus of community banks. Our customers truly get to “Have It All.”

This starts with all of our outstanding employees, as they allow us to provide our core, key differentiator: Service, Service, Service. Without them, our model would not work.

In addition, our structure and the talented leadership at each of the Wintrust companies has positioned us to be one of the first ones to exit the current cycle, while allowing us to take advantage of opportunities that arise.

However, it is important that we remember that we do not operate in a vacuum. The current economic storm will continue for a while longer. High unemployment, declining real estate values and a volatile stock market continue to trouble our customers and shake up the marketplace. But it’s just this type of storm that reveals opportunities for those that have prepared for the storm and allows customers to see where real strength resides. We believe that 2010 will be another opportunistic year for Wintrust.

Thank you for being a shareholder. We hope to see you at our Annual Meeting on May 27, 2010 at 10:00 a.m. at the Deer Path Inn, located in downtown Lake Forest.

Sincerely,


Peter D. Crist
Chairman  


Edward J. Wehmer
President &
Chief Executive Officer  


David A. Dykstra
Senior Executive Vice President &
Chief Operating Officer

10 Wintrust Financial Corporation

Our Banking, Mortgage, and Wealth Management Locations

2009 Annual Report 11

Key Initiatives for 2010

While we covered a number of our larger 2010 strategic initiatives in the Shareholders Letter, there are a couple key areas that deserve further explanation.

Enhancing the Customer Experience

The success of all parts of our franchise relies on satisfied and engaged customers. It is important that all of our banks and subsidiaries understand that it’s not just the individual transactions that build the customer experience but every interaction the customer has with us, whether in the bank, on the phone, on-line or at an event.

Our focus remains on initiatives which bring more people into our locations and position ourselves as the local financial experts. This year will see a significant expansion of these efforts, including finance-specific events and seminars, presentations for home-buyers, small business owners, families and retirees, and covering a variety of topics such as fraud prevention, identity protection, Roth IRA conversions, finance for teenagers, and fixed income investing. “We’ll also use these events to continue our outreach to the unbanked and underbanked with events and seminars focusing on understanding your credit score, first time home buyers, financial literacy and credit repair.

Other events focus less on finance and more on customer engagement and loyalty. Our Junior Savers and Platinum Adventures clubs are perfect examples. While primarily designed to teach children the importance of saving, our Junior Saver families can count on a number of games, cookouts and other family events throughout the course of the year to keep them coming to the bank. Our Junior Savers club will be expanded in 2010 to include teenage customers, focusing on budgeting, saving and investing with rewards centered around electronics and music.

Our Platinum Adventures customers rely on us for both financial knowledge and fun. One day, they’ll attend a seminar on reverse mortgages or IRA distributions, the next they could be attending a Broadway show downtown or practicing Brain Aerobics. Our Platinum Adventures clubs saw good growth in 2009 and we expect to see further expansion in 2010.

Enhancing the customer experience should also lead to a big expansion of our on-line services. In early months of 2010, we will be rolling out mobile account alerts for all customers, as well as personal finance management software (PFM). Available free of charge to our customers who use on-line banking, PFM allows these customers to aggregate all their financial information in one place and make it easier to track spending, set budgets and financial goals, and gain a clearer understanding of their complete financial picture.

This year will also see an expansion of our banks’ on-line initiatives, including active use of social media to engage customers and new web sites that will have tailored content for our retail customers based on their current stage in life, as well as industry-specific portals for our commercial and small business customers. We are also providing our small business customers with their own on-line community, where they can look for opportunities and partnerships and get advice.

Finally, we want to ensure that our customers are receiving the experience they want. While we have always welcomed and asked for feedback from our customers, we are putting a more formal program in place. Our customer feedback program for 2010 will include an on-line component at a “My Bank Idea” section of our bank web sites, where customers can ask questions, present an idea, give praise or pose a problem. This will be complemented by more traditional methods including response cards within the banks and customer surveys.

Going Where the Business Is

The middle market business in our service area has seen a number of banks pull back from lending and reduce the services they provide. Typically comprised of privately owned businesses, in a variety of industries, with $10 million to $50 million in annual revenue, the middle market poses a tremendous opportunity for the Company.

For about two years, we’ve touted to local businesses that they can “Have It All — Big Bank Resources and Community Bank Service.” The commercial lenders across all our banks took this message to heart as they pursued small and mid-market businesses across the Chicago suburbs and southern

12 Wintrust Financial Corporation

Wisconsin. Customers and prospects realized that Wintrust Community Banks offered businesses something unique — a best in class suite of robust and flexible Treasury Management solutions, an experienced and dedicated commercial, industrial and real estate lending team, and the customer focus that only comes from working with a community bank.

In 2010, we’re expanding to downtown Chicago via a new loan office with commercial lenders coming from a number of different national, regional and local banks, joined by some of our current lenders. The downtown Wintrust Commercial Banking team, operating as a loan processing office of North Shore Community Bank & Trust, will focus on middle market businesses and the firms that influence them. We want to truly be Chicago’s business bank.

Expanding Our Niches

While we will always count on core loans and deposits to keep our franchise growing, we’ve developed a number of specialties that help drive growth.

Due to the current economic conditions, commercial real estate can be a volatile and unpredictable segment. Two of our niches are well positioned to take advantage of solid opportunities. Our Community Advantage group, out of Barrington Bank & Trust, continues to see opportunities with condominium, townhome and homeowner associations and increased activity from management companies. Also, Wintrust Commercial Realty Advisors has found new life as a lender to opportunistic commercial real estate investors. These are smaller loans (generally less than $5 million) maintaining low leverage and with appropriate rates and fees built into the deals.

Another opportunity has become apparent in the franchise area. Wintrust Franchise Services, operating out of Highland Park Bank & Trust, is a national lender to McDonald’s owner/ operators and is seeing solid growth.

Now believed to be the largest life insurance premium finance lender in the nation and one of the top property & casualty premium finance companies, FIRST Insurance Funding Corp. continues to see growth opportunities thanks to industry consolidation and FIRST’s superior products and service. The recent sale in 2010 of one of the largest property & casualty premium finance companies in the nation will put even more volume into play.

Not all of our niches are lending focused. To balance out some of this loan demand, our Treasury Management and other units are always finding new deposit partnerships. Our wholesale MaxSafe® product was successful for us in 2009 and can be tapped, as needed for additional liquidity, in 2010. Thanks to MaxSafe® and our local bank and personnel reputations, Wintrust Government Funds is now one of the top providers of treasury management and financial services to municipalities in our market areas.

Finally, Wintrust Association Services, operating out of St. Charles Bank & Trust, has found another underserved market among Chicago’s trade associations and other not-for-profit organizations. Offering full treasury management and finance solutions to this market is a promising business opportunity and we count the Illinois Restaurant Association and its Chicago Gourmet event among our clients.

2009 Annual Report 13

14 Wintrust Financial Corporation

Corporate Locations

Corporate Headquarters

Wintrust Financial Corporation

727 North Bank Lane

Lake Forest, IL 60045

847-615-4096

Illinois Banking & Wealth Management Locations

ALGONQUIN

Algonquin Bank & Trust

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

4049 W. Algonquin Rd.

Algonquin, IL 60102

847-669-7500

ANTIOCH

State Bank of The Lakes

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

440 Lake St.

Antioch, IL 60002

847-395-2700

ARLINGTON HEIGHTS

Village Bank & Trust

234 W. Northwest Hwy.

Arlington Heights, IL 60004

847-670-1000

Village Bank & Trust

150 E. Rand Rd.

Arlington Heights, IL 60004

847-870-5000

Village Bank & Trust

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

311 S. Arlington Heights Rd.

Arlington Heights, IL 60005

847-483-6000

Village Bank & Trust

1845 E. Rand Rd.

Arlington Heights, IL 60004

847-483-6000

BARRINGTON

Barrington Bank & Trust Company

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

201 S. Hough St.

Barrington, IL 60010

847-842-4500

Barrington Bank & Trust Company

233 W. Northwest Hwy.

Barrington, IL 60010

847-381-1715

BLOOMINGDALE

Old Town Bank & Trust of Bloomingdale

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

165 W. Lake St.

Bloomingdale, IL 60108

630-295-9111

BUFFALO GROVE

Buffalo Grove Bank & Trust

200 N. Buffalo Grove Rd.

Buffalo Grove, IL 60089

847-634-8400

CARY

Cary Bank & Trust

60 E. Main St.

Cary, IL 60013

847-462-8881

CHICAGO

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management - HEADQUARTERS

222 South Riverside Plaza

28th Floor

Chicago, IL 60606

312-431-1700

Beverly Bank & Trust Company

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

10258 S. Western Ave.

Chicago, IL 60643

773-239-2265

Beverly Bank & Trust Company

1908 W. 103rd St.

Chicago, IL 60643

773-239-2265

North Shore Community Bank & Trust Co.

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

4343 W. Peterson Ave.

Chicago, IL 60646

773-545-5700

CLARENDON HILLS

Clarendon Hills Bank

200 W. Burlington Ave.

Clarendon Hills, IL 60514

630-323-1240

CRYSTAL LAKE

Crystal Lake Bank & Trust Company

70 N. Williams St.

Crystal Lake, IL 60014

815-479-5200

Crystal Lake Bank & Trust Company

27 N. Main St.

Crystal Lake, IL 60014

Crystal Lake Bank & Trust Company

1000 McHenry Ave.

Crystal Lake, IL 60014

815-479-5715

DEERFIELD

Deerfield Bank & Trust

660 Deerfield Rd.

Deerfield, IL 60015

847-945-8660

DOWNERS GROVE

Community Bank of Downers Grove

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

1111 Warren Ave.

Downers Grove, IL 60515

630-968-4700

Community Bank of Downers Grove

718 Ogden Ave.

Downers Grove, IL 60515

630-435-3600

ELK GROVE VILLAGE

Elk Grove Village Bank & Trust

75 E. Turner Ave.

Elk Grove Village, IL 60007

847-364-0100

FRANKFORT

Old Plank Trail Community Bank

20901 S. LaGrange Road

Frankfort, IL 60423

815-464-6888

GENEVA

St. Charles Bank & Trust Company

2401 Kaneville Rd.

Geneva, IL 60134

630-845-4800

GLEN ELLYN

Glen Ellyn Bank & Trust

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

500 Roosevelt Rd.

Glen Ellyn, IL 60137

630-469-3000

GLENCOE

North Shore Community Bank & Trust Co.

362 Park Ave.

Glencoe, IL 60022

847-835-1700

North Shore Community Bank & Trust Co.

633 Vernon Ave.

Glencoe, IL 60022

GRAYSLAKE

State Bank of The Lakes

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

50 Commerce Dr.

Grayslake, IL 60030

847-548-2700

2009 Annual Report

GURNEE

Gurnee Community Bank

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

675 N. O’Plaine Rd.

Gurnee, IL 60031

847-625-3800

HIGHLAND PARK

Highland Park Bank & Trust

1949 St. Johns Ave.

Highland Park, IL 60035

847-432-9988

Highland Park Bank & Trust

643 Roger Williams Ave.

Highland Park, IL 60035

847-266-0300

HIGHWOOD

Bank of Highwood – Fort Sheridan

507 Sheridan Rd.

Highwood, IL 60040

847-266-7600

HINSDALE

Hinsdale Bank & Trust Company

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

25 E. First St.

Hinsdale, IL 60521

630-323-4404

Hinsdale Bank & Trust Company

130 W. Chestnut

Hinsdale, IL 60521

630-655-8025

HOFFMAN ESTATES

Hoffman Estates Community Bank

1375 Palatine Rd.

Hoffman Estates, IL 60192

847-963-9500

Hoffman Estates Community Bank

2497 W. Golf Rd.

Hoffman Estates, IL 60169

847-884-0500

ISLAND LAKE

Wauconda Community Bank

229 E. State Rd.

Island Lake, IL 60042

847-487-3777

LAKE BLUFF

Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company

103 E. Scranton Ave.

Lake Bluff , IL 60044

847-615-4060

LAKE FOREST

Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

727 N. Bank Ln.

Lake Forest, IL 60045

847-234-2882

Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company

780 N. Bank Ln.

Lake Forest, IL 60045

847-615-4022

Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company

911 S. Telegraph Rd.

Lake Forest, IL 60045

847-615-4098

Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

810 S. Waukegan Rd.

Lake Forest, IL 60045

847-615-4080

LAKE VILLA

State Bank of The Lakes

345 S. Milwaukee Ave.

Lake Villa, IL 60046

847-265-0300

LIBERTYVILLE

Libertyville Bank & Trust Company

507 N. Milwaukee Ave.

Libertyville, IL 60048

847-367-6800

Libertyville Bank & Trust Company

201 E. Hurlburt Court

Libertyville, IL 60048

847-247-4045

Libertyville Bank & Trust Company

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

1200 S. Milwaukee Ave.

Libertyville, IL 60048

847-367-6800

LINDENHURST

State Bank of The Lakes

2031 Grand Ave.

Lindenhurst, IL 60046

847-356-5700

McHENRY

McHenry Bank & Trust

2205 N. Richmond Rd.

McHenry, IL 60050

815-344-6600

McHenry Bank & Trust

2730 W. Route 120

McHenry, IL 60050

815-344-5100

MOKENA

Old Plank Trail Community Bank

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

20012 Wolf Rd.

Mokena, IL 60448

708-478-4447

MUNDELEIN

Mundelein Community Bank

1110 W. Maple Ave.

Mundelein, IL 60060

847-837-1110

NEW LENOX

Old Plank Trail Community Bank

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

280 Veterans Pkwy.

New Lenox, IL 60451

815-485-0001

NORTH CHICAGO

North Chicago Community Bank

1801 Sheridan Rd.

North Chicago, IL 60064

847-473-3006

NORTHBROOK

Northbrook Bank & Trust Company

1100 Waukegan Rd.

Northbrook, IL 60062

847-418-2800

Northbrook Bank & Trust Company

875 Sanders Rd.

Northbrook, IL 60062

847-418-2850

NORTHFIELD

Northview Bank & Trust

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

245 Waukegan Rd.

Northfield, IL 60093

847-446-0245

Northview Bank & Trust

1751 Orchard Ln.

Northfield, IL 60093

847-441-1751

PALATINE

Palatine Bank & Trust

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

110 W. Palatine Rd.

Palatine, IL 60067

847-963-0047

RIVERSIDE

Riverside Bank

17 E. Burlington

Riverside, IL 60546

708-447-3222

Wintrust Financial Corporation

ROSELLE

Advantage National Bank

1350 W. Lake St.

Roselle, IL 60172

630-529-0100

SKOKIE

North Shore Community Bank & Trust Co.

7800 Lincoln Ave.

Skokie, IL 60077

847-933-1900

SPRING GROVE

State Bank of The Lakes

1906 Holian Dr.

Spring Grove, IL 60081

815-675-3700

ST. CHARLES

St. Charles Bank & Trust Company

411 West Main St.

St. Charles, IL 60174

630-377-9500

VERNON HILLS

Vernon Hills Bank & Trust

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

1101 Lakeview Parkway

Vernon Hills, IL 60061

847-247-1300

WAUCONDA

Wauconda Community Bank

495 W. Liberty St.

Wauconda, IL 60084

847-487-2500

WESTERN SPRINGS

The Community Bank of Western Springs

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

1000 Hillgrove Ave.

Western Springs, IL 60558

708-246-7100

WHEATON

Wheaton Bank & Trust Company

211 S. Wheaton Ave.

Wheaton, IL 60187

630-690-1800

WILLOWBROOK

Community Bank of Willowbrook

6262 S. Route 83

Willowbrook, IL 60527

630-920-2700

WILMETTE

North Shore Community Bank & Trust Co.

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

1145 Wilmette Ave.

Wilmette, IL 60091

847-853-1145

North Shore Community Bank & Trust Co.

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

720 12th St.

Wilmette, IL 60091

North Shore Community Bank & Trust Co.

351 Linden Ave

Wilmette, IL 60091

WINNETKA

North Shore Community Bank & Trust Co.

576 Lincoln Ave.

Winnetka, IL 60093

847-441-2265

Wisconsin Banking & Wealth Management Locations

APPLETON

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

200 East Washington Street

Appleton, WI 54911

920-734-1474

DELAFIELD

Town Bank of Delafield

400 Genesee St.

Delafield, WI 53018

262-646-6888

ELM GROVE

Town Bank of Elm Grove

13150 Watertown Plank Rd.

Elm Grove, WI 53122

262-789-8696

HARTLAND

Town Bank

Wayne Hummer Wealth Management

850 W. North Shore Dr.

Hartland, WI 53029

262-367-1900

MADISON

Town Bank of Madison

10 W. Mifflin St.

Madison, WI 53703

608-282-4840

WALES

Town Bank of Wales

200 W. Summit Ave.

Wales, WI 53183

262-968-1740

FIRST Insurance Funding Corp.

450 Skokie Blvd., Suite 1000

Northbrook, IL 60062

847-374-3000

FIRST Life Funding

101 Hudson Street, 35th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07302

201-332-7349

Broadway Premium Funding Corporation

1747 Veterans Memorial Highway

Suite 22

Islandia, NY 11749

212-791-7099

Tricom, Inc. of Milwaukee

N48 W16866 Lisbon Road

Menomonee Falls, WI 53051

262-509-6200

Wintrust Mortgage Corporation

Headquarters

1 South 660 Midwest Rd., Suite 100

Oakbrook Terrace, Illinois 60181

630-916-9299

Branch Offices

Phoenix, AZ

Denver, CO

Madison, GA

Barrington, IL

Champaign, IL

Chicago, IL

Downers Grove, IL

Elmhurst, IL

Frankfort, IL

Geneva, IL

Glen Ellyn, IL

Mokena, IL

Naperville, IL

Northbrook, IL

Northfield, IL

Oakbrook Terrace, IL

Schaumburg, IL

Tinley Park, IL

Willowbrook, IL

Crown Point, IN

Overland Park, KS

Louisville, KY

Hanover, MD

Pataskala, OH

Madison, WI

2009 Annual Report

Corporate Information

Directors
Peter D. Crist (Chairman)
Bruce K. Crowther
Joseph F. Damico
Bert A. Getz, Jr.
H. Patrick Hackett, Jr.
Scott K. Heitmann
Charles H. James, III
Albin F. Moschner
Thomas J. Neis
Christopher J. Perry
Hollis W. Rademacher
Ingrid S. Stafford
Edward J. Wehmer

Public Listing and Market Symbol

The Company’s Common Stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market^® under the symbol WTFC.

Website Location

The Company maintains a financial relations internet website at the following location: www.wintrust.com

Annual Meeting of Shareholders

May 27, 2010
10:00 a.m.
Deer Path Inn
255 E. Illinois Road
Lake Forest, Illinois 60045

Form 10-K

The Annual Report on Form 10-K to the Securities and Exchange Commission is contained herein this document. The information is also available on the Internet at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website. The address for the web site is: http://www.sec.gov.

Transfer Agent

Illinois Stock Transfer Company
209 West Jackson Boulevard
Suite 903
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Telephone: 312-427-2953
Facsimile:  312-427-2879

Wintrust Board of Directors Legend

Page 8, (pictured from left to right): Charles H. James, III, Bert A. Getz, Jr., Joseph F. Damico, Christopher J. Perry, Ingrid S. Stafford, Bruce K. Crowther, and Scott K. Heitmann. Page 9: H. Patrick Hackett, Jr., Thomas J. Neis, Hollis W. Rademacher, and Albin F. Moschner. Page 10: Peter D. Crist and Edward J. Wehmer.

Wintrust Financial Corporation

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant
December 31, 2009

	State of Organization
Subsidiary	or Incorporation
Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company	Illinois
North Shore Community Bank & Trust Company	Illinois
Hinsdale Bank & Trust Company	Illinois
Libertyville Bank & Trust Company	Illinois
Barrington Bank & Trust Company, N.A.	National Banking Association
Crystal Lake Bank & Trust Company, N.A.	National Banking Association
Northbrook Bank & Trust Company	Illinois
Advantage National Bank	National Banking Association
Village Bank & Trust	Illinois
Beverly Bank & Trust Company, N.A.	National Banking Association
Wheaton Bank and Trust Company	Illinois
State Bank of The Lakes	Illinois
Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A.	National Banking Association
St. Charles Bank & Trust Company	Illinois
245 Waukegan Road Limited Partnership	Illinois
Town Bank	Wisconsin
First Insurance Funding Corporation	Illinois
Tricom, Inc. of Milwaukee	Wisconsin
Wayne Hummer Trust Company, N.A.	National Banking Association
Wintrust Capital Trust III	Delaware
Wintrust Statutory Trust IV	Connecticut
Wintrust Statutory Trust V	Connecticut
Wintrust Capital Trust VII	Delaware
Wintrust Statutory Trust VIII	Delaware
Wintrust Capital Trust IX	Delaware
Northview Capital Trust I	Delaware
Total Advanced Investment Partners, LLC	Delaware
Town Bankshares Capital Trust I	Delaware
First Northwest Capital Trust I	Delaware
Wintrust Information Technology Services Company	Illinois
Wayne Hummer Investments, LLC	Delaware
Wayne Hummer Asset Management Company	Illinois
Wintrust Mortgage Corporation	Illinois

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1)	Form S-8 Nos. 333-140141, 333-136964, 333-61678, 333-33459, 333-52650, 333-96983, 333-52652, 333-124433, 333-111277, 333-119979, 333-119976 and 333-117044;
(2)	Form S-3 Nos. 333-155637, 333-155637-01, 333-56566, 333-84188, 333-103134, 333-115898 and 333-119345; and
(3)	Form S-4 Nos. 333-130897 and 333-122178

of our reports dated March 1, 2010, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Wintrust Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Wintrust Financial Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2009.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP  

Chicago, Illinois
March 1, 2010

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Edward J. Wehmer, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Wintrust Financial Corporation;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounted principles;
c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 1, 2010

/s/ EDWARD J. WEHMER
Name:	Edward J. Wehmer
Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, David L. Stoehr, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Wintrust Financial Corporation;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounted principles;
c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 1, 2010

/s/ DAVID L. STOEHR
Name:	David L. Stoehr
Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATIONS

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT SECTION 906

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Wintrust Financial Corporation (“the Company”) certify, on the basis of such officers’ knowledge and belief that:

(1)	The Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2010, (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ EDWARD J. WEHMER
Name:	Edward J. Wehmer
Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer
Date:	March 1, 2010

/s/ DAVID L. STOEHR
Name:	David L. Stoehr
Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Date:	March 1, 2010

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. This certification accompanies the Report and shall not be treated as having been filed as part of this Report.

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
OFFICER OF WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION

     I, Edward J. Wehmer, certify, based on my knowledge, that:

     (i) The compensation committee of Wintrust Financial Corporation has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during the period beginning on the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date (the applicable period), the senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and the employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Wintrust Financial Corporation;

     (ii) The compensation committee of Wintrust Financial Corporation has identified and limited during the applicable period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Wintrust Financial Corporation, and during that same applicable period has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Wintrust Financial Corporation and has limited those features to ensure that Wintrust Financial Corporation is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;

     (iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during the applicable period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Wintrust Financial Corporation to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;

     (iv) The compensation committee of Wintrust Financial Corporation will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;

     (v) The compensation committee of Wintrust Financial Corporation will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that included a TARP period the features in

     (A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Wintrust Financial Corporation;

     (B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Wintrust Financial Corporation to risks; and

     (C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Wintrust Financial Corporation to enhance the compensation of an employee;

     (vi) Wintrust Financial Corporation has required that bonus payments, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), of the SEOs and twenty next most highly compensated employees be subject to a recovery or “clawback”

provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;

     (vii) Wintrust Financial Corporation has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;

     (viii) Wintrust Financial Corporation has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;

     (ix) The board of directors of Wintrust Financial Corporation has established an excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, by the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury; this policy has been provided to Treasury and its primary regulatory agency; Wintrust Financial Corporation and its employees have complied with this policy during the applicable period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;

     (x) Wintrust Financial Corporation will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;

     (xi) Wintrust Financial Corporation will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);

     (xii) Wintrust Financial Corporation will disclose whether Wintrust Financial Corporation, the board of directors of Wintrust Financial Corporation, or the compensation committee of Wintrust Financial Corporation has engaged during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date, a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;

2 

     (xiii) Wintrust Financial Corporation has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;

     (xiv) Wintrust Financial Corporation has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between Wintrust Financial Corporation and Treasury, including any amendments;

     (xv) Wintrust Financial Corporation has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year and the most recently completed fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and

     (xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 USC 1001).

/s/ EDWARD J. WEHMER
Name:	Edward J. Wehmer
Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer

3 

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL
OFFICER OF WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION

     I, David L. Stoehr, certify, based on my knowledge, that:

     (i) The compensation committee of Wintrust Financial Corporation has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during the period beginning on the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date (the applicable period), the senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and the employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Wintrust Financial Corporation;

     (ii) The compensation committee of Wintrust Financial Corporation has identified and limited during the applicable period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Wintrust Financial Corporation, and during that same applicable period has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Wintrust Financial Corporation and has limited those features to ensure that Wintrust Financial Corporation is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;

     (iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during the applicable period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Wintrust Financial Corporation to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;

     (iv) The compensation committee of Wintrust Financial Corporation will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;

     (v) The compensation committee of Wintrust Financial Corporation will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that included a TARP period the features in

     (A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Wintrust Financial Corporation;

     (B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Wintrust Financial Corporation to risks; and

     (C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Wintrust Financial Corporation to enhance the compensation of an employee;

     (vi) Wintrust Financial Corporation has required that bonus payments, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), of the SEOs and twenty next most highly compensated employees be subject to a recovery or “clawback”

provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;

     (vii) Wintrust Financial Corporation has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;

     (viii) Wintrust Financial Corporation has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;

     (ix) The board of directors of Wintrust Financial Corporation has established an excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, by the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury; this policy has been provided to Treasury and its primary regulatory agency; Wintrust Financial Corporation and its employees have complied with this policy during the applicable period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;

     (x) Wintrust Financial Corporation will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;

     (xi) Wintrust Financial Corporation will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);

     (xii) Wintrust Financial Corporation will disclose whether Wintrust Financial Corporation, the board of directors of Wintrust Financial Corporation, or the compensation committee of Wintrust Financial Corporation has engaged during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date, a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;

2

     (xiii) Wintrust Financial Corporation has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;

     (xiv) Wintrust Financial Corporation has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between Wintrust Financial Corporation and Treasury, including any amendments;

     (xv) Wintrust Financial Corporation has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year and the most recently completed fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and

     (xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 USC 1001).

/s/ DAVID L. STOEHR
Name:	David L. Stoehr
Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

3